497 1 c29906_497.htm

Pioneer AnnuistarSM Plus Annuity Prospectus:

TIC Separate Account Eleven For Variable Annuities
TLAC Separate Account Twelve For Variable Annuities

This prospectus describes Pioneer Annuistar Plus Annuity, a flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract (the “Contract”) issued by The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company. Refer to the first page of your Contract for the name of your issuing company. The Contract is available in connection with certain retirement plans that qualify for special federal income tax treatment (“Qualified Contracts”) as well as those that do not qualify for such treatment (“Nonqualified Contracts”). We may issue it as an individual contract or as a group contract. When we issue a group contract, you will receive a certificate summarizing the Contract’s provisions. For convenience, we refer to Contracts and certificates as “Contracts.”

You can choose to have your premium (“Purchase Payments”) and any associated Purchase Payment Credits accumulate on a variable and/or, subject to availability, fixed basis in one of our funding options. Your Contract Value before the Maturity Date and the amount of monthly income afterwards will vary daily to reflect the investment experience of the Variable Funding Options you select. You bear the investment risk of investing in the Variable Funding Options. The Variable Funding Options are:

Money Market Portfolio   Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust (continued)  
AIM Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.      Pioneer Emerging Markets VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund — Series II      Pioneer Equity Income VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity — Series II      Pioneer Europe VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust      Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   Franklin Rising Dividends Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares      Pioneer Growth Shares VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   Franklin Small Cap Fund — Class 2 Shares      Pioneer High Yield VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   Templeton Foreign Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares      Pioneer International Value VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
Greenwich Street Series Fund      Pioneer Mid Cap Value VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging Growth Fund — Class II      Pioneer Real Estate Shares VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
     Shares      Pioneer Small Cap Value VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds      Pioneer Small Company VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA — Service Shares      Pioneer Strategic Income VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
   Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA — Service Shares      Pioneer Value VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares  
Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust   Salomon Brothers Variable Series Funds Inc  
   Pioneer America Income VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares      Total Return Fund — Class II  
   Pioneer Balanced VCT Portfolio — Class II Shares      
       

We also offer variable annuity contracts that do not have Purchase Payment Credits, and therefore may have lower fees. Over time, the value of the Purchase Payment Credits could be more than offset by higher charges. You should carefully consider whether or not this Contract is the most appropriate investment for you.

The Contract, certain contract features and/or some of the funding options may not be available in all states.

This prospectus provides the information that you should know before investing in the Contract. You can receive additional information about your Contract by requesting a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) dated April 22, 2003. We filed the SAI with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and it is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. To request a copy, write to The Travelers Insurance Company, Annuity Investor Services, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415, call 1-866-703-0527 or access the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). See Appendix C for the SAI’s table of contents.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Variable annuity contracts are not deposits of any bank, and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Prospectus dated April 22, 2003
(Supplemented January 6, 2004)



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Glossary 3   The Annuity Period 32  
Summary 5      Maturity date 32  
Fee Table 9      Allocation of Annuity 32  
Condensed Financial Information 13      Variable Annuity 32  
The Annuity Contract 14      Fixed Annuity 33  
   Contract Owner Inquiries 14   Payment Options 33  
   Purchase Payments 14      Election of Options 33  
   Purchase Payment Credits 14      Annuity Options 33  
   Accumulation Units 15      Variable Liquidity Benefit 34  
   The Variable Funding Options 16   Miscellaneous Contract Provisions 34  
The Fixed Account 18      Right to Return 34  
Charges and Deductions 18      Termination 35  
   General 18      Required Reports 35  
   Withdrawal Charge 19      Suspension of Payments 35  
   Free Withdrawal Allowance 19   The Separate Accounts 35  
   Transfer Charge 20      Performance Information 36  
   Administrative Charges 20   Federal Tax Considerations 36  
   Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 20      General Taxation of Annuities 36  
   Variable Liquidity Benefit Charge 20      Types of Contracts: Qualified or Nonqualified 37  
   E.S.P. Charge 21      Qualified Annuity Contracts 37  
   GMWB Charge 21         Taxation of Qualified Annuity Contracts 37  
   Variable Funding Option Expenses 21         Mandatory Distributions for Qualified Plans 37  
   Premium Tax 21      Nonqualified Annuity Contracts 38  
   Changes in Taxes Based Upon           Diversification Requirements for    
     Premium or Value 21            Variable Annuities 38  
Transfers 21         Ownership of the Investments 38  
   Dollar Cost Averaging 22         Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds 39  
Access to Your Money 23      Other Tax Considerations 39  
GMWB Benefit 23         Treatment of Charges for Optional Death Benefits 39  
   Systematic Withdrawals 25         Penalty Tax for Premature Distribution 39  
Ownership Provisions 25         Puerto Rico Tax Considerations 39  
   Types of Ownership 25         Non-Resident Aliens 39  
     Contract Owner 25   Other Information 39  
     Beneficiary 25      The Insurance Companies 39  
     Annuitant 26      Financial Statements 40  
Death Benefit 26      Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts 40  
   Death Proceeds before the Maturity Date 26      Conformity with State and Federal Laws 41  
   Payment of Proceeds 29      Voting Rights 41  
   Spousal Contract Continuance 31      Legal Proceedings and Opinions 41  
   Beneficiary Contract Continuance 31   Appendix A: The Fixed Account A-1  
   Planned Death Benefit 31   Appendix B: Nursing Home Waiver B-1  
   Death Proceeds after the Maturity Date 32   Appendix C: Contents of the Statement    
         of Additional Information C-1  
           
           
           
           
           

2


Glossary

Accumulation Unit — an accounting unit of measure used to calculate the value of this Contract before Annuity Payments begin.

Annuitant the person on whose life the Maturity Date and Annuity Payments depend.

Annuity Payments — a series of periodic payments (a) for life; (b) for life with a minimum number of payments; (c) for the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another person, and thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor; or (d) for a fixed period.

Annuity Unit — an accounting unit of measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity Payments.

Cash Surrender Value — the Contract Value less any withdrawal charge and premium tax not previously deducted.

Code the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all related laws and regulations that are in effect during the term of this Contract.

Contingent Annuitant — the individual who becomes the Annuitant when the Annuitant who is not the owner dies prior to the Maturity Date.

Contract Date — the date on which the Contract is issued.

Contract Owner (you) — the person named in the Contract (on the specifications page) as the owner of the Contract.

Contract Value — Purchase Payments, plus any Purchase Payment Credits, plus or minus any investment experience on the amounts allocated to the variable funds or interest on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, adjusted by any applicable charges and withdrawals.

Contract Years — twelve month periods beginning with the Contract Date.

Death Report Date — the day on which we have received 1) Due Proof of Death and 2) written payment instructions or election of spousal or beneficiary contract continuation.

Due Proof of Death — (i) a copy of a certified death certificate; (ii) a copy of a certified decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; (iii) a written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased; or (iv) any other proof satisfactory to us.

Fixed Account — an account that consists of all of the assets under this Contract other than those in the Separate Account.

Home Office — the Home Office of The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company or any other office that we may designate for the purpose of administering this Contract.

Maturity Date — the date on which the Annuity Payments are to begin.

Payment Option — an annuity or income option elected under your Contract.

Purchase Payment — any premium paid by you to initiate or supplement this Contract.

Purchase Payment Credit — an amount credited to your Contract Value that equals a percentage of each Purchase Payment made.

Qualified Contract — a contract used in a retirement plan or program that is intended to qualify under Sections 401, 403 or 408 of the Code.

Separate Account — a segregated account registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the assets of which are invested solely in the Variable Funding Options. The assets of the Separate Account are held exclusively for the benefit of Contract Owners.

Subaccount — that portion of the assets of a Separate Account that is allocated to a particular Variable Funding Option.

3


Underlying Fund — a portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with the SEC in which the Subaccounts invest.

Valuation Date — a date on which a Subaccount is valued.

Valuation Period — the period between successive valuations.

Variable Funding Option — an investment option that, through a Subaccount of the Separate Account, invests in an Underlying Fund.

We, us, our — The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company.

Written Request — written information sent to us in a form and content satisfactory to us and received at our Home Office.

You, your — the Contract Owner.

4


Summary:
Pioneer Annuistar Plus Annuity

This summary details some of the more important points that you should know and consider before purchasing the Contract. Please read the entire prospectus carefully.

What company will issue my Contract? Your issuing company is either The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company, (“the Company,” “We” or “Us”). Refer to your Contract for the name of your issuing company. Each company sponsors its own segregated asset account (“Separate Account”). The Travelers Insurance Company sponsors the TIC Separate Account Eleven for Variable Annuities (“Separate Account Eleven”); The Travelers Life and Annuity Company sponsors the TLAC Separate Account Twelve for Variable Annuities (“Separate Account Twelve”). When we refer to the Separate Account, we are referring to either Separate Account Eleven or Separate Account Twelve, depending upon your issuing Company.

You may only purchase a Contract in states where the Contract has been approved for sale. The Contract may not currently be available for sale in all states.

Can you give me a general description of the Contract? We designed the Contract for retirement savings or other long-term investment purposes. The Contract provides a death benefit as well as guaranteed payout options. You direct your payment(s) to one or more of the Variable Funding Options and/or to the Fixed Account that is part of our general account (the “Fixed Account”). We guarantee money directed to the Fixed Account as to principal and interest. The Variable Funding Options are designed to produce a higher rate of return than the Fixed Account; however, this is not guaranteed. You can also lose money in the Variable Funding Options.

The Contract, like all deferred variable annuity contracts, has two phases: the accumulation phase and the payout phase (annuity period). During the accumulation phase generally, under a qualified contract, your pre-tax contributions accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal, presumably when you are in a lower tax bracket. During the accumulation phase, under a nonqualified contract, earnings on your after-tax contributions accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal. The payout phase occurs when you begin receiving payments from your Contract. The amount of money you accumulate in your Contract determines the amount of income (Annuity Payments) you receive during the payout phase.

During the payout phase, you may choose one of a number of annuity options. You may receive income payments from the Variable Funding Options and/or the Fixed Account. If you elect variable income payments, the dollar amount of your payments may increase or decrease. Once you choose one of the annuity options and begin to receive payments, it cannot be changed.

Who should purchase this Contract? The Contract is currently available for use in connection with (1) individual nonqualified purchases; (2) rollovers from Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs); (3) rollovers from other qualified retirement plans and (4) beneficiary-directed transfers of death proceeds from another contract. Qualified contracts include contracts qualifying under Section 401(a), 403(b) or 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Purchase of this Contract through a tax qualified retirement plan (“Plan”) does not provide any additional tax deferral benefits beyond those provided by the Plan. Accordingly, if you are purchasing this Contract through a Plan, you should consider purchasing this Contract for its Death Benefit, Annuity Option Benefits, and other non-tax-related benefits.

You may purchase the Contract with an initial payment of at least $5,000. You may make additional payments of at least $500 at any time during the accumulation phase. No additional payments are allowed if this Contract is purchased with a beneficiary-directed transfer of death proceeds.

Can I exchange my current annuity contract for this Contract? The Code generally permits you to exchange one annuity contract for another in a “tax-free exchange.” Therefore, you can transfer the proceeds from another annuity contract to purchase this Contract. Before making an exchange to acquire this Contract, you should carefully compare this Contract to your current contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge under your current contract to exchange it for this Contract, and this Contract has its own surrender charges that would apply to you. The other fees and charges under this Contract may be higher or lower and the benefits may be different than those of your current contract. In addition, you may have to pay federal income or penalty taxes on the exchange if it does not qualify for tax-free treatment. You should not exchange another contract for this

5


Contract unless you determine, after evaluating all the facts, the exchange is in your best interests. Remember that the person selling you the Contract generally will earn a commission on the sale.

Is there a right to return period? If you cancel the Contract within ten days after you receive it, you will receive a full refund of your Contract Value plus any Contract charges and premium taxes you paid (but not fees and charges assessed by the Underlying Funds) minus any Purchase Payment Credits. Where state law requires a different right to return period, or the return of Purchase Payments, the Company will comply. You bear the investment risk on the Purchase Payment allocated to a Variable Funding Option during the right to return period; therefore, the Contract Value we return may be greater or less than your Purchase Payment.

If you purchased your Contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity, and you return it within the first seven days after delivery, or longer if your state law permits, we will refund your full Purchase Payment minus any Purchase Payment Credits. During the remainder of the right to return period, we will refund your Contract Value (including charges we assessed) minus any Purchase Payment Credits. We will determine your Contract Value at the close of business on the day we receive a Written Request for a refund.

During the right to return period, you will not bear any contract fees associated with the Purchase Payment Credits. If you exercise your right to return, you will be in at least the same position as if you had exercised the right to return in a variable annuity contract with no Purchase Payment Credit. You would, however, receive any gains, and we would bear any losses attributable to the Purchase Payment Credits.

Can you give a general description of the Variable Funding Options and how they operate? The Variable Funding Options represent Subaccounts of the Separate Account. At your direction, the Separate Account, through its Subaccounts uses your Purchase Payment to purchase units, of one or more of the Underlying Funds that holds securities consistent with its own investment policy. Depending on market conditions, you may make or lose money in any of these Variable Funding Options.

You can transfer among the Variable Funding Options as frequently as you wish without any current tax implications. Currently there is no charge for transfers, nor a limit to the number of transfers allowed. We may, in the future, charge a fee for any transfer request, or limit the number of transfers allowed. At a minimum, we would always allow one transfer every six months. We reserve the right to restrict transfers that we determine will disadvantage other Contract Owners. You may transfer between the Fixed Account and the Variable Funding Options twice a year (during the 30 days after the six-month Contract Date anniversary), provided the amount is not greater than 15% of the Fixed Account value on that date. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account if the credited interest rate is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified under the Contract.

What expenses will be assessed under the Contract? The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each. We deduct an administrative expense charge and a mortality and expense risk (“M&E”) charge daily from amounts you allocate to the Separate Account. We deduct the administrative expense charge at an annual rate of 0.15% and deduct the M&E at an annual rate of 1.40% for the Standard Death Benefit, 1.55% for the Step-Up Death Benefit, and 1.75% for the Roll-Up Death Benefit. For Contracts with a value of less than $100,000, we also deduct an annual contract administrative charge of $40. Each Underlying Fund also charges for management costs and other expenses.

We will apply a withdrawal charge to withdrawals from the Contract, and will calculate it as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn. The maximum percentage is 8%, decreasing to 0% in years ten and later.

If you select the Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”), an additional 0.20% annually will be deducted from amounts in the Variable Funding Options. This provision is not available to a customer when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the rider effective date.

Upon annuitization, if the Variable Liquidity Benefit is selected, there is a maximum surrender charge of 8% of the amounts withdrawn. Please refer to The Annuity Period for a description of this benefit.

If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”), a maximum of 1.00% annually will be deducted from amounts in the Variable Funding Options. The current charge is 0.40%.

How will my Purchase Payments and withdrawals be taxed? Generally, the payments you make to a qualified Contract during the accumulation phase are made with before-tax dollars. Generally, you will be taxed on your

6


Purchase Payments, Purchase Payment Credits and on any earnings when you make a withdrawal or begin receiving Annuity Payments. Under a nonqualified Contract, payments to the Contract are made with after-tax dollars, and any credits and earnings will generally accumulate tax-deferred. You will be taxed on these earnings when they are withdrawn from the Contract. If you are younger than 59 1/2 when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal penalty tax on the amount withdrawn.

For owners of Qualified Contracts, if you reach a certain age, you may be required by federal tax laws to begin receiving payments from your annuity or risk paying a penalty tax. In those cases, we can calculate and pay you the minimum required distribution amounts.

How may I access my money? You can take withdrawals any time during the accumulation phase. Withdrawal charges may apply, as well as income taxes, and/or a penalty tax on amounts withdrawn.

What is the death benefit under the Contract? You may choose to purchase the Standard, Step-Up or Roll-Up Death Benefit. The death benefit applies upon the first death of the Contract Owner, joint owner, or Annuitant. Assuming you are the Annuitant, the death benefit is as follows: If you die before the Contract is in the payout phase, the person you have chosen as your beneficiary will receive a death benefit. We calculate the death benefit value at the close of the business day on which our Home Office receives (1) Due Proof of Death and (2) written payment instructions or the election of spousal or beneficiary contract continuance. Please refer to the Death Benefit section in the prospectus for more details.

Where may I find out more about Accumulation Unit values? Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no Accumulation Unit value information available as of the date of this prospectus.

Are there any additional features? This Contract has other features you may be interested in. These include:

    • Purchase Payment Credits. If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant is age 80 or less at the time the payment is made, you will receive a Purchase Payment credit equal to 4.5% of the Purchase Payment. The expenses for a Contract with Purchase Payment Credits are higher than a similar contract without Purchase Payment Credits, and the additional expenses attributable to the credits may more than offset the amount of the Purchase Payment Credit.
    • Dollar Cost Averaging. This is a program that allows you to invest a fixed amount of money in Variable Funding Options each month, theoretically giving you a lower average cost per unit over time than a single one-time purchase. Dollar Cost Averaging requires regular investments regardless of fluctuating price levels, and does not guarantee profits or prevent losses in a declining market. Potential investors should consider their financial ability to continue purchases through periods of low price levels.
    • Systematic Withdrawal Option. Before the Maturity Date, you can arrange to have money sent to you at set intervals throughout the year. Of course, any applicable income and penalty taxes will apply on amounts withdrawn. Withdrawals in excess of the annual free withdrawal allowance may be subject to a withdrawal charge.
    • Automatic Rebalancing. You may elect to have the Company periodically reallocate the values in your Contract to match the rebalancing allocation selected.
    • Managed Distribution Program. This program allows us to automatically calculate and distribute to you, in November of the applicable tax year, an amount that will satisfy the Internal Revenue Service’s minimum distribution requirements imposed on certain contracts once the owner reaches age 70 1/2 or retires. These minimum distributions occur during the accumulation phase.
    • Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”). For an additional charge, the total death benefit payable may be increased based on the earnings in your Contract.
    • Spousal Contract Continuance (subject to availability). If your spouse is named as an owner and/or beneficiary, and you die prior to the Maturity Date, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as owner rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary. This feature applies to a spousal joint Contract Owner and/or beneficiary only.
7


    • Beneficiary Contract Continuance (not permitted for non-natural beneficiaries). If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the date of your death, that beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary.
    • Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“Principal Guarantee”). For an additional charge, we will guarantee the periodic return of your Purchase Payments. Under this benefit, we will pay you a maximum of 5% or 10% of your Purchase Payments, depending on when you elect to begin receiving the payments, every year until your Purchase Payments have been returned in full.
8


FEE TABLE

The purpose of this Fee Table is to assist Contract Owners in understanding the various costs and expenses that you will bear, directly or indirectly, if you purchase this Contract. See Charges and Deductions in this prospectus for additional information. Expenses shown do not include premium taxes, which may be applicable. Each Variable Funding Option purchases shares of the Underlying Fund at net asset value. The net asset value already reflects the deduction of each Underlying Fund’s Total Operating Expenses as shown in the table below; therefore, you are indirectly bearing the costs of Underlying Fund expenses.

Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal Charge   8%(1)
(as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn)

Transfer Charge   $10(2)
(assessed on transfers that exceed 12 per year)

Contract Administrative Charge:   $40(3)

Annual Separate Account Charges:
(as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Separate Account)

We will assess a minimum mortality and expense risk charge (“M&E”) of 1.40% and a maximum administrative expense charge of 0.15% on all contracts. In addition, there is a 0.20% charge for E.S.P., and a maximum charge of 1.00% for GMWB, both optional features. Below is a summary of all charges that may apply, depending on the death benefit and optional features you select:

Standard Death Benefit Step-Up Death Benefit Roll-Up Death Benefit



Mortality and Expense Risk Charge    1.40%    1.55%    1.75%  
Administrative Expense Charge    0.15%    0.15%    0.15%  
Total Separate Account Annual Charges
   with No Optional Features Selected
   1.55%    1.70%    1.90%  
Optional E.S.P. Charge    0.20%    0.20%    0.20%  
Total Separate Account Annual Charges
   with E.S.P. Only Selected
   1.75%    1.90%    2.10%  
Maximum Optional GWMB Charge     1.00%(4)     1.00%(4)     1.00%(4)  
Total Separate Account Annual Charges
   with GMWB Only Selected
   2.55%    2.70%    2.90%  
Total Separate Account Annual Charges
   with E.S.P. and GMWB selected
   2.75%    2.90%    3.10%  

______________________________

       (1)   The withdrawal charge declines to zero after Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for 9 years. The charge is as follows:

Years Since Purchase Payment Made   Withdrawal Charge  

 
 
Greater than or Equal to   But less than      
0 years   3 years   8%  
3 years   4 years   7%  
4 years   5 years   6%  
5 years   6 years   5%  
6 years   7 years   4%  
7 years   8 years   3%  
8 years   9 years   2%  
9 years+    
0%
 

  (2)  We do not currently assess the transfer charge.
    
  (3)  We do not assess this charge if Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the fourth Friday of each August.
    
  (4)  The current charge for GMWB is 0.40%.

9


Variable Funding Option Expenses:

The first table below shows the minimum and maximum fees and expenses charged by any of the Funds as of December 31, 2002. The second table shows each Fund’s fees and expenses as of December 31, 2002. This information was provided by the Funds and we have not independently verified it. More detail concerning each Fund’s fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

Minimum and Maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses as of December 31, 2002

Minimum
(before
reimbursement)
Maximum
(before
reimbursement)


Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(Expenses that are deducted from fund assets, including management
fees, distribution, and/or 12b-1 fees, and other expenses.)
   0.42%    3.11%  

Fund Fees and Expenses as of December 31, 2002 (unless otherwise indicated)
(as a percentage of average daily net assets of the funding option)

Funding Options: Management
Fee
(before expense
reimbursement)
Distribution
and/or
Service Fees
(12b-1)
Other
Expenses
(before expense
reimbursement)
Total Annual
Operating
Expenses
(before expense
reimbursement)#
Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Total Annual
Operating
Expenses (after
expense
reimbursement)







Money Market Portfolio    0.38%        0.04%    0.42%         — (1)
AIM Variable Insurance
   Funds, Inc.
                             
   AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation
      Fund — Series II*
   0.61%    0.25%    0.24%    1.10%        
   AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity
      — Series II*
   0.73%    0.25%    0.57%    1.55%    0.10%    1.45% (2)
Franklin Templeton
   Variable Insurance Products
   Trust
                             
   Franklin Rising Dividends
      Securities Fund — Class 2
      Shares*
   0.75%    0.25%    0.04%    1.04%    0.01%    1.03% (3)
   Franklin Small Cap Fund —
      Class 2 Shares*
   0.53%    0.25%    0.31%    1.09%    0.05%    1.04% (4)
Templeton Foreign Securities
    Fund —
    Class 2 Shares*
   0.70%    0.25%    0.20%    1.15%    0.02%    1.13% (4)
Greenwich Street Series
   Fund
                             
   Salomon Brothers Variable
      Emerging Growth Fund —
      Class II Shares*
   0.95%    0.25%    0.61%    1.81%        — (5)
Oppenheimer Variable
   Account

    Funds
                             
   Oppenheimer Capital
      Appreciation Fund/VA —
      Service Shares*
   0.65%    0.15%    0.01%    0.81%        — (6)
   Oppenheimer Global Securities
      Fund/VA — Service Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.02%    0.92%        — (6)
Pioneer Variable Contracts
   Trust
                             
   Pioneer America Income VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.55%    0.25%    0.26%    1.06%        — (7)
   Pioneer Balanced VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.30%    1.20%        — (7)

10


Funding Options: Management
Fee
(before expense
reimbursement)
Distribution
and/or
Service Fees
(12b-1)
Other
Expenses
(before expense
reimbursement)
Total Annual
Operating
Expenses
(before expense
reimbursement)#
Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Total Annual
Operating
Expenses (after
expense
reimbursement)







Pioneer Variable
   Contracts Trust
   (continued)
                             
   Pioneer Emerging Markets
      VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares*
   1.15%    0.25%    1.71%    3.11%    1.12%    1.99% (8)
   Pioneer Equity Income VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.17%    1.07%        
   Pioneer Europe VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares*
   1.00%    0.25%    1.41%    2.66%    0.80%    1.86% (8)
   Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.16%    1.06%        
   Pioneer Growth Shares VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.70%    0.25%    0.68%    1.63%          
   Pioneer High Yield VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.92%    1.82%    0.52%    1.30% (9)  
   Pioneer International Value
      VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares*
   1.00%    0.25%    0.46%    1.71%         — (7)  
   Pioneer Mid Cap Value VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.17%    1.07%          
   Pioneer Real Estate Shares
      VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares*
   0.80%    0.25%    0.27%    1.32%          
   Pioneer Small Cap Value VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.75%    0.25%    2.01%    3.01%    1.51%    1.50% (10)  
   Pioneer Small Company VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.75%    0.25%    1.98%    2.98%    1.40%    1.58% (8)  
   Pioneer Strategic Income VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares*
   0.65%    0.25%    0.97%    1.87%    0.37%    1.50% (10)  
   Pioneer Value VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares*
   0.75%    0.25%    0.54%    1.54%    0.04%    1.50% (11)  
Salomon Brothers Variable
   Series Funds Inc.
                               
   Total Return Fund — Class II*    0.80%    0.25%    0.21%    1.26%        — (12)  

______________________________

       *   The 12b-1 fees deducted from these classes cover certain distribution, shareholder support and administrative services provided by intermediaries (the insurance company, broker dealer or other service provider).

       #   Expense reimbursements and waivers that are voluntary may be terminated at any time.

Notes

       (1)   The Travelers Insurance Company reimbursed Money Market Portfolio for $71,805 in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2002, there was a voluntary expense limitation. As a result of the voluntary expense limitation, the ratio of expense to average net assets will not exceed 0.40%. Management fee includes an administration fee.

       (2)   The Fund’s advisor has contractually agreed to waive advisory fees or reimburse expenses of Series I and Series II shares to the extent necessary to limit Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding Rule 12b-1 Plan fees, if any, interest, taxes, dividend expense on short sales, extraordinary items and increases in expenses due to expense offset arrangements, if any) to 1.30%. Further the Fund's distributor has agreed to reimburse Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan fees to the extent necessary to limit Series II Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to 1.45%.

       (3)   The Fund administration fee is paid indirectly through the management fee. The Fund’s Class 2 distribution plan or “rule 12b-1 plan” is described in the Fund’s prospectus. The manager had agreed in advance to reduce its fee to reflect reduced services resulting from the Fund's investment in a Franklin Templeton money fund for cash management. This reduction is required by the Fund's Board of Trustees and an exemptive order by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

       (4)   The Fund’s Class 2 distribution plan or “rule 12b-1 plan” is described in the Fund’s prospectus. The manager had agreed in advance to reduce its fee to reflect reduced services resulting from the Fund's investment in a Franklin Templeton money fund for cash management. This reduction is required by the Fund’s Board of Trustees and an exemptive order by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

       (5)   Total Annual Operating Expenses have been estimated because no Class II shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

       (6)   For Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, the current 12b-1 fee is 0.25%. Prior to May 1, 2003, the 12b-1 fee was 0.15% per annum and actual 12b-1 fees paid during the year ended December 31, 2002 were 0.15%. Had the current 12b-1 fee been in effect for the year ended 2002 the Total Annual Operating Expenses would have been 0.91%. For Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, prior to May 1, 2002, the 12b-1 fee was 0.15% and actual 12b-1 fees paid for the year ended December 31, 2002 were 0.23% and Total Annual Operating Expenses were 0.90%.

       (7)   Estimated for the portfolio’s current fiscal year.

11


       (8)   Under a contractual expense limitation in effect through December 31, 2003, Pioneer has agreed not to impose all or a portion of its management fee and, if necessary, to limit other ordinary operating expenses to the extent required to reduce each portfolio’s Class I expenses to 1.75% for Pioneer Emerging Markets VCT Portfolio, 1.50% for Pioneer Europe VCT Portfolio, and 1.25% for Pioneer Small Company VCT Portfolio of the average daily net assets attributable to each portfolio’s Class I shares. The portion of each portfolio’s expenses attributable to Class II shares will be reduced only to the extent such expenses are reduced for each portfolio’s Class I shares. Any differences in the fee waiver and expense limitation among classes result from rounding in the daily calculation of a class’ net assets and expense limit, which may exceed 0.01% annually. For Pioneer Small Company VCT Portfolio, Pioneer may subsequent ly recover reimbursed expenses (within three years of being incurred) from the portfolio if the expense ratio of the Class I shares is less than the expense limitation of the Class I shares. Each class will reimburse Pioneer no more than the amount by which that class’ expenses were reduced.

       (9)   Under a contractual expense limitation in effect through December 31, 2003, Pioneer has agreed to waive certain fees or reimburse expenses, if necessary, to limit other ordinary operating expenses attributable to Class II to 1.30% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class II shares. To the extent possible, this expense limitation will be accomplished by waiving fees and expenses that are allocated on a class specific basis. Pioneer may subsequently recover reimbursed expenses (within three years of being incurred) from the portfolio if the expense ratio of the Class II shares is less than the expense limitation of the Class II shares. Class II shares will reimburse Pioneer no more than the amount by which that class’ expenses were reduced.

       (10)   Estimated for the Portfolio’s current fiscal year. Under a contractual expense limitation in effect through December 31, 2003, Pioneer has agreed not to impose all or a portion of its management fee and, if necessary, to limit other ordinary operating expenses to the extent required to reduce each Portfolio’s Class I expenses to 1.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class I shares; the portion of portfolio expenses attributable to Class II shares will be reduced only to the extent such expenses are reduced for Class I shares. Any differences in the fee waiver and expense limitation among classes result from rounding in the daily calculation of a class’ net assets and expense limit, which may exceed 0.01% annually. For Pioneer Small Cap Value VCT Portfolio, Pioneer may subsequently recover reimbursed expenses (within three years of being incurred) from the portfolio if the expense ratio of the Class I shares is less than the expense limitation of the Class I shares. Each class will reimburse Pioneer no more than the amount by which that class’ expenses were reduced.

       (11)   Estimated for the Portfolio’s current fiscal year. Under a contractual expense limitation in effect through December 31, 2003, Pioneer has agreed not to impose all or a portion of its management fee and, if necessary, to limit other ordinary operating expenses to the extent required to reduce Class II expenses to 1.50% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class II shares; the portion of portfolio expenses attributable to Class I shares will be reduced only to the extent such expenses are reduced for Class II shares. Any differences in the fee waiver and expense limitation among classes result from rounding in the daily calculation of a class’ net assets and expense limit, which may exceed 0.01% annually. Pioneer may subsequently recover reimbursed expenses (within three years of being incurred) from the portfolio if the expense ratio of the Class II shares is less than the expense limitation of the Class II shares. Ea ch class will reimburse Pioneer no more than the amount by which that class’ expenses were reduced.

       (12)   “Other Expenses” have been estimated based upon expenses incurred by Class I shares, because no Class II shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended December 31,2002. Because the manager voluntarily agreed to waive portion of its management fee for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2002, the actual total operating expenses for the fund were 1.25%.

Examples

These examples show what your costs would be under certain hypothetical situations. The examples do not represent past or future expenses. Your actual expenses may be more or less than those shown. We base examples on the annual expenses of the Underlying Funds for the year ended December 31, 2002. The examples are based on the Funds’ Total Annual Operating Expenses before reimbursement, and do not reflect any waivers or reimbursements. If you have selected Variable Funding Options that have voluntarily or contractually agreed to limit the Total Annual Operating Expenses, your expenses may be lower.

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment (including Purchase Payment Credit) assuming a 5% annual return on assets and Separate Account charges of 3.10%, which is the maximum charge for the maximum number of optional benefits. For those contracts that do not elect the maximum number of optional benefits, the expenses would be lower. The examples also reflect the annual contract administrative charge.

If Contract is surrendered at the end
of period shown
If Contract is NOT surrendered or
annuitized at the end of period shown


Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









Money Market Portfolio (Travelers)    1158    1890    2443    3823    358    1090    1843    3823  
AIM Variable Insurance Funds,
   Inc.
                                         
   AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund —
      Series II
   1225    2085    2758    4401    425    1285    2158    4401  
   AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity — Series II    1269    2212    2961    4759    469    1412    2361    4759  

12


If Contract is surrendered at the end
of period shown
If Contract is NOT surrendered or
annuitized at the end of period shown


Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









Franklin Templeton Variable
   Insurance Products Trust
                                         
   Franklin Rising Dividends Securities
      Fund — Class 2 Shares
   1219    2068    2731    4351    419    1268    2131    4351  
   Franklin Small Cap Fund — Class 2
      Shares
   1224    2082    2754    4392    424    1282    2154    4392  
   Templeton Foreign Securities Fund —
      Class 2 Shares
   1230    2099    2781    4441    430    1299    2181    4441  
Greenwich Street Series Fund                                          
   Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging
      Growth Fund — Class II Shares
   1295    2285    3076    4959    495    1485    2476    4959  
Oppenheimer Variable Account
   Funds
                                         
   Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation
      Fund/VA — Service Shares
   1197    2002    2625    4159    397    1202    2025    4159  
   Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA
      — Service Shares
   1207    2034    2676    4252    407    1234    2076    4252  
Pioneer Variable Contracts
   Trust
                                         
   Pioneer America Income VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
   1221    2074    2740    4368    421    1274    2140    4368  
   Pioneer Balanced VCT Portfolio — Class
      II Shares
   1235    2114    2804    4482    435    1314    2204    4482  
   Pioneer Emerging Markets VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
   1421    2639    3627    5870    621    1839    3027    5870  
   Pioneer Equity Income VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
   1222    2077    2745    4376    422    1277    2145    4376  
   Pioneer Europe VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares
   1377    2518    3440    5570    577    1718    2840    5570  
   Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares
   1221    2074    2740    4368    421    1274    2140    4368  
   Pioneer Growth Shares VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
   1277    2235    2997    4821    477    1435    2397    4821  
   Pioneer High Yield VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
   1296    2288    3080    4966    496    1488    2480    4966  
   Pioneer International Value VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares
   1285    2257    3032    4883    485    1457    2432    4883  
   Pioneer Mid Cap Value VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
   1222    2077    2745    4376    422    1277    2145    4376  
   Pioneer Real Estate Shares VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
   1247    2147    2858    4578    447    1347    2258    4578  
   Pioneer Small Cap Value VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
   1411    2612    3586    5804    611    1812    2986    5804  
   Pioneer Small Company VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
   1408    2604    3573    5785    608    1804    2973    5785  
   Pioneer Strategic Income VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
   1300    2301    3102    5004    500    1501    2502    5004  
   Pioneer Value VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares
   1268    2209    2957    4752    468    1409    2357    4752  
Salomon Brothers Variable Series
   Funds Inc.
                                         
   Total Return Fund — Class II    1241    2131    2831    4530    441    1331    2231    4530  

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no condensed financial available as of the date of this prospectus.

13


THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

Pioneer Annuistar Plus Annuity is a contract between the Contract Owner (“you”) and the Company. This is the prospectus — it is not the Contract. The prospectus highlights many contract provisions to focus your attention on the Contract’s essential features. Your rights and obligations under the Contract will be determined by the language of the Contract itself. When you receive your Contract, we suggest you read it promptly and carefully. There may be differences in your Contract from the descriptions in this prospectus because of the requirements of the state where we issued your Contract. We will include any such differences in your Contract.

You make Purchase Payments to us and we credit them to your Contract. We promise to pay you an income, in the form of Annuity Payments, beginning on a future date that you choose, the Maturity Date. The Purchase Payments accumulate tax deferred in the funding options of your choice. We offer multiple Variable Funding Options. We may also offer a Fixed Account option. Where permitted by law, we reserve the right to restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified under the Contract. The Contract Owner assumes the risk of gain or loss according to the performance of the Variable Funding Options. The Contract Value is the amount of Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits, plus or minus any investment experience on the amounts you allocate to the Separate Account (“Separate Account Contract Value”) or interest on the amounts you allocate t o the Fixed Account (“Fixed Account Contract Value”). The Contract Value also reflects all withdrawals made and charges deducted. There is generally no guarantee that at the Maturity Date the Contract Value will equal or exceed the total Purchase Payments made under the Contract. The date the Contract and its benefits become effective is referred to as the Contract Date. Each 12-month period following the Contract Date is called a Contract Year.

Certain changes and elections must be made in writing to the Company. Where the term “Written Request” is used, it means that you must send written information to our Home Office in a form and content satisfactory to us.

Contract Owner Inquiries

Any questions you have about your Contract should be directed to our Home Office at 1-866-703-0527.

Purchase Payments

Your initial Purchase Payment is due and payable before the Contract becomes effective. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000. You may make additional payments of at least $500 at any time. No additional payments are allowed if this Contract is purchased with a beneficiary-directed transfer of death benefit proceeds. Under certain circumstances, we may waive the minimum Purchase Payment requirement. Initial Purchase Payments plus the total of any subsequent Purchase Payments may total more than $1,000,000 only with our prior consent. We may restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the current credited interest rate for the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed rate specified in your Contract.

We will apply the initial Purchase Payment less any applicable premium tax (net Purchase Payment) within two business days after we receive it in good order at our Home Office. We will credit subsequent Purchase Payments to a Contract on the same business day we receive it, if it is received in good order by our Home Office by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. A business day is any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading (except when trading is restricted due to an emergency as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission).

Purchase Payment Credits

For each Purchase Payment you make, we will add a credit to your Contract Value whenever the greater age of the Contract Owner or Annuitant is 80 or less at the time the Purchase Payment is received. This credit will equal 4.5% of the Purchase Payment.

We will apply the Purchase Payment Credit to the funding options in the same ratio as the applicable Purchase Payment.

14


We will deduct the Purchase Payment Credit from any refunds made if you return your Contract during the right to return period (we will include any gains on the credit in the refund).

You should know that over time, particularly in a positive market, the costs associated with the Purchase Payment Credits may exceed the sum of the Purchase Payment Credits and related earnings. You should consider this possibility before purchasing the Contract.

Purchase Payment Credits may not be included in your GMWB Remaining Benefit Base. Please refer to the description of the GMWB benefit for more information.

Accumulation Units

The value of each funding option is measured in Accumulation Units. Every time you allocate or transfer money to or from a funding option we convert that dollar amount into units. The value of an Accumulation Unit for each funding option is initially set at $1.00 and may vary among funding options and from one valuation period to the next. We determine each funding option’s Accumulation Unit value (“AUV”) on each valuation date by multiplying the value on the immediately preceding valuation date by the corresponding net investment factor (see below) for the valuation period just ended. For example, to calculate Monday’s valuation date price, we would multiply Friday’s Accumulation Unit value by Monday’s net investment factor.

The net investment factor is simply an index we use to measure the investment performance of a funding option from one valuation period to the next. Each funding option has a net investment factor for each valuation period that may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit (and the value of the funding option) may increase or decrease.

We determine the net investment factor for any valuation period using the following equation: a - c
 
 
  b  


a is:

 1.  the net asset value per share of the Underlying Fund held in the funding option as of the valuation date; plus
   
 2.  the per-share amount of any dividend or capital gain distribution on shares of the Underlying Fund held by the funding option if the ex-dividend date occurs in the valuation period just ended; plus or minus
   
 3.  a per-share charge or credit, as we may determine on the valuation date for tax reserves; and

b is:

 1.  the net asset value per share of the Underlying Fund held in the funding option as of the last prior valuation date; plus or minus
   
 2.  the per-share or per-unit charge or credit for tax reserves as of the end of the last prior valuation date; and

c is the applicable funding option deduction for the Valuation Period.

The number of Accumulation Units credited to your Contract will not change as a result of the funding option’s investment experience. The Separate Account will redeem Underlying Fund shares at their net asset value, to the extent necessary to make payments under the Contract.

Transfers between funding options will result in the addition or reduction of Accumulation Units having a total value equal to the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular funding option. The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the amount transferred by the Accumulation Unit value of the funding option involved as of the next valuation date after we receive your request for transfer at our Home Office. On the Maturity Date your Accumulation Units will be converted to Annuity Units.

15


The Variable Funding Options

You choose the Variable Funding Options to which you allocate your Purchase Payments. These Variable Funding Options are subaccounts of the Separate Account. The subaccounts invest in the Underlying Funds. You are not investing directly in the Underlying Fund. Each Underlying Fund is a portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940. These Underlying Funds are not publicly traded and are offered only through variable annuity and variable life insurance products. They are not the same retail mutual funds as those offered outside of a variable annuity or variable life insurance product, although the investment practices and fund names may be similar, and the portfolio managers may be identical. Accordingly, the performance of the retail mutual fund is likely to be different from that of the Underlying Fund, and Contract Owners should not compare the two.

You will find detailed information about the funds and their inherent risks in the current fund prospectuses for the Underlying Funds. Since each option has varying degrees of risk, please read the prospectuses carefully. There is no assurance that any of the Underlying Funds will meet its investment objectives. Contact your registered representative or call 1-800-842-9406 to request additional copies of the prospectuses.

If any of the Underlying Funds become unavailable for allocating Purchase Payments, or if we believe that further investment in an Underlying Fund is inappropriate for the purposes of the Contract, we may substitute another funding option. However, we will not make any substitutions without notifying you and obtaining any state and SEC approval, if necessary. From time to time we may make new funding options available.

Administrative, Marketing and Support Service Fees. The Company and TDLLC have arrangements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or affiliated companies of many of the Underlying Funds under which the Company and TDLLC receive payments in connection with our provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Funds. Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that the Company and TDLLC incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the Contracts.

The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of each Underlying Fund allocated to the Variable Funding Options under the Contract or other contracts offered by the Company. Aggregate fees relating to the different Funds may vary in amount and may be as much as 0.60% of the average net assets of an Underlying Fund attributable to the relevant contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees) that are deducted from an Underlying Fund’s assets as part of its Total Annual Operating Expenses. The arrangements may vary for each Underlying Fund.

The current Variable Funding Options are listed below, along with their investment advisers and any subadviser:

Funding
Option
  Investment
Objective
  Investment
Adviser/Subadviser
 

 
 
 
Money Market Portfolio (Travelers)   Seeks high current return with preservation of capital and liquidity. The Fund normally invests in high-quality short term money market instruments.   Travelers Asset Management International Company LLC (“TAMIC”)  
AIM Variable Insurance Funds,
   Inc.
         
   AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund —
      Series II
  Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies that may benefit from new or innovative products, services or processes and those that have above-average long-term earnings growth.   A I M Advisers, Inc.  
   AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity —
      Series II
  Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities, including convertible securities, of mid-cap companies.   A I M Advisers, Inc.  
Franklin Templeton Variable
   Insurance Products Trust
         
   Franklin Rising Dividends Securities
      Fund — Class 2 Shares
  Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Preservation of capital is an important secondary consideration. The Fund normally invests in investments of companies that have paid rising dividends.   Franklin Advisory Services, LLC  
   Franklin Small Cap Fund — Class 2
      Shares
  Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in small capitalization companies.   Franklin Advisers, Inc.  

16


Funding
Option
  Investment
Objective
  Investment
Adviser/Subadviser
 

 
 
 
Franklin Templeton Variable
   Insurance Products Trust
   (continued)
         
   Templeton Foreign Securities Fund —
      Class 2 Shares
  Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in investments, primarily equity securities, of issuers located outside of the U.S., including those in emerging markets.   Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC  
Greenwich Street Series Fund          
   Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging
      Growth Fund — Class II Shares
  Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of emerging growth companies.   Salomon Brothers Asset Management (“SBAM”)  
Oppenheimer Variable Account
   Funds
         
   Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation
      Fund/VA — Service Shares
  Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in the common stocks of growth companies that may be new companies or well-established companies.   OppenheimerFunds, Inc.  
   Oppenheimer Global Securities
      Fund/VA — Service Shares
  Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of foreign issuers, “growth-type” companies, cyclical industries and special situations that are considered to have appreciation possibilities.   OppenheimerFunds, Inc.  
Pioneer Variable Contracts
   Trust
         
   Pioneer America Income VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
  Seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with preservation of capital. The Fund normally invests exclusively in U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements and “when issued” commitments with respect to these securities.   Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. (“Pioneer”)  
   Pioneer Balanced VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
  Seeks capital growth and current income. The Fund normally invests in a diversified portfolio of equity securities and bonds and it is actively managed based on quantitative analysis and techniques.   Pioneer
Subadviser: Prudential Investment Management, Inc.
 
   Pioneer Emerging Markets VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares
  Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in the securities of emerging market corporate and government issuers, with an emphasis on equities.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Equity Income VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
  Seeks current income and long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in income producing equity securities of U.S. issuers.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Europe VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
  Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of European issuers.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares
  Seeks reasonable income and capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities believed to be selling at reasonable prices or discounts to their underlying values.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Growth Shares VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
  Seeks appreciation of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities believed to have above average potential for earnings and revenue growth.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer High Yield VCT Portfolio —
      Class II Shares
  Seeks to maximize total return through a combination of income and capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in below investment grade debt securities and preferred stocks.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer International Value VCT
      Portfolio — Class II Shares
  Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of non-U.S. issuers located in both developed and emerging markets.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Mid Cap Value VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
  Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in the equity securities of mid-size companies.   Pioneer  

17


Funding
Option
  Investment
Objective
  Investment
Adviser/Subadviser
 

 
 
 
Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust
   (continued)
         
   Pioneer Small Cap Value VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
  Seeks capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of small companies believed to be selling at substantial discounts to their underlying values.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Small Company VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
  Seeks capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of small companies.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Strategic Income VCT Portfolio
      — Class II Shares
  Seeks a high level of current income. The Fund normally invests in debt securities from a broad range of issuers and segments of the debt securities market.   Pioneer  
   Pioneer Value VCT Portfolio — Class II
      Shares
  Seeks reasonable income and capital growth. The Fund normally invests in a broad list of carefully selected, reasonably priced equity securites of U.S. issuers.   Pioneer  
Salomon Brothers Variable Series
   Funds Inc.
         
   Total Return Fund — Class II   Seeks above average income (compared to a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities). Secondarily seeks growth of capital and income. The Fund normally invests in a broad range of equity and fixed-income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers.   SBAM  

FIXED ACCOUNT

We may offer our Fixed Account as a funding option. Please refer to your Contract and Appendix A for more information.

CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

General

We deduct the charges described below. The charges are for the service and benefits we provide, costs and expenses we incur, and risks we assume under the Contracts. Services and benefits we provide include:

    • the ability for you to make withdrawals and surrenders under the Contracts
    • the death benefit paid on the death of the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or first of the joint owners
    • the available funding options and related programs (including dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing, and systematic withdrawal programs)
    • administration of the annuity options available under the Contracts and
    • the distribution of various reports to Contract Owner

Costs and expenses we incur include:

    • losses associated with various overhead and other expenses associated with providing the services and benefits provided by the Contracts
    • sales and marketing expenses including commission payments to your sales agent and
    • other costs of doing business

Risks we assume include:

    • that Annuitants may live longer than estimated when the annuity factors under the Contracts were established
    • that the amount of the death benefit will be greater than the Contract Value and
18


    • that the costs of providing the services and benefits under the Contracts will exceed the charges deducted

We may also deduct a charge for taxes.

Unless otherwise specified, charges are deducted proportionately from all funding options in which you are invested.

We may reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge, the administrative charges and/or the mortality and expense risk charge under the Contract when certain sales or administration of the Contract result in savings or reduced expenses and/or risks. For certain trusts, we may change the order in which Purchase Payments and earnings are withdrawn in order to determine the withdrawal charge. We will not reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge or the administrative charge where such reduction or elimination would be unfairly discriminatory to any person.

The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the designated charge. For example, the withdrawal charge we collect may not fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We may also profit on one or more of the charges. We may use any such profits for any corporate purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

We do not deduct a sales charge from Purchase Payments when they are made to the Contract. However, a withdrawal charge will apply if Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits are withdrawn before they have been in the Contract for nine years. We will assess the charge as a percentage of the Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn as follows:

Years Since Purchase Payment Made   Withdrawal Charge  

 
 
Greater than or Equal to   But less than      
0 years   3 years   8%  
3 years   4 years   7%  
4 years   5 years   6%  
5 years   6 years   5%  
6 years   7 years   4%  
7 years   8 years   3%  
8 years   9 years   2%  
9 years+       0%  

For purposes of the withdrawal charge calculation, withdrawals are deemed to be taken first from:

 (a)  any Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits to which no withdrawal charge applies then
   
 (b)  any remaining free withdrawal allowance (as described below) (after being reduced by (a)), then
   
 (c)  any remaining Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits to which a withdrawal charge applies (on a first-in, first-out basis), then
   
 (d)  any Contract earnings

Unless you instruct us otherwise, we will deduct the withdrawal charge from the amount requested.

We will not deduct a withdrawal charge if Purchase Payments and associated credits are distributed:

  • due to the death of the Contract Owner or the Annuitant (with no contingent Annuitant surviving) or
  • under the Managed Distribution Program or
  • under the Nursing Home Confinement provision (as described in Appendix B)

Free Withdrawal Allowance

Beginning in the second Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 10% of the Contract Value annually. We calculate the available withdrawal amount as of the end of the previous Contract Year. If you have Purchase

19


Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge, the maximum you may withdraw without a withdrawal charge is the greater of (a) the free withdrawal allowance or (b) the total amount of Purchase Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge. Any free withdrawal taken will reduce Purchase Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge. The free withdrawal provision applies to all withdrawals except those transferred directly to annuity contracts issued by other financial institutions. The free withdrawal amount is not cumulative from year to year.

Transfer Charge

We reserve the right to assess a transfer charge of up to $10.00 on transfers exceeding 12 per year. We will notify you in writing at your last known address at least 31 days before we impose any such transfer charge.

Administrative Charges

There are two administrative charges: the $40 annual contract administrative charge and the administrative expense charge. We will deduct the annual contract administrative charge on the fourth Friday of each August. This charge compensates us for expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining the Contract. We will prorate this charge if you surrender your Contract, or if we terminate your Contract. We will not deduct a contract administrative charge from the Fixed Account or:

            (1)   from the distribution of death proceeds;

            (2)   after an annuity payout has begun; or

            (3)   if the Contract Value on the date of assessment equals or is greater than $100,000.

We deduct the administrative expense charge (sometimes called “sub-account administrative charge”) on each business day from amounts allocated to the Variable Funding Options to compensate the Company for certain related administrative and operating expenses. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 0.15 % of the daily net asset value allocated to each of the Variable Funding Options, and is reflected in our accumulation and Annuity Unit value calculations.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

Each business day, we deduct a mortality and expense risk (“M&E”) charge from amounts we hold in the Variable Funding Options. We reflect the deduction in our calculation of Accumulation and Annuity Unit values. The charges stated are the maximum for this product. We reserve the right to lower this charge at any time. If you choose the Standard Death Benefit, the M&E charge equals 1.40% annually. If you choose the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit, the M&E charge is 1.55% annually. If you choose the Roll-Up Death Benefit, the M&E charge is 1.75% annually. This charge compensates the Company for risks assumed, benefits provided and expenses incurred, including the payment of commissions to your sales agent.

Variable Liquidity Benefit Charge

If the Variable Liquidity Benefit is selected, there is a maximum surrender charge of 8% of the amounts withdrawn. This charge is not assessed during the accumulation phase.

We will assess the charge as a percentage of the total benefit received as follows:

Years Since Initial Purchase Payment
Surrender Charge

 
Greater than or Equal to   But less than    
0 years   3 years   8%
3 years   4 years   7%
4 years   5 years   6%
5 years   6 years   5%
6 years   7 years   4%
7 years   8 years   3%
8 years   9 years   2%
9 years+    
0%

Please refer to The Annuity Period for a description of this benefit.

20


E.S.P. Charge

If the E.S.P. option is selected, a charge is deducted each business day from amounts held in the Variable Funding Options. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 0.20% of the amounts held in each funding option.

GMWB Charge

If the GMWB option is selected, a charge is deducted each business day from amounts held in the Variable Funding Options. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 1.00% of the amounts held in each funding option. The current charge is 0.40%.

Variable Funding Option Expenses

We summarized the charges and expenses of the Underlying Funds in the fee table. Please review the prospectus for each Underlying Fund for a more complete description of that fund and its expenses.

Premium Tax

Certain state and local governments charge premium taxes ranging from 0% to 5%, depending upon jurisdiction. We are responsible for paying these taxes and will determine the method used to recover premium tax expenses incurred. We will deduct any applicable premium taxes from your Contract Value either upon death, surrender, annuitization, or at the time you make Purchase Payments to the Contract, but no earlier than when we have a tax liability under state law.

Changes in Taxes Based upon Premium or Value

If there is any change in a law assessing taxes against the Company based upon premiums, contract gains or value of the Contract, we reserve the right to charge you proportionately for this tax.

TRANSFERS

Up to 30 days before the Maturity Date, you may transfer all or part of the Contract Value between Variable Funding Options. Please note that the Contract is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the stock market. Therefore, all transfers are subject to the following restrictions:

1.  Excessive Transfers. We reserve the right to restrict transfers if we determine you are engaging in a pattern of transfers that may disadvantage Contract Owners. In making this determination, we will consider, among other things, the following factors:
    • the total dollar amount being transferred;
    • the number of transfers you made within the previous three months;
    • whether your transfers follow a pattern designed to take advantage of short term market fluctuations; and
    • whether your transfers are part of a group of transfers made by a third party on behalf of the individual Contract Owners in the group.
2.  Market Timers. We reserve the right to restrict transfers by any market timing firm or any other third party authorized to initiate transfers on behalf of multiple Contract Owners. We may, among other things:
    • reject the transfer instructions of any agent acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one owner, or
    • reject the transfer or exchange instructions of individual owners who have executed pre-authorized transfer forms which are submitted by market timing firms or other third parties on behalf of more than one owner.
21


If we choose to enforce our contractual rights to restrict transfers to once every six months, we will so notify you in writing.

Future Modifications. We will continue to monitor the transfer activity occurring among the Variable Funding Options, and may modify these transfer restrictions at any time if we deem it necessary to protect the interest of all Contract Owners. These modifications may include curtailing or eliminating, without notice, the ability to use the Internet, facsimile or telephone in making transfers.

If, in our sole discretion, we determine you are engaging in activity as described above or similar activity which will potentially hurt the rights or interests of Contract Owners, we will exercise our contractual right to restrict your number of transfers to one every six months. We reserve the right to charge a $10.00 fee for any transfer request that exceeds twelve per year. None of these restrictions are applicable to transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or a rebalancing program.

We reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account whenever the current credited interest rate for the Fixed Account is the minimum guaranteed rate specified in your Contract.

We will make transfers at the value(s) next determined after we receive your request in good order at our Home Office. After the Maturity Date, you may make transfers only if allowed by your contract or with our consent. These restrictions are subject to any state law requirements.

Dollar Cost Averaging

Dollar cost averaging or the pre-authorized transfer program (the “DCA Program”) allows you to transfer a set dollar amount to other funding options on a monthly or quarterly basis during the accumulation phase of the Contract. Using this method, you will purchase more Accumulation Units in a funding option if the value per unit is low and will purchase fewer Accumulation Units if the value per unit is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower-than-average cost per unit in the long run if you have the financial ability to continue the program over a long enough period of time. Dollar cost averaging does not assure a profit or protect against a loss.

You may elect the DCA Program through Written Request or other method acceptable to us. You must have a minimum total Contract Value of $5,000 to enroll in the DCA Program. The minimum amount that may be transferred through this program is $400.

You may establish pre-authorized transfers of Contract Values from the Fixed Account, subject to certain restrictions. Under the DCA Program, automated transfers from the Fixed Account may not deplete your Fixed Account Value in less than twelve months from your enrollment in the DCA Program.

In addition to the DCA Program, within the Fixed Account, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners under an administrative Special DCA Program established at our discretion, depending on availability and state law. Under this program, the Contract Owner may pre-authorize level transfers to any of the funding options under either a 6 Month, 12 Month or 24 Month Program. The Programs may have different credited interest rates. We must transfer all Purchase Payments and accrued interest on a level basis to the selected funding options in the applicable time period. Under each Program, the interest will accrue only on the remaining amounts in the Special DCA Program. For example, under the 12 Month Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 12 months on the remaining amounts in the Special DCA Program and we must transfer all Purchase Payments and accrued interest in this Program on a level basis to the selected funding options in 12 months.

The pre-authorized transfers will begin after the initial Program Purchase Payment and complete enrollment instructions are received by the Company. If we do not receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of the initial Program Purchase Payment, the entire balance in the Program will be transferred into the Money Market Variable Funding Option.

You may start or stop participation in the DCA Program at any time, but you must give the Company at least 30 days’ notice to change any automated transfer instructions that are currently in place. If you stop the Special DCA Program and elect to remain in the Fixed Account, we will credit your Contract Value for the remainder of 6 or 12 months with the interest rate for non-Program funds.

You may only have one DCA Program or Special DCA Program in place at one time.

22


All provisions and terms of the Contract apply to the DCA and Special DCA Programs, including provisions relating to the transfer of money between funding options. Transfers made under any DCA Program will not be counted for purposes of restrictions we may impose on the number of transfers permitted under the Contract. We reserve the right to suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time and to assess a processing fee for this service. If the Fixed Account is not available as a funding option, you may still participate in the DCA program.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

Any time before the Maturity Date, you may redeem all or any portion of the Cash Surrender Value, that is, the Contract Value less any withdrawal charge and any premium tax not previously deducted. Unless you submit a Written Request specifying the fixed or Variable Funding Option(s) from which we are to withdraw amounts, we will make the withdrawal on a pro rata basis. We will determine the Cash Surrender Value as of the close of business after we receive your surrender request at our Home Office. The Cash Surrender Value may be more or less than the Purchase Payments you made. You may not make withdrawals during the annuity period.

For amounts allocated to the Variable Funding Options, we may defer payment of any Cash Surrender Value for a period of up to five business days after the Written Request is received. For amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, we may defer payment of any Cash Surrender Value for a period up to six months. In either case, it is our intent to pay as soon as possible. We cannot process requests for withdrawals that are not in good order. We will contact you if there is a deficiency causing a delay and will advise what is needed to act upon the withdrawal request.

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB” or “Principal Guarantee”)

For an additional charge, you may elect GMWB, a living benefit that guarantees return of your Purchase Payments regardless of market conditions if you do not withdraw more than a certain amount per year. Once you elect this benefit, you cannot cancel it. You must elect the benefit at time of purchase. GMWB will automatically terminate upon annuitization or if you assign your Contract to a different Contract Owner.

Your initial Purchase Payment is used to determine your initial remaining benefit base, (“RBB”), or the maximum amount of money that is guaranteed to be returned to you subject to the conditions below. Your initial RBB does not include Purchase Payment Credits. The maximum amount you may withdraw on an annual basis without an adverse effect on your guarantee is your annual withdrawal benefit (“AWB”).

If you make your first withdrawal within three full years after you purchased GMWB, your AWB will equal 5% of your RBB immediately prior to your first withdrawal. If you begin making withdrawals more than three complete years after you purchased GMWB, your AWB will equal 10% of your RBB immediately prior to your first withdrawal. Your AWB may be taken on any payment schedule you request, e.g. monthly. You may take withdrawals in any dollar amount up to your AWB without affecting your guarantee. If you choose to receive only a part of or none of your AWB in any given year, your RBB and AWB will not increase. You can continue to receive your AWB until the RBB is depleted. If you take a partial withdrawal, and your AWB is greater than the free withdrawal allowance, withdrawal charges are waived only on amounts up to your AWB.

Your RBB and AWB will not change unless you make subsequent Purchase Payments or take withdrawals from your Contract, as described below.

If you make subsequent payments, we will recalculate your RBB and your AWB. Your new RBB equals your RBB immediately prior to the subsequent payment plus the subsequent payment. We reserve the right not to include subsequent Purchase Payments in the calculation of the RBB. When your RBB is adjusted because you have made a subsequent Purchase Payment, your AWB is recalculated to equal the AWB immediately prior to the subsequent payment, plus either 5% or 10% of the subsequent payment, depending on when you have taken your first withdrawal.

Aggregate Purchase Payments over $1 million are subject to our consent, including our consent to the maximum RBB applied to your GMWB. We may impose a maximum RBB in the future for Contract Owners who elect GMWB, but the maximum RBB will never be less than the cumulative Purchase Payments to which we have previously consented. We reserve the right to restrict the maximum RBB on subsequent Purchase Payments and/or resets if such subsequent Purchase Payments and/or resets would cause the RBB to be greater than the

23


maximum RBB. Purchase Payments under $1 million are not subject to a limitation on the maximum RBB. State variations may apply.

Withdrawals: If the total of all withdrawals since the most recent Contract Date anniversary, including the current withdrawal, is equal to or less than your AWB immediately prior to the current withdrawal, we will recalculate your RBB to equal the RBB immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the current withdrawal.

If the total amount of all withdrawals since the most recent Contract Date anniversary, including the current withdrawal, exceed the AWB, we will recalculate both your RBB and AWB by applying a partial surrender reduction. The partial surrender reduction is equal to 1) the RBB or AWB in effect immediately prior to the current withdrawal, multiplied by 2) the amount of the current withdrawal divided by 3) the Contract Value immediately prior to the current withdrawal minus any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the withdrawal.

For example, assume your initial Purchase Payment is $100,000, and a withdrawal of $10,000 is taken in contract year two:

  Assumes 15% gain on investment Assumes 15% loss on investment
  Contract
Value
RBB AWB (5%) Contract
Value
RBB AWB (5%)
Values As Of            
Contract date $104,500 $100,000 $5,000 $104,500 $100,000 $5,000
Immediately
prior to
withdrawal,
contract year two
$120,750 $100,000 $5,000 $89,250 $100,000 $5,000
Immediately after
withdrawal,
contract year two
$110,750 $91,718

[100,000 – (100,000 × 10,000/120,750)]
$4,586

[5,000 – (5,000 × 10,000/120,750)]
$79,250 $88,796

[100,000 – (100,000 × 10,000/89,250)]
$4,440

[5,000 – (5,000 × 10,000/89,250)]

Change in Value
due to
Withdrawal
(Partial Surrender
Reduction)
$10,000 $8,282 $414 $10,000 $11,204 $560

Any time on or after the 5th Contract Date anniversary, you may choose to reset your RBB to equal your current Contract Value minus any Purchase Payment Credits received 12 months prior to the reset date. Depending on your Contract Value and the current fee for GMWB, it may not be beneficial to reset your RBB. The current charge in effect at the time of the reset will apply. Your second and all subsequent resets must occur at least 5 years from the most recent reset. If your first withdrawal from the contract is prior to your third Contract Date anniversary, your AWB will equal 5% of your RBB after any reset. Similarly, if you began taking withdrawals after your third contract year, your AWB will equal 10% of your RBB after any reset. In addition, the length of time over which you can expect to receive your RBB will be reset. Once you become eligible to reset your RBB, we reserve the right to allow resets only on a contract anniversary.

If your Contract Value reaches zero, and you have purchased this benefit, the following will occur:

    • The AWB will continue to be paid to you until the RBB is depleted, not more frequently than monthly. Upon your death, your beneficiary will receive these payments. No other death benefit or E.S.P. benefit, if any, will be paid.
    • The total annual payment amount will equal the AWB and will never exceed your RBB, and
    • We will no longer accept subsequent Purchase Payments into the Contract.

If a spouse or beneficiary continues this Contract upon your death, and you had elected GMWB, all terms and conditions of this benefit would apply to the new owner.

Please refer to the Death Benefit Section for information on how this benefit may impact your death benefit.

24


Systematic Withdrawals

Before the Maturity Date, you may choose to withdraw a specified dollar amount (at least $100) on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. We will deduct any applicable premium taxes and withdrawal charge. To elect systematic withdrawals, you must have a Contract Value of at least $15,000 and you must make the election on the form we provide. We will surrender Accumulation Units pro rata from all funding options in which you have an interest, unless you instruct us otherwise. You may begin or discontinue systematic withdrawals at any time by notifying us in writing, but you must give at least 30 days’ notice to change any systematic withdrawal instructions that are currently in place.

We reserve the right to discontinue offering systematic withdrawals upon 30 days’ written notice to Contract Owners (where allowed by state law).

Each systematic withdrawal is subject to federal income taxes on the taxable portion. In addition, a 10% federal penalty tax may be assessed on systematic withdrawals if the Contract Owner is under age 59 1/2. You should consult with your tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of systematic withdrawals.

Managed Distribution Program. Under the systematic withdrawal option, you may choose to participate in the Managed Distribution Program. At no cost to you, you may instruct us to calculate and make minimum distributions that may be required by the IRS upon reaching age 70 1/2. (See Federal Tax Considerations.) These payments will not be subject to the withdrawal charge and will be in lieu of the free withdrawal allowance. No Dollar Cost Averaging will be permitted if you are participating in the Managed Distribution Program.

OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

Types of Ownership

Contract Owner

The Contract belongs to the Contract Owner named in the Contract (on the Contract Specifications page), or to any other person to whom you subsequently assign the Contract. You may only make an assignment of ownership or a collateral assignment for nonqualified Contracts. You have sole power during the Annuitant’s lifetime to exercise any rights and to receive all benefits given in the Contract provided you have not named an irrevocable beneficiary and provided you have not assigned the Contract.

You receive all payments while the Annuitant is alive unless you direct them to an alternate recipient. An alternate recipient does not become the Contract Owner.

If this Contract is purchased by a beneficiary of another contract who directly transferred the death proceeds due under that contract, he/she will be granted the same rights the owner has under the Contract except that he/she cannot transfer ownership or make additional Purchase Payments.

Joint Owner. For nonqualified Contracts only, you may name joint owners (e.g., spouses) in a Written Request before the Contract is in effect. Joint owners may independently exercise transfers allowed under the Contract. All other rights of ownership must be exercised by both owners. Joint owners own equal shares of any benefits accruing or payments made to them.

Beneficiary

You name the beneficiary in a Written Request. The beneficiary has the right to receive any death benefit proceeds remaining under the Contract upon the death of the Annuitant or the Contract Owner. If more than one beneficiary survives the Annuitant or Contract Owner, they will share equally in benefits unless you recorded different shares with the Company by Written Request before the death of the Annuitant or Contract Owner. In the case of a non-spousal beneficiary or a spousal beneficiary who has not chosen to assume the Contract, we will not transfer or otherwise remove the death benefit proceeds from either the Variable Funding Options or the Fixed Account, as most recently elected by the Contract Owner, until the Death Report Date.

Unless you have named an irrevocable beneficiary you have the right to change any beneficiary by Written Request during the lifetime of the Annuitant and while the Contract continues.

25


Annuitant

The Annuitant is designated in the Contract (on the Contract Specifications page), and is the individual on whose life the Maturity Date and the amount of the monthly Annuity Payments depend. You may not change the Annuitant after your Contract is in effect.

Contingent Annuitant. You may name one individual as a Contingent Annuitant. A contingent Annuitant may not be changed, deleted or added to the Contract after the Contract Date. If the Annuitant who is not the owner dies prior to the Maturity Date, and the Contingent Annuitant is still living;

  • the death benefit will not be payable upon the Annuitant’s death
  • the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant
  • all other rights and benefits will continue in effect

When a Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant, the Maturity Date remains the same as previously in effect.

If the Annuitant is also the owner, a death benefit is paid to the beneficiary regardless of whether or not there is a Contingent Annuitant.

DEATH BENEFIT

Before the Maturity Date, generally, a death benefit is payable when either the Annuitant or a Contract Owner dies. At purchase, you elect the Standard Death Benefit, the Step-Up Benefit (also referred to as the “Annual Step-Up”) or the Roll-Up Benefit. We calculate the death benefit at the close of the business day on which our Home Office receives (1) Due Proof of Death and (2) written payment instructions or election of spousal contract continuance or beneficiary contract continuance (“Death Report Date”).

Three different types of death benefits are available under the Contract prior to the Maturity Date:

    • Standard Death Benefit
    • Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
    • Roll-Up Death Benefit

The Annual Step-Up and Roll-Up Death Benefits may not be available in all jurisdictions.

Note: If the owner dies before the Annuitant, the death benefit is recalculated, replacing all references to “Annuitant” with “owner.”

Death Proceeds before the Maturity Date

Standard Death Benefit: We will pay the beneficiary an amount equal to the greater of (1) or (2) below, each reduced by any applicable premium tax not previously deducted:

 (1)  your Contract Value on the Death Report Date,
   
 (2)  your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below

Annual Step-Up Death Benefit

(not available when either the Annuitant or owner is age 80 or older on the Contract Date) We will pay the beneficiary an amount equal to the greater of (1), (2) or (3) below, each reduced by any applicable premium tax not previously deducted:

 (1)  your Contract Value on the Death Report Date,
   
 (2)  your adjusted Purchase Payment described below or
   
 (3)  the Step-Up Value, if any, as described below

26


Roll-Up Death Benefit

(not available when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the Contract Date)

If the Annuitant dies before age 80, the death
benefit will be the greatest of:
 
  •   the Contract Value on the Death Report Date;  
       
  •   your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below;  
       
  •   the Step-Up Value, if any, described below, or  
       
  •   the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value, described below; or
     
               
    If the Annuitant dies on or after age 80, the
    death benefit will be the greatest of:
     
  •   the Contract Value on the Death Report Date;  
       
  •   your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below;  
       
  •   the Step-Up Value, if any, as described below, or  
       
  •   the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value, described below,
    on the Annuitant’s 80th birthday, plus any
    additional Purchase Payments and minus any
    partial surrender reductions (as described below)
    that occur after the Annuitant’s 80th birthday
     

    Adjusted Purchase Payment. The initial adjusted Purchase Payment is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. Whenever an additional Purchase Payment is made, the adjusted Purchase Payment is increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a partial surrender is taken, the adjusted Purchase Payment is reduced by a partial surrender reduction, described below. Purchase Payment Credits are not considered Purchase Payments for the purposes of this calculation.

    Step-Up Value

    The Step-Up Value will initially equal the Contract Value on the first Contract Date anniversary less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months. On each subsequent Contract Date anniversary that occurs before the Annuitant’s 80th birthday and before the Annuitant’s death, if the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months is greater than the Step-Up Value, the Step-Up Value will be increased equal the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months. If the Step-Up Value is greater than the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months, the Step-Up Value will remain unchanged. Whenever a Purchase Payment is made, the Step-Up Value will be increased by the amount of that Purchase Payment. Whenever a withdrawal is taken, the Step-Up Value will be reduced by a partial surrender reduction as described below. The only changes made to the Step-Up Value on or after the Annuitant’s 80th birthday will be those related to additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals as described below.

    Roll-Up Death Benefit Value

    On the Contract Date, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value is equal to the Purchase Payment. Purchase Payment Credits are not considered Purchase Payments. On each Contract Date anniversary, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value will be recalculated to equal a) plus b) minus c), increased by 5%, where:

                (a)   is the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value as of the previous Contract Date anniversary

                (b)   is any Purchase Payment made during the previous Contract Year

                (c)   is any partial surrender reduction (as described below) during the previous Contract Year.

    On dates other than the Contract Date anniversary, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value will equal a) plus b) minus c) where:

                (a)   is the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value as of the previous Contract Date anniversary

                (b)   is any Purchase Payment made since the previous Contract Date anniversary

                (c)   is any partial surrender reduction (as described below) since the previous Contract Date anniversary

    The maximum Roll-Up Death Benefit equals 200% of the difference between all Purchase Payments and all partial surrender reductions (as described below).

    27


    Partial Surrender Reductions.

    Adjusted Purchase Payment: The partial surrender reduction equals (1) the adjusted purchase payment in effect immediately before the reduction for withdrawal, multiplied by (2) the amount of the withdrawal, divided by (3) the Contract Value before the surrender less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the surrender.

    For example, assume your current Contract Value is $55,000. If your current adjusted Purchase Payment is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the adjusted Purchase Payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-9,090, or $40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current adjusted purchase payment is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the adjusted Purchase Payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new adjusted purchase payment would be 50,000-16,666, or $33,334.

    Step-Up and Roll-Up Value: The partial surrender reduction equals (1) the death benefit value (step-up or roll-up value) in effect immediately before the reduction for withdrawal, multiplied by (2) the amount of the withdrawal, divided by (3) the Contract Value before the surrender less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the surrender.

    For example, assume your current Contract Value is $55,000. If your current Step-Up Value is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the Step-Up Value as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-9,090, or $40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current Step-Up Value is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the Step-Up Value as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-16,666, or $33,334.

    If you have elected GMWB, and your death benefit is equal to a return of your total Purchase Payments reduced by the partial surrender reduction, the partial surrender reduction will not be applied to your death benefit. Instead, if you have made withdrawals under your contract, your death benefit will be reduced by the amount of those withdrawals, in addition to any premium tax not previously deducted.

    Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”). (This provision is not available to a customer when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the rider effective date.)

    The rider effective date is the date the rider is attached to and made a part of the Contract. If you have selected the E.S.P., the total death benefit as of the Death Report Date will equal the death benefit described above plus the greater of zero or the following amount:

    If the Annuitant is younger than age 70 on the rider effective date, 40% of the lesser of: (1) 200% of the modified Purchase Payments excluding Purchase Payments that are both received after the first rider effective date anniversary and within 12 months of the Death Report Date, or (2) your Contract Value minus the modified Purchase Payments, calculated as of the Death Report Date; or

    If the Annuitant is between the ages of 70 and 75 on the rider effective date, 25% of the lesser of: (1) 200% of the modified Purchase Payments excluding Purchase Payments that are received both after the first rider

    28


    effective date anniversary and within 12 months of the Death Report Date, or (2) your Contract Value minus the modified Purchase Payments, calculated as of the Death Report Date.

    The initial modified Purchase Payment is equal to the Contract Value as of the rider effective date. Whenever a Purchase Payment is made after the rider effective date, the modified Purchase Payment(s) are increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a partial surrender is taken after the rider effective date, the modified Purchase Payment(s) are reduced by a partial surrender reduction as described below.

    The partial surrender reduction is equal to: (1) the modified Purchase Payment(s) in effect immediately prior to the reduction for the partial surrender, multiplied by (2) the amount of the partial surrender divided by (3) the Contract Value immediately prior to the partial surrender.

    For example, assume your current modified Purchase Payment is $50,000 and that your current Contract Value is $55,000. You decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000. We would reduce the modified Purchase Payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    You new modified Purchase Payment would be $50,000 — $9,090 = 40,910

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current modified Purchase Payment is $50,000 and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the modified Purchase Payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new modified Purchase Payment would be 50,000 — 16,666 = $33,334

    Payment of Proceeds

    We describe the process of paying death benefit proceeds before the Maturity Date in the charts below. The charts do not encompass every situation and are merely intended as a general guide. More detailed information is provided in your Contract. Generally, the person(s) receiving the benefit may request that the proceeds be paid in a lump sum, or be applied to one of the settlement options available under the Contract.

    Nonqualified Contracts

    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Owner (who is not the
       Annuitant) (with no
       joint owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless, the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.   Yes
                 
    Owner (who is the
       Annuitant) (with no
       joint owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless, the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.   Yes
                 
    Non-Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is not the
       Annuitant)
      The surviving joint owner.       Yes
                 
    Non-Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is the
       Annuitant)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the surviving joint owner.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.

      Yes
                 
    Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is not the
       Annuitant)
      The surviving joint owner.   Unless the spouse elects to continue the Contract.   Yes
                 

    29


    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Spousal Joint Owner
        (who is the
        Annuitant)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the surviving joint owner.   Unless the spousal beneficiary elects to continue the Contract.

    A spouse who is not the beneficiary may decline to receive the proceeds and instruct the company to pay the beneficiary who may elect to continue the Contract.
      Yes
    Annuitant (who is not the
        Contract Owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.

    Or unless, there is a Contingent Annuitant. Then, the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and the Contract continues in effect (generally using the original Maturity Date). The proceeds will then be paid upon the death of the Contingent Annuitant or owner.
      Yes
                 
    Annuitant
        (who is the Contract
        Owner)
      See death of “owner who is the Annuitant” above.       Yes
                 
    Annuitant
        (where owner is a nonnatural
        entity/trust)
      The beneficiary (ies) (or if none, to the owner.       Yes (Death of Annuitant is treated as death of the owner in these circumstances.)
                 
    Contingent
        Annuitant
    (assuming
        Annuitant is still
        alive)
      No death proceeds are payable; contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Beneficiary   No death proceeds are payable; contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Contingent
        Beneficiary
      No death proceeds are payable; contract continues.       N/A

    Qualified Contracts

    Before the Maturity Date,
    Upon the Death of the
     
    The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Owner /
        Annuitant
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive a distribution.   Yes
                 
    Beneficiary      No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Contingent
        Beneficiary
      No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
                 

    ______________
      *  Certain payout rules of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) are triggered upon the death of any Owner. Non-spousal beneficiaries (as well as spousal beneficiaries who choose not to assume the Contract) must begin taking distributions based on the beneficiary’s life expectancy within one year of death or take a complete distribution of Contract proceeds within 5 years of death. Spousal Beneficiaries must choose to continue the contract as allowed under the Spousal Contract Continuance provision described below within one year of death. For Qualified Contracts, if mandatory distributions have already begun at the death of the Annuitant, the 5 year payout option is not available.

    30


    Spousal Contract Continuance (subject to availability — does not apply if a non-spouse is a joint owner)

    Within one year of your death, if your spouse is named as an owner and/or beneficiary, and you die before the Maturity Date, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as owner rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary. If you were the Annuitant and your spouse elects to continue the Contract, your spouse will be named the Annuitant as of the Death Report Date.

    If your spouse elects to continue the Contract as Contract Owner, the death benefit will be calculated as of the Death Report Date. If the Contract Value is less than the calculated death benefit, the Contract Value will be increased to equal the death benefit. This amount is referred to as the adjusted Contract Value. Any difference between the Contract Value and the adjusted Contract Value will be allocated to the funding options in the same proportion as the allocations of the Contract prior to the Death Report Date.

    Any premium paid before the Death Report Date is no longer subject to a withdrawal charge if your spouse elects to continue the Contract. Purchase payments and any associated credits made to the Contract after the Death Report Date will be subject to the withdrawal charge. All other Contract fees and charges applicable to the original Contract will also apply to the continued Contract. All other benefits and features of your Contract will be based on your spouse’s age on the Death Report Date as if your spouse had purchased the Contract with the adjusted Contract Value on the Death Report Date. This spousal contract continuance is available only once for each Contract.

    Beneficiary Contract Continuance (not permitted for non-natural beneficiaries)

    If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the Death Report Date, (more than $1,000,000 is subject to Home Office approval), your beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements, rather than receive the death benefit in a lump sum. If the beneficiary chooses to continue the contract, the beneficiary can extend the payout phase of the Contract enabling the beneficiary to “stretch” the death benefit distributions out over his life expectancy as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

    If your beneficiary elects to continue the Contract, the death benefit will be calculated as of the Death Report Date. The initial Contract Value of the continued contract (the “adjusted Contract Value”) will equal the greater of the Contract Value or the death benefit calculated on the Death Report Date and will be allocated to the funding options in the same proportion as prior to the Death Report Date.

    The beneficiary who continues the Contract will be granted the same rights as the owner under the original Contract, except the beneficiary cannot:

      • transfer ownership
      • take a loan
      • make additional Purchase Payments

    The beneficiary may also name his/her own beneficiary (“succeeding beneficiary”) and has the right to take withdrawals at any time after the Death Report Date without a withdrawal charge. The E.S.P. option is not available to a beneficiary continuing the Contract under this provision. All other fees and charges applicable to the original Contract will also apply to the continued Contract; the E.S.P. charge no longer applies. All benefits and features of the continued contract will be based on the beneficiary’s age on the Death Report Date as if the beneficiary had purchased the Contract with the adjusted Contract Value on the Death Report Date.

    Planned Death Benefit

    You may request that rather than receive a lump-sum death benefit, the beneficiary(ies) receive all or a portion of the death benefit proceeds either either:

      • as a variable or fixed annuity for life or a period that does not exceed the beneficiary’s life expectancy, or
    31


      • under the terms of the Beneficiary Continuance provision described above. If the Beneficiary Continuance provision is selected as a planned death benefit, no surrenders will be allowed other than payments meant to satisfy minimum distribution amounts or systematic withdrawal amounts, if greater.

    You must make the planned death benefit request as well as any revocation of this request in writing. Upon your death, your beneficiary(s) cannot revoke or modify this request. If the death benefit at the time we receive Due Proof of Death is less than $2,000, we will only pay a lump sum to the beneficiary. If periodic payments due under the planned death benefit election are less than $100, we reserve the right to make Annuity Payments at less frequent intervals, resulting in a payment of at least $100 per year. If no beneficiary is alive when death benefits become payable, we will pay the death benefit as provided in your Contract.

    Death Proceeds after the Maturity Date

    If any Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies on or after the Maturity Date, the Company will pay the beneficiary a death benefit consisting of any benefit remaining under the annuity or income option then in effect.

    THE ANNUITY PERIOD

    Maturity Date

    Under the Contract, you can receive regular income payments (“Annuity Payments”). You can choose the month and the year in which those payments begin (Maturity Date). You can also choose among income payouts (annuity options) or elect a lump sum distribution. While the Annuitant is alive, you can change your selection any time up to the Maturity Date. Annuity payments will begin on the Maturity Date stated in the Contract unless (1) you fully surrendered the Contract; (2) we paid the proceeds to the beneficiary before that date; or (3) you elected another date. Annuity payments are a series of periodic payments (a) for life; (b) for life with a minimum number of payments; (c) for the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another person, and thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor, or (d) for a fixed period. We may require proof that the Annuitant is alive before we make Annuity Payments. Not all options may be available in all states.

    You may choose to annuitize at any time after the first Contract Date anniversary. Unless you elect otherwise, the Maturity Date will be the Annuitant’s 90th birthday or ten years after the effective date of the Contract, if later.

    At least 30 days before the original Maturity Date, you may elect to extend the Maturity Date to any time prior to the Annuitant’s 90th birthday or to a later date with our consent. You may use certain annuity options taken at the Maturity Date to meet the minimum required distribution requirements of federal tax law, or you may use a program of withdrawals instead. These mandatory distribution requirements take effect generally upon the death of the Contract Owner, or with certain qualified Contracts upon either the later of the Contract Owner’s attainment of age 70½ or year of retirement; or the death of the Contract Owner. You should seek independent tax advice regarding the election of minimum required distributions.

    Allocation of Annuity

    You may elect to receive your Annuity Payments in the form of a variable annuity, a fixed annuity, or a combination of both. If, at the time Annuity Payments begin, you have not made an election, we will apply your Cash Surrender Value to provide an annuity funded by the same funding options as you have selected during the accumulation period. At least 30 days before the Maturity Date, you may transfer the Contract Value among the funding options in order to change the basis on which we will determine Annuity Payments. (See “Transfers.”)

    Variable Annuity

    You may choose an annuity payout that fluctuates depending on the investment experience of the Variable Funding Options. We determine the number of Annuity Units credited to the Contract by dividing the first monthly annuity payment attributable to each Variable Funding Option by the corresponding Accumulation Unit value as of 14 days before the date Annuity Payments begin. We use an Annuity Unit to measure the dollar value of an annuity payment. The number of Annuity Units (but not their value) remains fixed during the annuity period.

    32


    Determination of First Annuity Payment. Your Contract contains the tables we use to determine your first monthly annuity payment. If you elect a variable annuity, the amount we apply to it will be the Cash Surrender Value as of 14 days before the date Annuity Payments begin, less any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted.

    The amount of your first monthly payment depends on the annuity option you elected and the Annuitant’s adjusted age. Your Contract contains the formula for determining the adjusted age. We determine the total first monthly annuity payment by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the Contract tables by the number of thousands of dollars of Contract Value you apply to that annuity option. The contract tables factor in an assumed daily net investment factor. We call this your net investment rate. For example, a net investment rate of 3% corresponds to an annual interest rate of 3%. This means that if the annualized investment performance, after expenses, of your Variable Funding Options is less than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable Annuity Payments will decrease. However, if the annualized investment performance, after expenses, of your Variable Funding Options is greater than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable Annuity Payments will increase.

    Determination of Second and Subsequent Annuity Payments. The dollar amount of all subsequent Annuity Payments changes from month to month based on the investment experience, as described above, of the applicable funding options. The total amount of each annuity payment will equal the sum of the basic payments in each funding option. We determine the actual amounts of these payments by multiplying the number of Annuity Units we credited to each funding option by the corresponding Annuity Unit value as of the date 14 days before the date the payment is due.

    Fixed Annuity

    You may choose a fixed annuity that provides payments that do not vary during the annuity period. We will calculate the dollar amount of the first fixed annuity payment as described under “Variable Annuity,” except that the amount we apply to begin the annuity will be your Cash Surrender Value as of the date Annuity Payments begin. Payout rates will not be lower than that shown in the Contract. If it would produce a larger payment, the first fixed annuity payment will be determined using the Life Annuity Tables in effect on the Maturity Date.

    PAYMENT OPTIONS

    Election of Options

    While the Annuitant is alive, you can change your annuity option selection any time up to the Maturity Date. Once Annuity Payments have begun, no further elections are allowed.

    During the Annuitant’s lifetime, if you do not elect otherwise before the Maturity Date, we will pay you (or another designated payee) the first of a series of monthly Annuity Payments based on the life of the Annuitant, in accordance with Annuity Option 2 (Life Annuity with 120 monthly payments assured). For certain qualified contracts, Annuity Option 4 (Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — Annuity Reduced on Death of Primary Payee) will be the automatic option as described in the Contract.

    The minimum amount that can be placed under an annuity option will be $2,000 unless we agree to a lesser amount. If any monthly periodic payment due is less than $100, the Company reserves the right to make payments at less frequent intervals, or to pay the Contract Value in a lump-sum.

    On the Maturity Date, we will pay the amount due under the Contract in accordance with the payment option that you select. You may choose to receive a single lump-sum payment. You must elect an option in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company. Any election made during the lifetime of the Annuitant must be made by the Contract Owner.

    Annuity Options

    Subject to the conditions described in “Election of Options” above, we may pay all or any part of the Cash Surrender Value under one or more of the following annuity options. Payments under the annuity options are generally made on a monthly basis. We may offer additional options.

    33


    Option 1 — Life Annuity — No Refund. The Company will make Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant ending with the last payment before death. This option offers the maximum periodic payment, since there is no assurance of a minimum number of payments or provision for a death benefit for beneficiaries.

    Option 2 — Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Assured. The Company will make monthly Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant, with the agreement that if, at the death of that person, payments have been made for less than 120, 180 or 240 months, as elected, we will continue making payments to the beneficiary during the remainder of the period.

    Option 3 — Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — No Refund. The Company will make regular Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a second person. When either person dies, we will continue making payments to the survivor. No further payments will be made following the death of the survivor.

    Option 4 — Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — Annuity Reduced on Death of Primary Payee. The Company will make Annuity Payments during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and a second person. You will designate one as primary payee, and the other will be designated as secondary payee. On the death of the secondary payee, the Company will continue to make monthly Annuity Payments to the primary payee in the same amount that would have been payable during the joint lifetime of the two persons. On the death of the primary payee, the Company will continue to make Annuity Payments to the secondary payee in an amount equal to 50% of the payments, which would have been made during the lifetime of the primary payee. No further payments will be made once both payees have died.

    Option 5 — Payments for a Fixed Period Without Life Contingency. We will make periodic payments for the period selected.

    Variable Liquidity Benefit

    This benefit is only offered with the Payments for a Fixed Period Without Life Contingency variable annuity option.

    At any time after annuitization and before death, the Contract Owner may surrender and receive a payment equal to (A) minus (B), where (A) equals the present value of remaining certain payments, and (B) equals a surrender charge not to exceed the maximum surrender charge rate shown on the specifications page of the contract multiplied by (A). The interest rate used to calculate the present value is a rate 1% higher than the Assumed (Daily) Net Investment Factor used to calculate the Annuity Payments. The remaining period certain payments are assumed to be level payments equal to the most recent period certain payment prior to the request for this liquidity benefit.

    MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT PROVISIONS

    Right to Return

    You may return the Contract for a full refund of the Contract Value plus any contract charges and premium taxes you paid (but not any fees and charges the Underlying Fund assessed) minus any Purchase Payment Credits within ten days after you receive it (the “right to return period”). You bear the investment risk of investing in the Variable Funding Options during the right to return period; therefore, the Contract Value we return may be greater or less than your Purchase Payment.

    If you purchase the Contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity, and return it within the first seven days after delivery, or longer if your state law permits, we will refund your Purchase Payment minus any Purchase Payment Credits in full; during the remainder of the right to return period, we will refund the Contract Value (including charges) minus any Purchase Payment Credits.

    During the right to return period, you will not bear any contract fees associated with the Purchase Payment Credits. If you exercise your right to return, you will be in the same position as if you had exercised the right to return in a variable annuity contract with no Purchase Payment credit. You would, however, receive any gains, and we would bear any losses attributable to the Purchase Payment Credits.

    34


    We will determine the Contract Value following the close of the business day on which we receive your Contract and a Written Request for a refund. Where state law requires a different period, or the return of Purchase Payments or other variations of this provision, we will comply. Refer to your Contract for any state-specific information.

    Termination

    You do not need to make any Purchase Payments after the first to keep the Contract in effect. However, we reserve the right to terminate the Contract on any business day if your Contract Value as of that date is less than $2,000 and you have not made Purchase Payments for at least two years, unless otherwise specified by state law. Termination will not occur until 31 days after we have mailed notice of termination to your last known address and to any assignee of record. If we terminate the Contract, we will pay you the Cash Surrender Value (less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of termination) less any applicable taxes.

    Required Reports

    As often as required by law, but at least once in each Contract Year before the due date of the first annuity payment, we will furnish a report showing the number of Accumulation Units credited to the Contract and the corresponding Accumulation Unit value(s) as of the report date for each funding option to which the Contract Owner has allocated amounts during the applicable period. The Company will keep all records required under federal and state laws.

    Suspension of Payments

    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone the date of any payment or determination of values on any business day (1) when the New York Stock Exchange (“the Exchange”) is closed; (2) when trading on the Exchange is restricted; (3) when an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that the sale of securities held in the Separate Account may not reasonably occur, or so that the Company may not reasonably determine the value the Separate Account’s net assets; or (4) during any other period when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders. At any time, payments from the Fixed Account may be delayed up to 6 months.

    THE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

    The Travelers Insurance Company and The Travelers Life and Annuity Company each sponsor Separate Accounts: Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve, respectively. Both Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve were established on November 14, 2002 and are registered with the SEC as unit investment trusts (Separate Accounts) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We will invest Separate Account assets attributable to the Contracts exclusively in the shares of the Variable Funding Options.

    We hold the assets of Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve for the exclusive and separate benefit of the owners of each Separate Account, according to the laws of Connecticut. Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the Separate Account are, in accordance with the Contracts, credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard to other income, gains and losses of the Company. The assets held by the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that we may conduct. Obligations under the Contract are obligations of the Company.

    All investment income and other distributions of the funding options are payable to the Separate Account. We reinvest all such income and/or distributions in shares of the respective funding option at net asset value. Shares of the funding options are currently sold only to life insurance company Separate Accounts to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

    Certain variable annuity Separate Accounts and variable life insurance Separate Accounts may invest in the funding options simultaneously (called “mixed” and “shared” funding). It is conceivable that in the future it may be disadvantageous to do so. Although the Company and the Variable Funding Options do not currently foresee any such disadvantages either to variable annuity Contract Owners or variable life policy owners, each Underlying Fund’s Board of Directors intends to monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between them and to determine what action, if any, should be taken. If a Board of Directors was to conclude

    35


    that separate funds should be established for variable life and variable annuity Separate Accounts, the variable annuity Contract Owners would not bear any of the related expenses, but variable annuity Contract Owners and variable life insurance policy owners would no longer have the economies of scale resulting from a larger combined fund.

    Performance Information

    From time to time, we may advertise several types of historical performance for the Contract’s Variable Funding Options. We may advertise the “standardized average annual total returns” of the Variable Funding Option, calculated in a manner prescribed by the SEC, and the “nonstandardized total return,” as described below. Specific examples of the performance information appear in the SAI.

    Standardized Method. We compute quotations of average annual total returns according to a formula in which a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 is applied to the Variable Funding Option, and then related to ending redeemable values over one-, five-, and ten-year periods, or for a period covering the time during which the funding option has been in existence, if less. Purchase Payment Credits are not included in these calculations. These quotations reflect the deduction of all recurring charges during each period (on a pro rata basis in the case of fractional periods). We convert the deduction for the annual contract administrative charge to a percentage of assets based on the actual fee collected, divided by the average net assets for Contracts sold. Each quotation assumes a total redemption at the end of each period with the applicable withdrawal charge deducted at that time.

    Nonstandardized Method. We calculate nonstandardized “total returns” in a similar manner based on the performance of the funding options over a period of time, usually for the calendar year-to-date, and for the past one-, three-, five- and ten-year periods. Nonstandardized total returns will not reflect the deduction of the annual contract administrative charge, which, if reflected, would decrease the level of performance shown. Purchase Payment Credits are not included in these calculations. These returns also do not reflect the withdrawal charge because we designed the Contract for long-term investment.

    For Underlying Funds that were in existence before they became available as a funding option, the nonstandardized average annual total return quotations reflects the investment performance that such funding options would have achieved (reduced by the applicable charges) had the Underlying Fund been held under the Contract for the period quoted. The total return quotations are based upon historical earnings and are not necessarily representative of future performance.

    General. Within the guidelines prescribed by the SEC and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”), performance information may be quoted numerically or may be presented in a table, graph or other illustration. Advertisements may include data comparing performance to well-known indices of market performance (including, but not limited to, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index, the S&P 400 Index, the Lehman Brothers Long T-Bond Index, the Russell 1000, 2000 and 3000 Indices, the Value Line Index and the Morgan Stanley Capital International’s EAFE Index). Advertisements may also include published editorial comments and performance rankings compiled by independent organizations (including, but not limited to, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. and Morningstar, Inc.) and publications that monitor the performance of the Separate Account and the Variable Funding Options.

    FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    The following general discussion of the federal income tax consequences under this Contract is not intended to cover all situations, and is not meant to provide tax or legal advice. Because of the complexity of the law and the fact that the tax results will vary depending on many factors, you should consult your tax and/or legal adviser regarding your personal situation. For your information, a more detailed tax discussion is contained in the SAI.

    General Taxation of Annuities

    Congress has recognized the value of saving for retirement by providing certain tax benefits, in the form of tax deferral, for money put into an annuity. The Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) governs how this money is ultimately taxed, depending upon the type of Contract, qualified or non-qualified, and the manner in which the money is distributed, as briefly described below. In analyzing the benefits of tax deferral it is important to note

    36


    that the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 amended Code Section 1 to reduce the marginal tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends to 5% and 15%. The reduced rates apply during 2003 through 2008, and thereafter will increase to prior levels. Earnings under annuity contracts continue to be taxed as ordinary income (top rate of 35%).

    Tax-Free Exchanges: Code Section 1035 provides that, if certain conditions are met, no gain or loss is recognized when an annuity Contract is received in exchange for a life, endowment, or annuity Contract. Since different annuity Contracts have different expenses, fees and benefits, a tax-free exchange could result in your investment becoming subject to higher or lower fees and/or expenses.

    Types of Contracts: Qualified and Nonqualified

    Qualified Annuity Contracts

    If you purchase an annuity Contract with proceeds of an eligible rollover distribution from any qualified employee pension plan or individual retirement annuity (IRA), your Contract is referred to as a Qualified Contract. Some examples of Qualified Contracts are: IRAs, tax-sheltered annuities established by public school systems or certain tax-exempt organizations under Code Section 403(b), corporate sponsored pension and profit-sharing plans (including 401(k) plans), Keogh Plans (for self-employed individuals), and certain other qualified deferred compensation plans. Another type of qualified contract is a Roth IRA, under which after-tax contributions accumulate until maturity, when amounts (including earnings) may be withdrawn tax-free. The rights and benefits under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the terms of the retirement plan, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. Plan participants making contributions to qualified annuity contracts will be subject t o minimum distribution rules as provided by the Code and described below.

    Taxation of Qualified Annuity Contracts

    Under a qualified annuity, since amounts paid into the Contract have generally not yet been taxed, the full amount of such distributions, including the amount attributable to Purchase Payments, whether paid in the form of lump-sum withdrawals or Annuity Payments, are generally taxed at the ordinary income tax rate unless the distribution is transferred to an eligible rollover account or Contract. The Contract is available as a vehicle for IRA rollovers and for other Qualified Contracts. There are special rules which govern the taxation of Qualified Contracts, including withdrawal restrictions, requirements for mandatory distributions, and contribution limits. We have provided a more complete discussion in the SAI.

    Mandatory Distributions for Qualified Plans

    Federal tax law requires that minimum annual distributions begin by April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which an IRA owner attains age 70 1/2. Participants in qualified plans and 403(b) annuities may defer minimum distributions until the later of April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which they attain age 70 1/2 or the year of retirement. If you own more than one individual retirement annuity and/or account, you may satisfy the minimum distribution rules on an aggregate basis (i.e. determine the total amount of required distributions from all IRAs and take the required amount from any one or more IRAs). A similar aggregate approach is available to meet your 403(b) minimum distribution requirements if you have multiple 403(b) annuities.

    Minimum Distributions for Beneficiaries: When a death benefit becomes due upon the death of the owner and/or annuitant, a lump sum may be taken, minimum distributions may be taken over the life expectancy of the beneficiary not less than annually within one year from the date of death, or the funds remaining in the Contract must be completely withdrawn within five years from the date of death.

    Note to participants in qualified plans including 401, 403(b), 457 as well as IRA owners: While annual plan contribution limits may be increased from time to time by Congress and the IRS for federal income tax purposes, these limits must be adopted by each state for the higher limits to be effective at a state income tax level. In other words, the permissible contribution limit for income tax purposes may be different at the federal level from your state’s income tax laws. Therefore, in certain states, a portion of the contributions may not be excludible or deductible from state income taxes. Please consult your employer or tax adviser regarding this issue.

    37


    Nonqualified Annuity Contracts

    If you purchase the Contract on an individual basis with after-tax dollars and not under one of the programs described above, your Contract is referred to as nonqualified.

    As the owner of a nonqualified annuity, you do not receive any tax benefit (deduction or deferral of income) on Purchase Payments, but you will not be taxed on increases in the value of your Contract until a distribution occurs — either as a withdrawal (distribution made prior to the Maturity Date), or as Annuity Payments. When a withdrawal is made, you are taxed on the amount of the withdrawal that is considered earnings under applicable tax laws. Similarly, when you receive an Annuity Payment, part of each payment is considered a return of your Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion of the Annuity Payment (i.e., any earnings) will be considered ordinary income for tax purposes.

    If a nonqualified annuity is owned by other than an individual, however, (e.g., by a corporation), increases in the value of the Contract attributable to Purchase Payments made after February 28, 1986 are includable in income annually and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Furthermore, for Contracts issued after April 22, 1987, if you transfer the Contract to another person or entity without adequate consideration, all deferred increases in value will be includable in your income at the time of the transfer.

    If you make a partial withdrawal, this money will generally be taxed as first coming from earnings, (income in the contract), and then from your Purchase Payments. These withdrawn earnings are includable in your taxable income. (See Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions below.) There is income in the Contract to the extent the contract value exceeds your investment in the Contract. The investment in the Contract equals the total Purchase Payments you paid less any amount received previously which was excludible from gross income. Any direct or indirect borrowing against the value of the Contract or pledging of the Contract as security for a loan will be treated as a cash distribution under the tax law, and will have tax consequences in the year taken.

    Federal tax law requires that nonqualified annuity Contracts meet minimum mandatory distribution requirements upon the death of the contract owner, including the first of joint owners. If these requirements are not met, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes and earnings under the Contract will be taxable currently, not when distributed. The distribution required depends, among other things, upon whether an annuity option is elected or whether the succeeding contract owner is the surviving spouse. We will administer Contracts in accordance with these rules and we will notify you when you should begin receiving payments. There is a more complete discussion of these rules in the SAI.

    Diversification Requirements for Variable Annuities

    The Code requires that any nonqualified variable annuity Contracts based on a Separate Account must meet specific diversification standards. Nonqualified variable annuity contracts shall not be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes if investments made in the account are not adequately diversified. Final tax regulations define how Separate Accounts must be diversified. The Company monitors the diversification of investments constantly and believes that its accounts are adequately diversified. The consequence of any failure to diversify is essentially the loss to the Contract owner of tax-deferred treatment, requiring the current inclusion of a proportionate share of the income and gains from the Separate Account assets in the income of each Contract Owner. The Company intends to administer all Contracts subject to this provision of law in a manner that will maintain adequate diversification.

    Ownership of the Investments

    In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account for Federal income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the number of funds available and the flexibility of the contract owner to allocate premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options, have not been addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give the contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the Contract.

    38


    Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

    Amounts may be distributed from a nonqualified Contract because of the death of an owner or annuitant. Generally, such amounts are includable in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender of the contract; or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments.

    Other Tax Considerations

    Treatment of Charges for Optional Death Benefits

    The Contract may provide one or more optional enhanced death benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater of purchase price or the contract value. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the charges for the optional enhanced death benefit(s) are deemed to be taxable distributions to you. Although we do not believe that a charge under such optional enhanced death benefit should be treated as a taxable withdrawal, you should consult with your tax adviser before selecting any rider or endorsement to the Contract.

    Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions

    For both qualified and nonqualified Contracts, taxable distributions taken before the contract owner has reached the age of 59 1/2 will be subject to a 10% additional tax penalty unless the distribution is taken in a series of periodic distributions, for life or life expectancy, or unless the distribution follows the death or disability of the contract owner. Other exceptions may be available in certain qualified plans. The 10% additional tax is in addition to any penalties that may apply under your Contract and the normal income taxes due on the distribution.

    Puerto Rico Tax Considerations

    The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “1994 Code”) taxes distributions from nonqualified annuity contracts differently than in the U.S. Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 1994 Code first as a return of investment. Therefore, no taxable income is recognized for Puerto Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also calculated differently under the 1994 Code. Since Puerto Rico residents are also subject to U.S. income tax on all income other than income sourced to Puerto Rico, the timing of recognition of income from an annuity contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 1994 Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences. You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of purchasing an annuity contract and/or any proposed distribution, particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize.

    Non-Resident Aliens

    Distributions to non-resident aliens (“NRAs”) are subject to special and complex tax and withholding rules under the Code, some of which are based upon the particular facts and circumstances of the contract owner, the beneficiary and the transaction itself. In addition, Annuity Payments to NRAs in many countries are exempt from U.S. tax (or subject to lower rates) based upon a tax treaty. NRAs should seek guidance from a tax adviser regarding their personal situation.

    OTHER INFORMATION

    The Insurance Companies

    Please refer to your Contract to determine which Company issued your Contract.

    The Travelers Insurance Company is a stock insurance company chartered in 1863 in Connecticut and continuously engaged in the insurance business since that time. It is licensed to conduct life insurance business

    39


    in all states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. and British Virgin Islands and the Bahamas. The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. The Company’s Home Office is located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415.

    The Travelers Life and Annuity Company is a stock insurance company chartered in 1973 in Connecticut and continuously engaged in the insurance business since that time. It is licensed to conduct life insurance business in all states of the United States (except New York), the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. The Company is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. The Company’s Home Office is located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415.

    Financial Statements

    The financial statements for the Company are located in the Statement of Additional Information. Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no Separate Account financial information yet available.

    Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts

    Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. Travelers Distribution LLC (“TDLLC”) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus pursuant to the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TDLLC also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and its affiliated companies.

    TDLLC’s principal executive offices are located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. TDLLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). TDLLC is affiliated with the Company and each Separate Account. TDLLC, as the principal underwriter and distributor, does not retain any fees under the Contracts.

    The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. TDLLC enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers who are registered with the SEC and are members of the NASD, and with entities that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed agents of the Company under applicable state insurance law and must be licensed to sell variable insurance products. We intend to offer the Contract in all jurisdictions where we are licensed to do business and where the Contract is approved.

    Compensation. Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with TDLLC are paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the agreement between the firm and the registered representative. Compensation paid on the Contracts, as well as other incentives or payments, are not assessed as an additional direct charge to Contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and from profits on payments received by the Company and TDLLC for providing administrative, marketing and other support and services to the Funds.

    The amount and timing of compensation may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to exceed 10% of Purchase Payments (if up-front compensation is paid to registered representatives) and 2% annually of average account value (if asset based compensation is paid to registered representatives). We may also periodically establish commission specials; however, commissions paid under these specials will not exceed the amounts described immediately above. To the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations, TDLLC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation.

    Broker-dealer firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel, marketing or other services they provide to the Company or our affiliates. In addition, the Company or TDLLC may enter into special compensation arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms based on aggregate or anticipated sales of the contracts offered by the Company, or other criteria. These special compensation arrangements will not be offered to all broker-dealer firms and the terms of such arrangements

    40


    may differ between broker-dealer firms. The Company and TDLLC have entered into such arrangements with AIG Advisor Group (including Advantage Capital Corporation, FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates, Inc., Sentra Securities Corporation, Spelman & Co., Inc. and SunAmerica Securities, Inc.), ING Advisors Network (including Financial Network Corporation, Locust Street Securities, Multi-Financial Securities, IFG Network Securities, VESTAX Securities, Washington Square Securities and PrimeVest Financial Services), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, NFP Securities, Inc., Piper Jaffray, Primerica Financial Services, Inc., Prudential Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets. Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by TDLLC or the Company out of their own assets and will not result in any additional direct charge to you.

    The Contracts feature Portfolios of the Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust as Variable Funding Options. Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust is advised by Pioneer Investment Management Inc. and is distributed by its affiliate, Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc. (“PFD”). The Company and TDLLC have entered into a distribution arrangement with PFD under which a fee is payable by the Company and TDLLC to PFD based on the amount of new sales each year for providing wholesale distribution support in relation to the Contracts. Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust and PFD have also entered into agreement(s) with the Company and TDLLC under which a fee is payable by PFD (based on average net assets of the Funds attributable to the Contracts) in connection with the Company’s provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Fund.

    Conformity with State and Federal Laws

    The laws of the state in which we deliver a Contract govern that Contract. Where a state has not approved a Contract feature or funding option, it will not be available in that state. Any paid-up annuity, Cash Surrender Value or death benefits that are available under the Contract are not less than the minimum benefits required by the statutes of the state in which we delivered the Contract. We reserve the right to make any changes, including retroactive changes, in the Contract to the extent that the change is required to meet the requirements of any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Company, the Contract or the Contract Owner is subject.

    Voting Rights

    The Company is the legal owner of the shares of the Underlying Funds. However, we believe that when an Underlying Fund solicits proxies in conjunction with a vote of shareholders we are required to obtain from you and from other owners instructions on how to vote those shares. We will vote all shares, including those we may own on our own behalf, and those where we have not received instructions from Contract Owners, in the same proportion as shares for which we received voting instructions. Should we determine that we are no longer required to comply with the above, we will vote the shares in our own right. In certain limited circumstances, and when permitted by law, we may disregard voting instructions. If we do disregard voting instructions, a summary of that action and the reasons for such action would be included in the next annual report to Contract Owners.

    Legal Proceedings and Opinions

    Legal matters in connection with the federal laws and regulations affecting the issue and sale of the contract described in this prospectus, as well as the organization of the Companies, their authority to issue variable annuity contracts under Connecticut law and the validity of the forms of the variable annuity contracts under Connecticut law, have been passed on by the Deputy General Counsel of the Companies.

    There are no pending legal proceedings affecting either Separate Account or the principal underwriter. There are no pending legal proceedings against either Company likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of either Company to meet its obligations under the applicable Contract.

    41


    APPENDIX A

    THE FIXED ACCOUNT

    The Fixed Account is part of the Company’s general account assets. These general account assets include all assets of the Company other than those held in the Separate Accounts sponsored by the Company or its affiliates.

    The staff of the SEC does not generally review the disclosure in the prospectus relating to the Fixed Account. Disclosure regarding the Fixed Account and the general account may, however, be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in the prospectus.

    Under the Fixed Account, the Company assumes the risk of investment gain or loss, guarantees a specified interest rate, and guarantees a specified periodic annuity payment. The investment gain or loss of the Separate Account or any of the funding options does not affect the Fixed Account Contract Value, or the dollar amount of fixed Annuity Payments made under any payout option.

    We guarantee that, at any time, the Fixed Account Contract Value will not be less than the amount of the Purchase Payments allocated to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited as described below, less any applicable premium taxes or prior withdrawals.

    Purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account and any transfers made to the Fixed Account become part of the Company’s general account, which supports insurance and annuity obligations. Where permitted by state law, we reserve the right to restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract. The general account and any interest therein is not registered under, or subject to the provisions of, the Securities Act of 1933 or Investment Company Act of 1940. We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account at our discretion. Investment income from such Fixed Account assets will be allocated to us and to the Contracts participating in the Fixed Account.

    Investment income from the Fixed Account allocated to us includes compensation for mortality and expense risks borne by us in connection with Fixed Account Contracts. The amount of such investment income allocated to the Contracts will vary from year to year in our sole discretion at such rate or rates as we prospectively declare from time to time.

    We guarantee the initial rate for any allocations into the Fixed Account for one year from the date of such allocation. We guarantee subsequent renewal rates for the calendar quarter. We also guarantee that for the life of the Contract we will credit interest at a rate not less than the minimum interest rate allowed by state law. We reserve the right to change the rate subject to applicable state law. We will determine any interest we credit to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account in excess of the minimum guaranteed rate in our sole discretion. You assume the risk that interest credited to the Fixed Account may not exceed the minimum guaranteed rate for any given year. We have no specific formula for determining the interest rate. Some factors we may consider are regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends and competitive factors

    Transfers

    You may make transfers from the Fixed Account to any other available Variable Funding Option(s) twice a year during the 30 days following the semiannual anniversary of the Contract Date. We limit transfers to an amount of up to 15% of the Fixed Account Contract Value on the semiannual Contract Date anniversary. (This restriction does not apply to transfers under the Dollar Cost Averaging Program.) Amounts previously transferred from the Fixed Account to Variable Funding Options may not be transferred back to the Fixed Account for a period of at least six months from the date of transfer. We reserve the right to waive either of these restrictions. Where permitted by state law, we reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract

    Automated transfers from the Fixed Account to any of the Variable Funding Options may begin at any time. Automated transfers from the Fixed Account may not deplete your Fixed Account value in a period of less than twelve months from your enrollment in the Dollar Cost Averaging Program.

    A-1


    APPENDIX B

    WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FOR NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT
    (Available only if the owner is age 70 or younger on the date the Contract is issued.)

    If, after the first Contract Year and before the Maturity Date, and you begin confinement in an eligible nursing home, you may surrender or make withdrawal, subject to the maximum withdrawal amount described below, without incurring a withdrawal charge. In order for the Company to waive the withdrawal charge, the withdrawal must be made during continued confinement in an eligible nursing home after the qualifying period has been satisfied, or within sixty (60) days after such confinement ends. The qualifying period is confinement in an eligible nursing home for ninety (90) consecutive days. We will require proof of confinement in a form satisfactory to us, which may include certification by a licensed physician that such confinement is medically necessary.

    An eligible nursing home is defined as an institution or special nursing unit of a hospital which:

     (a)  is Medicare approved as a provider of skilled nursing care services; and
       
     (b)  is not, other than in name only, an acute care hospital, a home for the aged, a retirement home, a rest home, a community living center, or a place mainly for the treatment of alcoholism.

    OR

    Meets all of the following standards:

      (a)   is licensed as a nursing care facility by the state in which it is licensed;
           
      (b)   is either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of another facility such as a ward, wing, unit or swing-bed of a hospital or other facility;
           
     (c)  provides nursing care to individuals who are not able to care for themselves and who require nursing care;
       
     (d)  provides, as a primary function, nursing care and room and board; and charges for these services;
       
     (e)  provides care under the supervision of a licensed physician, registered nurse (RN) or licensed practical nurse (LPN);
       
     (f)  may provide care by a licensed physical, respiratory, occupational or speech therapist; and
       
     (g)  is not, other than in name only, an acute care hospital, a home for the aged, a retirement home, a rest home, a community living center, or a place mainly for the treatment of alcoholism.

    We will not waive withdrawal charges if confinement is due to one or more of the following causes:

     (a)  mental, nervous, emotional or personality disorder without demonstrable organic disease, including, but not limited to, neurosis, psychoneurosis, psychopathy or psychosis
       
     (b)  the voluntary taking or injection of drugs, unless prescribed or administered by a licensed physician
       
     (c)  the voluntary taking of any drugs prescribed by a licensed physician and intentionally not taken as prescribed
       
     (d)  sensitivity to drugs voluntarily taken, unless prescribed by a physician
       
     (e)  drug addiction, unless addiction results from the voluntary taking of drugs prescribed by a licensed physician, or the involuntary taking of drugs.

    Filing a claim: You must provide the Company with written notice of a claim during continued confinement after the 90-day qualifying period, or within sixty days after such confinement ends.

    The maximum withdrawal amount for which we will waive the withdrawal charge is the Contract Value on the next valuation date following written proof of claim, less any Purchase Payments made within a one-year period

    B-1


    before confinement in an eligible nursing home begins, less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months prior to the withdrawal, less any Purchase Payments made on or after the Annuitant’s 71st birthday.

    We will pay any withdrawal requested under the scope of this waiver as soon as we receive proper written proof of your claim, and we will pay the withdrawal in a lump sum. You should consult with your personal tax adviser regarding the tax impact of any withdrawals taken from your Contract.

    B-2


    APPENDIX C

    CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Statement of Additional Information contains more specific information and financial statements relating to The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company. A list of the contents of the Statement of Additional Information is set forth below:

          The Insurance Company
          Principal Underwriter
          Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement
          Valuation of Assets
          Performance Information
          Federal Tax Considerations
          Independent Accountants
          Financial Statements

                                                                                                                                                                         

    Copies of the Statement of Additional Information dated April 22, 2003 are available without charge. To request a copy, please clip this coupon on the line above, enter your name and address in the spaces provided below, and mail to: The Travelers Insurance Company, Annuity Investor Services, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415. The Travelers Insurance Company Statement of Additional Information is printed on Form L-19932S, and The Travelers Life and Annuity Statement of Additional Information is printed on Form L-19932S-TLAC.

    Name: _______________________________________      
    Address: _______________________________________      
      _______________________________________      
             

    C-1


    THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.



    L-19932    April, 2003
    Rev 1/04
     

    Travelers Life & Annuity
    Portfolio Architect Plus Annuity Prospectus:
    TIC Separate Account Eleven For Variable Annuities
    TLAC Separate Account Twelve For Variable Annuities

    This prospectus describes Travelers Life & Annuity Portfolio Architect Plus Annuity, a flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract (the “Contract”) issued by The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company. Refer to the first page of your Contract for the name of your issuing company. The Contract is available in connection with certain retirement plans that qualify for special federal income tax treatment (“Qualified Contracts”) as well as those that do not qualify for such treatment (“Nonqualified Contracts”). We may issue it as an individual contract or as a group contract. When we issue a group contract, you will receive a certificate summarizing the Contract’s provisions. For convenience, we refer to Contracts and certificates as “Contracts.” You can choose to have your premium (“Purchase Payments”) and any associated Purchase Payment Credits accumulate on a variable and/or, sub ject to availability, fixed basis in one of our funding options. Your Contract Value before the Maturity Date and the amount of monthly income afterwards will vary daily to reflect the investment experience of the Variable Funding Options you select. You bear the investment risk of investing in the Variable Funding Options. The Variable Funding Options are:

    Capital Appreciation Fund   PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust  
    Money Market Portfolio      Real Return Portfolio — Administrative Class  
    AllianceBernstein Variable Product Series Fund, Inc.      Total Return Portfolio — Administrative Class  
       AllianceBernstein Premier Growth Portfolio — Class B   Putnam Variable Trust  
    American Funds Insurance Series      Putnam VT International Equity Fund — Class IB Shares  
       Global Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares      Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund — Class IB Shares  
       Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares   Salomon Brothers Variable Series Funds Inc.  
       Growth-Income Fund — Class 2 Shares      All Cap Fund — Class I  
    Delaware VIP Trust      Investors Fund — Class I  
       Delaware VIP REIT Series — Standard Class      Large Cap Growth Fund — Class I  
    Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund      Small Cap Growth Fund — Class I  
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund — Appreciation Portfolio — Initial   The Travelers Series Trust  
       Shares      Convertible Securities Portfolio  
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund — Developing Leaders Portfolio      Disciplined Mid Cap Stock Portfolio  
       — Initial Shares      Equity Income Portfolio  
    Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust      Federated High Yield Portfolio  
       Mutual Shares Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares      Federated Stock Portfolio  
       Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares      Large Cap Portfolio  
       Templeton Growth Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares      Lazard International Stock Portfolio  
    Greenwich Street Series Fund      Merrill Lynch Large Cap Core Portfolio(1)  
       Equity Index Portfolio — Class II Shares      MFS Emerging Growth Portfolio  
       Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging Growth Fund — Class I      MFS Mid Cap Growth Portfolio  
       Shares      Pioneer Fund Portfolio  
       Salomon Brothers Variable Growth & Income Fund — Class I      Travelers Quality Bond Portfolio  
       Shares   Travelers Series Fund Inc.  
    Janus Aspen Series      AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio  
       Balanced Portfolio — Service Shares      MFS Total Return Portfolio  
       Global Life Sciences Portfolio — Service Shares      SB Adjustable Rate Income Portfolio — Class I Shares      
       Global Technology Portfolio — Service Shares      Strategic Equity Portfolio(2)  
       Worldwide Growth Portfolio — Service Shares   Van Kampen Life Investment Trust  
    Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.      Comstock Portfolio — Class II Shares  
       Lazard Retirement Small Cap Portfolio      Enterprise Portfolio — Class II Shares  
    Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.   Variable Insurance Products Fund II  
       Growth and Income Portfolio      Contrafund® Portfolio — Service Class 2  
       Mid-Cap Value Portfolio   Variable Insurance Products Fund III  
    Merrill Lynch Variable Series Funds, Inc.      Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio — Service Class 2  
       Merrill Lynch Global Allocation V.I. Fund — Class III Shares      Mid Cap Portfolio — Service Class 2  
       Merrill Lynch Small Cap Value V.I. Fund — Class III Shares      

    ---------------------------------
    (1) Formerly MFS Research Portfolio.   (2) Formerly Alliance Growth Portfolio.  

    We also offer variable annuity contracts that do not have Purchase Payment Credits, and therefore may have lower fees. Over time, the value of the Purchase Payment Credits could be more than offset by higher charges. You should carefully consider whether or not this Contract is the most appropriate investment for you. The Contract, certain contract features and/or some of the funding options may not be available in all states. This prospectus provides the information that you should know before investing in the Contract. You can receive additional information about your Contract by requesting a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) dated May 1, 2003. We filed the SAI with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and it is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. To request a copy, write to The Travelers Insurance Company, Annuity Investor Services, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415, call 1-800-842-9368 or access the SEC’s webs ite (http://www.sec.gov). See Appendix C for the SAI’s table of contents.

    Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

    Variable annuity contracts are not deposits of any bank, and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

    Prospectus dated May 1, 2003
    (Supplemented December 31, 2003)



    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Glossary 3   The Annuity Period
    36
    Summary 5      Maturity date
    36
    Fee Table 9      Allocation of Annuity
    36
    Condensed Financial Information 15      Variable Annuity
    36
    The Annuity Contract 15      Fixed Annuity
    37
       Contract Owner Inquiries 16   Payment Options
    37
       Purchase Payments 16      Election of Options
    37
       Purchase Payment Credits 16      Annuity Options
    37
       Accumulation Units 17      Variable Liquidity Benefit
    38
       The Variable Funding Options 17   Miscellaneous Contract Provisions
    38
    The Fixed Account 22      Right to Return
    38
    Charges and Deductions 22      Termination
    39
       General 22      Required Reports
    39
       Withdrawal Charge 23      Suspension of Payments
    39
       Free Withdrawal Allowance 24   The Separate Accounts
    39
       Transfer Charge 24      Performance Information
    40
       Administrative Charges 24   Federal Tax Considerations
    40
       Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 24      General Taxation of Annuities
    40
       Variable Liquidity Benefit Charge 24      Types of Contracts: Qualified or Nonqualified
    41
       E.S.P. Charge 25      Qualified Annuity Contracts
    41
       GMWB Charge 25         Taxation of Qualified Annuity Contracts
    41
       Variable Funding Option Expenses 25         Mandatory Distributions for Qualified Plans
    41
       Premium Tax 25      Nonqualified Annuity Contracts
    42
       Changes in Taxes Based upon           Diversification Requirements for
         Premium or Value 25            Variable Annuities
    42
    Transfers 25         Ownership of the Investments
    42
       Dollar Cost Averaging 26         Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds
    43
    Access to Your Money 27      Other Tax Considerations
    43
       GMWB 27         Treatment of Charges for Optional
       Systematic Withdrawals 29            Death Benefits
    43
    Ownership Provisions 29         Penalty Tax for Premature Distribution
    43
       Types of Ownership 29         Puerto Rico Tax Considerations
    43
         Contract Owner 29         Non-Resident Aliens
    43
         Beneficiary 29   Other Information
    43
         Annuitant 30      The Insurance Companies
    43
    Death Benefit 30      Financial Statements
    44
       Death Proceeds before the Maturity Date 30      Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts
    44
       E.S.P. 32      Conformity with State and Federal Laws
    45
       Payment of Proceeds 33      Voting Rights
    45
       Spousal Contract Continuance 35      Legal Proceedings and Opinions
    45
       Beneficiary Contract Continuance 35   Appendix A: The Fixed Account
    A-1
       Planned Death Benefit 35   Appendix B: Nursing Home Waiver
    B-1
       Death Proceeds after the Maturity Date 36   Appendix C: Contents of the Statement
             of Additional Information
    C-1
           
           

    2


    Glossary

    Accumulation Unit — an accounting unit of measure used to calculate the value of this Contract before Annuity Payments begin.

    Annuitant the person on whose life the Maturity Date and Annuity Payments depend.

    Annuity Payments — a series of periodic payments (a) for life; (b) for life with a minimum number of payments; (c) for the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another person, and thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor; or (d) for a fixed period.

    Annuity Unit — an accounting unit of measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity Payments.

    Cash Surrender Value — the Contract Value less any withdrawal charge and premium tax not previously deducted.

    Code the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all related laws and regulations that are in effect during the term of this Contract.

    Contingent Annuitant — the individual who becomes the Annuitant when the Annuitant who is not the owner dies prior to the Maturity Date.

    Contract Date — the date on which the Contract is issued.

    Contract Owner (you) — the person named in the Contract (on the specifications page) as the owner of the Contract.

    Contract Value — Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits, plus or minus any investment experience on the amounts allocated to the variable funds or interest on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, adjusted by any applicable charges and withdrawals.

    Contract Years — twelve month periods beginning with the Contract Date.

    Death Report Date — the day on which we have received 1) Due Proof of Death and 2) written payment instructions or election of spousal or beneficiary contract continuation.

    Due Proof of Death — (i) a copy of a certified death certificate; (ii) a copy of a certified decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; (iii) a written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased; or (iv) any other proof satisfactory to us.

    Fixed Account — an account that consists of all of the assets under this contract other than those in the Separate Account.

    Home Office — the Home Office of The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company or any other office that we may designate for the purpose of administering this Contract.

    Maturity Date — the date on which the Annuity Payments are to begin.

    Payment Option — an annuity or income option elected under your Contract.

    Purchase Payment — any premium paid by you to initiate or supplement this Contract.

    Purchase Payment Credit — an amount credited to your Contract Value that equals a percentage of each Purchase Payment made.

    Qualified Contract — a contract used in a retirement plan or program that is intended to qualify under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 414(d) of the Code.

    Separate Account — a segregated account registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the assets of which are invested solely in the Variable Funding Options. The assets of the Separate Account are held exclusively for the benefit of Contract Owners.

    3


    Subaccount — that portion of the assets of a Separate Account that is allocated to a particular Variable Funding Option.

    Underlying Fund — a portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with the SEC in which the Subaccounts invest.

    Valuation Date — a date on which a Subaccount is valued.

    Valuation Period — the period between successive valuations.

    Variable Funding Option — an investment option that, through a Subaccount of the Separate Account, invests in an Underlying Fund.

    We, us, our — The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company.

    Written Request — written information sent to us in a form and content satisfactory to us and received at our Home Office.

    You, your — the Contract Owner.

    4


    Summary:
    Portfolio Architect Plus Annuity

    This summary details some of the more important points that you should know and consider before purchasing the Contract. Please read the entire prospectus carefully.

    What company will issue my Contract? Your issuing company is either The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company (“the Company,” “We” or “Us”). Refer to your Contract for the name of your issuing company. Each company sponsors its own segregated asset account (“Separate Account”). The Travelers Insurance Company sponsors the TIC Separate Account Eleven for Variable Annuities (“Separate Account Eleven”); The Travelers Life and Annuity Company sponsors the TLAC Separate Account Twelve for Variable Annuities (“Separate Account Twelve”). When we refer to the Separate Account, we are referring to either Separate Account Eleven or Separate Account Twelve, depending upon your issuing Company.

    You may only purchase a Contract in states where the Contract has been approved for sale. The Contract may not currently be available for sale in all states.

    Can you give me a general description of the Contract? We designed the Contract for retirement savings or other long-term investment purposes. The Contract provides a death benefit as well as guaranteed payout options. You direct your payment(s) to one or more of the Variable Funding Options and/or to the Fixed Account that is part of our general account (the “Fixed Account”). We guarantee money directed to the Fixed Account as to principal and interest. The Variable Funding Options are designed to produce a higher rate of return than the Fixed Account; however, this is not guaranteed. You can also lose money in the Variable Funding Options.

    The Contract, like all deferred variable annuity contracts, has two phases: the accumulation phase and the payout phase (annuity period). During the accumulation phase generally, under a Qualified Contract, your pre-tax contributions accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal, presumably when you are in a lower tax bracket. During the accumulation phase, under a Nonqualified Contract, earnings on your after-tax contributions accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal. The payout phase occurs when you begin receiving payments from your Contract. The amount of money you accumulate in your Contract determines the amount of income (Annuity Payments) you receive during the payout phase.

    During the payout phase, you may choose one of a number of annuity options. You may receive income payments from the Variable Funding Options and/or the Fixed Account. If you elect variable income payments, the dollar amount of your payments may increase or decrease. Once you choose one of the annuity options and begin to receive payments, it cannot be changed.

    Who should purchase this Contract? The Contract is currently available for use in connection with (1) individual nonqualified purchases; (2) rollovers from Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs); (3) rollovers from other qualified retirement plans and (4) beneficiary-directed transfers of death proceeds from another contract. Qualified contracts include contracts qualifying under Section 401(a), 403(b) or 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Purchase of this Contract through a tax qualified retirement plan (“Plan”) does not provide any additional tax deferral benefits beyond those provided by the Plan. Accordingly, if you are purchasing this Contract through a Plan, you should consider purchasing this Contract for its Death Benefit, Annuity Option Benefits, and other non-tax-related benefits.

    You may purchase the Contract with an initial payment of at least $5,000. You may make additional payments of at least $500 at any time during the accumulation phase. No additional payments are allowed if this Contract is purchased with a beneficiary-directed transfer of death proceeds.

    Can I exchange my current annuity contract for this Contract? The Code generally permits you to exchange one annuity contract for another in a “tax-free exchange.” Therefore, you can transfer the proceeds from another annuity contract to purchase this Contract. Before making an exchange to acquire this Contract, you should carefully compare this Contract to your current contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge under your current contract to exchange it for this Contract, and this Contract has its own surrender charges that would apply to you. The other fees and charges under this Contract may be higher or lower and the benefits may be different than those of your current contract. In addition, you may have to pay federal income or penalty taxes on the exchange if it does not qualify for tax-free treatment. You should not exchange another contract for this

    5


    Contract unless you determine, after evaluating all the facts, the exchange is in your best interests. Remember that the person selling you the Contract generally will earn a commission on the sale.

    Is there a right to return period? If you cancel the Contract within ten days after you receive it, you will receive a full refund of your Contract Value plus any Contract charges and premium taxes you paid (but not fees and charges assessed by the Underlying Funds) minus any Purchase Payment Credits. Where state law requires a different right to return period, or the return of Purchase Payments, the Company will comply. You bear the investment risk on the Purchase Payment allocated to a Variable Funding Option during the right to return period; therefore, the Contract Value we return may be greater or less than your Purchase Payment.

    If you purchased your Contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity, and you return it within the first seven days after delivery, or longer if your state permits, we will refund your full Purchase Payment minus any Purchase Payment Credits. During the remainder of the right to return period, we will refund your Contract Value (including charges we assessed) minus any Purchase Payment Credits. We will determine your Contract Value at the close of business on the day we receive a Written Request for a refund.

    During the right to return period, you will not bear any contract fees associated with the Purchase Payment Credits. If you exercise your right to return, you will be in at least the same position as if you had exercised the right to return in a variable annuity contract with no Purchase Payment Credit. You would, however, receive any gains, and we would bear any losses attributable to the Purchase Payment Credits.

    Can you give a general description of the Variable Funding Options and how they operate? The Variable Funding Options represent Subaccounts of The Separate Account. At your direction, the Separate Account, through its Subaccounts, uses your Purchase Payments to purchase units of one or more of the Underlying Funds that holds securities consistent with its own investment policy. Depending on market conditions, you may make or lose money in any of these Variable Funding Options.

    You can transfer among the Variable Funding Options as frequently as you wish without any current tax implications. Currently there is no charge for transfers, nor a limit to the number of transfers allowed. We may, in the future, charge a fee for any transfer request, or limit the number of transfers allowed. At a minimum, we would always allow one transfer every six months. We reserve the right to restrict transfers that we determine will disadvantage other Contract Owners. You may transfer between the Fixed Account and the Variable Funding Options twice a year (during the 30 days after the six-month Contract Date anniversary), provided the amount is not greater than 15% of the Fixed Account value on that date. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account if the credited interest rate is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified under the Contract.

    What expenses will be assessed under the Contract? The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each. We deduct an administrative expense charge and a mortality and expense risk (“M&E”) charge daily from amounts you allocate to the Separate Account. We deduct the administrative expense charge at an annual rate of 0.15% and deduct the M&E at an annual rate of 1.40% for the Standard Death Benefit, 1.55% for the Step-Up Death Benefit, and 1.75% for the Roll-Up Death Benefit. For Contracts with a value of less than $100,000, we also deduct an annual contract administrative charge of $40. Each Underlying Fund also charges for management costs and other expenses.

    We will apply a withdrawal charge to withdrawals from the Contract, and will calculate it as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn. The maximum percentage is 8%, decreasing to 0% in Contract Year ten and later.

    If you select the Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”), an additional 0.20% annually will be deducted from amounts in the Variable Funding Options. This provision is not available to a customer when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the rider effective date.

    Upon annuitization, if the Variable Liquidity Benefit is selected, there is a maximum surrender charge of 8% of the amounts withdrawn. Please refer to The Annuity Period for a description of this benefit.

    If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”), a maximum of 1.00% annually will be deducted from amounts in the Variable Funding Options. The current charge is 0.40%.

    How will my Purchase Payments and withdrawals be taxed? Generally, the payments you make to a Qualified Contract during the accumulation phase are made with before-tax dollars. Generally, you will be taxed on your

    6


    Purchase Payments, Purchase Payment Credits and on any earnings when you make a withdrawal or begin receiving Annuity Payments. Under a nonQualified Contract, payments to the Contract are made with after-tax dollars, and any credits and earnings will generally accumulate tax-deferred. You will be taxed on these earnings when they are withdrawn from the Contract. If you are younger than 59 1/2 when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal penalty tax on the amount withdrawn.

    For owners of Qualified Contracts, if you reach a certain age, you may be required by federal tax laws to begin receiving payments from your annuity or risk paying a penalty tax. In those cases, we can calculate and pay you the minimum required distribution amounts.

    How may I access my money? You can take withdrawals any time during the accumulation phase. Withdrawal charges may apply, as well as income taxes, and/or a penalty tax on amounts withdrawn.

    What is the death benefit under the Contract? You may choose to purchase the Standard, Step-Up or Roll-Up Death Benefit. The death benefit applies upon the first death of the Contract Owner, joint owner, or Annuitant. Assuming you are the Annuitant, the death benefit is as follows: If you die before the Contract is in the payout phase, the person you have chosen as your beneficiary will receive a death benefit. We calculate the death benefit value at the close of the business day on which our Home Office receives (1) Due Proof of Death and (2) written payment instructions or the election of spousal or beneficiary contract continuance. Please refer to the Death Benefit section in the prospectus for more details.

    Where may I find out more about Accumulation Unit values? Because the Contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no Accumulation Unit value information available as of the date of this prospectus.

    Are there any additional features? This Contract has other features you may be interested in. These include:

      • Purchase Payment Credits. If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant is age 80 or less at the time the payment is made, you will receive a Purchase Payment credit equal to 4.5% of the Purchase Payment. The expenses for a Contract with Purchase Payment Credits are higher than a similar contract without Purchase Payment Credits, and the additional expenses attributable to the credits may more than offset the amount of the Purchase Payment credit.
      • Dollar Cost Averaging. This is a program that allows you to invest a fixed amount of money in Variable Funding Options each month, theoretically giving you a lower average cost per unit over time than a single one-time purchase. Dollar Cost Averaging requires regular investments regardless of fluctuating price levels, and does not guarantee profits or prevent losses in a declining market. Potential investors should consider their financial ability to continue purchases through periods of low price levels.
      • Systematic Withdrawal Option. Before the Maturity Date, you can arrange to have money sent to you at set intervals throughout the year. Of course, any applicable income and penalty taxes will apply on amounts withdrawn. Withdrawals in excess of the annual free withdrawal allowance may be subject to a withdrawal charge.
      • Automatic Rebalancing. You may elect to have the Company periodically reallocate the values in your Contract to match the rebalancing allocation selected.
      • Managed Distribution Program. This program allows us to automatically calculate and distribute to you, in November of the applicable tax year, an amount that will satisfy the Internal Revenue Service’s minimum distribution requirements imposed on certain contracts once the owner reaches age 70 1/2 or retires. These minimum distributions occur during the accumulation phase.
      • Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”). For an additional charge, the total death benefit payable may be increased based on the earnings in your Contract.
      • Spousal Contract Continuance (subject to availability). If your spouse is named as an owner and/or beneficiary, and you die prior to the Maturity Date, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as owner rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary. This feature applies to a spousal joint Contract Owner and/or beneficiary only.
    7


      • Beneficiary Contract Continuance (not permitted for non-natural beneficiaries). If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the date of your death, that beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary.
      • Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“Principal Guarantee”) . For an additional charge, we will guarantee the periodic return of your Purchase Payments. Under this benefit, we will pay you a maximum of 5% or 10% of your Purchase Payments, depending on when you elect to begin receiving the payments, every year until your Purchase Payments have been returned in full.
    8


    FEE TABLE

    The purpose of this Fee Table is to assist Contract Owners in understanding the various costs and expenses that you will bear, directly or indirectly, if you purchase this Contract. See Charges and Deductions in this prospectus for additional information. Expenses shown do not include premium taxes, which may be applicable. Each Variable Funding Option purchases shares of the Underlying Fund at net asset value. The net asset value already reflects the deduction of each Underlying Fund’s Total Operating Expenses as shown in the table below; therefore, you are indirectly bearing the costs of Underlying Fund expenses.

    Transaction Expenses

    Withdrawal Charge   8%(1)
    (as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn)

    Transfer Charge   $10(2)
    (assessed on transfers that exceed 12 per year)

    Contract Administrative Charge   $40(3)  

    Annual Separate Account Charges:
    (as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Separate Account)

    We will assess a minimum mortality and expense risk charge (“M&E”) of 1.40% and a maximum administrative expense charge of 0.15% on all contracts. In addition, there is a 0.20% charge for E.S.P., and a maximum charge of 1.00% for GMWB, both optional features. Below is a summary of all charges that may apply, depending on the death benefit and optional features you select:

    Standard Death Benefit Step-Up Death Benefit Roll-Up Death Benefit



    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge    1.40%    1.55%    1.75%  
    Administrative Expense Charge    0.15%    0.15%    0.15%  
    Total Separate Account Annual Charges
    with No Optional Features Selected
       1.55%    1.70%    1.90%  
    Optional E.S.P. Charge    0.20%    0.20%    0.20%  
    Total Separate Account Annual Charges
    with E.S.P. Only Selected

       1.75%    1.90%    2.10%  
    Maximum Optional GMWB Charge     1.00%(4)     1.00%(4)     1.00%(4)  
    Total Separate Account Annual Charges
    with GMWB Only Selected

       2.55%    2.70%    2.90%  
    Total Separate Account Annual Charges
    with E.S.P. and GMWB Selected
       2.75%    2.90%    3.10%  

    ______________________________

      (1)  The withdrawal charge declines to zero after Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for 9 years. The charge is as follows:

    Years Since Purchase Payment Made   Withdrawal Charge  

     
     
    Greater than or Equal to   But less than      
    0 years   3 years   8%  
    3 years   4 years   7%  
    4 years   5 years   6%  
    5 years   6 years   5%  
    6 years   7 years   4%  
    7 years   8 years   3%  
    8 years   9 years   2%  
    9 years+    
    0%
     

      (2)  We do not currently assess the transfer charge.
        
      (3)  We do not assess this charge if Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the fourth Friday of each August.
        
      (4)  The current charge for GMWB is 0.40%.

    9


    Variable Funding Option Expenses:

    The first table below shows the minimum and maximum fees and expenses charged by any of the Funds as of December 31, 2002. The second table shows each Fund’s fees and expenses as of December 31, 2002. This information was provided by the Funds and we have not independently verified it. More detail concerning each Fund’s fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

    Minimum and Maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses as of December 31, 2002

    Minimum
    (before
    reimbursement)
    Maximum
    (before
    reimbursement)



    Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
    (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management
    fees, distribution (12b-1), service fees, or other expenses.
       0.42%    10.76%  

    Fund Fees and Expenses as of December 31, 2002 (unless otherwise indicated)
    (as a percentage of average daily net assets of the funding option)

    Funding Options: Management
    Fee
    (before expense
    reimbursement)
    Distribution
    and/or
    Service Fees
    (12b-1)
    Other
    Expenses
    (before expense
    reimbursement)
    Total Annual
    Operating
    Expenses
    (before expense
    reimbursement)#





    Capital Appreciation Fund    0.81%        0.03%    
    0.84%(17)
     
    Money Market Portfolio (Travelers)    0.38%        0.04%    
    0.42%(1)
     
    AllianceBernstein Variable Product Series
       Fund, Inc.
                      
     
       AllianceBernstein Premier Growth Portfolio
          — Class B*
       1.00%    0.25%    0.06%    
    1.31%
     
    American Funds Insurance Series                   
     
       Global Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares*    0.67%    0.25%    0.04%    
    0.96%
     
       Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares*    0.38%    0.25%    0.02%    
    0.65%
     
       Growth-Income Fund — Class 2 Shares*    0.34%    0.25%    0.01%    
    0.60%
     
    Delaware VIP Trust                   
     
       Delaware VIP REIT Series — Standard Class    0.75%        0.09%    
    0.84%(2)
     
    Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund                   
     
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund —
          Appreciation Portfolio — Initial Shares
       0.75%        0.03%    
    0.78%
     
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund —
          Developing Leaders Portfolio — Initial
          Shares
       0.75%        0.06%    
    0.81%
     
    Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
       Products Trust
                      
     
       Mutual Shares Securities Fund — Class 2
          Shares*
       0.60%    0.25%    0.21%    
    1.06%(3)
     
       Templeton Developing Markets Securities
          Fund — Class 2 Shares*
       1.25%    0.25%    0.33%    
    1.83%(4)
     
       Templeton Growth Securities Fund —
          Class 2 Shares*
       0.81%    0.25%    0.06%    
    1.12%(5)
     
    Greenwich Street Series Fund                   
     
       Equity Index Portfolio — Class II Shares*    0.31%    0.25%    0.05%    
    0.61%(6)
     
       Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging Growth
          Fund — Class I Shares
       0.95%        0.61%    
    1.56%(14)
     
       Salomon Brothers Variable Growth &
          Income Fund — Class I Shares
       0.65%        0.71%    
    1.36%(14)
     

     

    10



    Funding Options: Management
    Fee
    (before expense
    reimbursement)
    Distribution
    and/or
    Service Fees
    (12b-1)
    Other
    Expenses
    (before expense
    reimbursement)
    Total Annual
    Operating
    Expenses
    (before expense
    reimbursement)#





    Janus Aspen Series                      
       Balanced Portfolio — Service Shares*    0.65%    0.25%    0.02%    
    0.92%(7)
     
       Global Life Sciences Portfolio — Service
          Shares*
       0.65%    0.25%    0.22%    
    1.12%(7)
     
       Global Technology Portfolio — Service
          Shares*
       0.65%    0.25%    0.07%    
    0.97%(7)
     
       Worldwide Growth Portfolio — Service
          Shares*
       0.65%    0.25%    0.05%    
    0.95%(7)
     
    Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.                   
     
       Lazard Retirement Small Cap Portfolio*    0.75%    0.25%    0.42%    
    1.42%(8)
     
    Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.                   
     
       Growth and Income Portfolio    0.50%        0.46%    
    0.96%(9)
     
       Mid-Cap Value Portfolio    0.75%        0.40%    
    1.15%(10)
     
    Merrill Lynch Variable Series Funds, Inc.                   
     
       Merrill Lynch Global Allocation V.I. Fund —
          Class III
       0.65%    0.25%    0.09%    
    0.99%(27)
     
       Merrill Lynch Small Cap Value V.I. Fund —
          Class III
       0.75%    0.25%    0.09%    
    1.09%(27)
     
    PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust                   
     
       Real Return Portfolio — Administrative Class    0.25%        0.42%    
    0.67%(11)
     
       Total Return Portfolio — Administrative Class    0.25%        0.41%    
    0.66%(12)
     
    Putnam Variable Trust                   
     
       Putnam VT International Equity Fund —
          Class IB Shares*
       0.77%    0.25%    0.22%    
    1.24%
     
       Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund —
          Class IB Shares*
       0.80%    0.25%    0.12%    
    1.17%
     
    Salomon Brothers Variable Series Funds Inc.                   
     
       All Cap Fund — Class I    0.85%        0.12%    
    0.97%
     
       Investors Fund — Class I    0.70%        0.11%    
    0.81%(13)
     
       Large Cap Growth Fund — Class I    0.75%        10.01%    
    10.76%(18)
     
       Small Cap Growth Fund — Class I    0.75%        0.55%    
    1.30%
     
    The Travelers Series Trust                   
     
       Convertible Securities Portfolio    0.66%        0.15%    
    0.81%(14)
     
       Disciplined Mid Cap Stock Portfolio    0.76%        0.09%    
    0.85%(14)
     
       Equity Income Portfolio    0.75%        0.09%    
    0.84%(15)
     
       Federated High Yield Portfolio    0.71%        0.18%    
    0.89%(14)
     
       Federated Stock Portfolio    0.69%        0.15%    
    0.84%(14)
     
       Large Cap Portfolio    0.75%        0.10%    
    0.85%(16)
     
       Lazard International Stock Portfolio    0.89%        0.17%    
    1.06%(17)
     
       Merrill Lynch Large Cap Core Portfolio    0.86%        0.08%    
    0.94%(18)
     
       MFS Emerging Growth Portfolio    0.81%        0.08%    
    0.89%(14)
     
       MFS Mid Cap Growth Portfolio    0.86%        0.07%    
    0.93%(18)
     
       Pioneer Fund Portfolio    0.81%        0.19%    
    1.00%(19)
     
       Travelers Quality Bond Portfolio    0.38%        0.06%    
    0.44%(20)
     

     

    11



    Funding Options: Management
    Fee
    (before expense
    reimbursement)
    Distribution
    and/or
    Service Fees
    (12b-1)
    Other
    Expenses
    (before expense
    reimbursement)
    Total Annual
    Operating
    Expenses
    (before expense
    reimbursement)#





    Travelers Series Fund Inc.                      
       AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio    0.80%        0.05%    
    0.85%(21)
     
       MFS Total Return Portfolio    0.80%        0.03%    
    0.83%(21)
     
       SB Adjustable Rate Income Portfolio — 
          Class I
       0.60%    0.25%    0.21%    
    1.06%(26)
     
       Strategic Equity Portfolio    0.80%        0.03%    
    0.83%(21)
     
    Van Kampen Life Investment Trust                   
     
       Comstock Portfolio — Class II Shares*    0.60%    0.25%    0.09%    
    0.94%
     
       Enterprise Portfolio — Class II Shares*    0.50%    0.25%    0.17%    
    0.92%(22)
     
    Variable Insurance Products Fund II                   
     
       Contrafund® Portfolio — Service Class 2*    0.58%    0.25%    0.10%    
    0.93%(23)
     
    Variable Insurance Products Fund III                   
     
       Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio —
          Service Class 2*
       0.58%    0.25%    1.96%    
    2.79%(24)
     
       Mid Cap Portfolio — Service Class 2*    0.58%    0.25%    0.12%    
    0.95%(25)
     

    ______________

         *   The 12b-1 fees deducted from these classes cover certain distribution, shareholder support and administrative services provided by intermediaries (the insurance company, broker dealer or other service provider).

         #   Expense reimbursements and waivers that are voluntary may be terminated at any time.

    Notes

         (1)   The Travelers Insurance Company reimbursed Money Market Portfolio for $71,805 in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2002, there was a voluntary expense limitation. As a result of the voluntary expense limitation, the ratio of expense to average net assets will not exceed 0.40%. Management fee includes an administration fee.

         (2)   The investment adviser for the Delaware VIP REIT Series is Delaware Management Company (“DMC”). For the period May 1, 2001 through April 30, 2002, the adviser waived its management fee and/or reimbursed the Series for expenses to the extent that total expenses (excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage fees, and extraordinary expenses) would not exceed 0.85%. For the period May 1, 2002 through April 30, 2003, the adviser waived its management fee and/or reimbursed the Series for expenses to the extent that total expenses (excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage fees, and extraordinary expenses) would not exceed 0.95%. Effective May 1, 2003 through April 30, 2004, DMC has contractually agreed to waive its management fee and/or reimburse the Series for expenses to the extent that total expenses (excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage fees, and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 0.95%. Under its Management Agreement, the S eries pays a management fee based on average daily net assets as follows: 0.75% on the first $500 million, 0.70% on the next $500 million, 0.65% on the next $1,500 million, 0.60% on assets in excess of $2,500 million, all per year.

         (3)   The Fund’s Class 2 distribution plan or “rule 12b-1 plan” is described in the Fund’s prospectus. The manager had agreed in advance to reduce its fee to reflect reduced services resulting from the Fund's investment in a Franklin Templeton money fund for cash management. This reduction is required by the Fund's Board of Trustees and an exemptive order by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         (4)   The Fund’s Class 2 distribution plan or “rule 12b-1 plan” is described in the Fund’s prospectus.

         (5)   The Fund administration fee is paid indirectly through the management fee. The Fund’s Class 2 distribution plan or “rule 12b-1 plan” is described in the Fund’s prospectus.

         (6)   Management fee includes administration fees. Effective June 24, 2002, the Advisory fee for GSS Equity Index Portfolio increased to 0.25% from 0.15%, therefore the actual Management fee for the year was a blended rate of 0.20% plus 0.06% in Administration fees.

         (7)   Expenses for all Portfolios are based upon expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002. All expenses are shown without the effect of any expense offset arrangements.

         (8)   The Fund maintains a voluntary expense cap of 1.25%.

         (9)   “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” have been restated based on estimates for the current fiscal year.

         (10)   “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” have been restated based on estimates for the current fiscal year. For the year 2003, Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the Fund’s expenses to the extent necessary to maintain its “Other Expenses” at an aggregate rate of 0.40% of its average daily net assets.

         (11)   "Other Expenses" reflects a 0.25% administrative fee, 0.01% representing the class’ pro rata Trustees’ fees, and 0.01% interest expense. Interest expense is generally incurred as a result of investment management activities. PIMCO has contractually agreed to reduce total annual portfolio operating expenses for the Administrative Class shares to the extent they would exceed, due to the payment of organizational expenses and Trustees’ fees 0.65% of average daily net assets. Under the Expense Limitation Agreement, PIMCO may recoup these waivers and reimbursements in future periods, not exceeding three years, provided total expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the annual expense limit. Ratio of net expenses to average net assets excluding interest expense is 0.65%.

         (12)   “Other Expenses” reflects a 0.25% administrative fee, and 0.01% representing the Portfolio’s pro rata Trustees’ fees. PIMCO has contractually agreed to reduce total annual portfolio operating expenses for the Administrative Class shares to the extent they would exceed, due to the payment of organizational expenses and Trustees’ fees 0.65% of average daily net assets. Under the Expense

    12


      Limitation Agreement, PIMCO may recoup these waivers and reimbursements in future periods, not exceeding three years, provided total expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the annual expense limit.

         (13)   As a result of a voluntary expense limitation, expense ratios will not exceed 1.00%.

         (14)   Management fee includes an administration fee. Fund has a voluntary expense cap of 0.80%.

         (15)   Actual annual class operating expenses were lower because a portion of the brokerage commissions that the fund paid was used to reduce the fund’s expenses. In addition, through arrangements with the fund’s custodian, credits realized as a result of uninvested cash balances are used to reduce a portion of the fund’s custodian expenses. These offsets may be discontinued at any time. Including such reductions, Total Annual Operating expenses for the Equity Income Portfolio were 0.78%.

         (16)   Actual annual class operating expenses were lower because a portion of the brokerage commissions that the fund paid was used to reduce the fund’s expenses. In addition, through arrangements with the fund’s custodian, credits realized as a result of uninvested cash balances are used to reduce a portion of the fund’s custodian expenses. These offsets may be discontinued at any time. Including such reductions, Total Annual Operating expenses for the Large Cap Portfolio were 0.81%.

         (17)   Management fee includes an administration fee. Fund has a voluntary expense cap of 1.25%.

         (18)   Management fee includes an administration fee. Fund has a voluntary expense cap of 1.00%.

         (19)   The expense information in the table has been restated to reflect current fees that would have been applicable if they had been in effect during the previous fiscal year. On April 22, 2003, the shareholders of the fund approved a new investment advisory agreement, which became effective May 1, 2003. Under the new agreement, the management fee increased by 0.10%. The management fee also includes a 0.06% fee for administrative services.

         (20)   Management fee includes an administration fee. Fund has a voluntary expense cap of 0.75%.

         (21)   Fund has a voluntary expense cap of 1.25%.

         (22)   Because certain expenses were assumed by Van Kampen, Total Annual Operating Expenses for the Enterprise Portfolio Class II were 0.85%.

         (23)   Actual annual class operating expenses were lower because a portion of the brokerage commissions that the fund paid was used to reduce the fund’s expenses. In addition, through arrangements with the fund’s custodian, credits realized as a result of uninvested cash balances are used to reduce a portion of the fund’s custodian expenses. These offsets may be discontinued at any time. Including such reductions, Total Annual Operating expenses for the Fidelity VIP Contrafund Portfolio — Service Class 2 were 0.90%.

         (24)   Actual annual class operating expenses were lower because a portion of the brokerage commissions that the fund paid was used to reduce the fund’s expenses. These offsets may be discontinued at any time. Also, The fund’s manager has voluntarily agreed to reimburse the class to the extent that total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, certain securities lending costs, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) exceed 1.75%. This arrangement can be discontinued by the fund’s manager at any time. Including such reductions, Total Annual Operating expenses for the Fidelity VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio — Service Class 2 were 1.63%.

      (25)   Actual annual class operating expenses were lower because a portion of the brokerage commissions that the fund paid was used to reduce the fund’s expenses. In addition, through arrangements with the fund’s custodian, credits realized as a result of uninvested cash balances are used to reduce a portion of the fund’s custodian expenses. These offsets may be discontinued at any time. Including such reductions, Total Annual Operating expenses for the Fidelity VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Service Class 2 were 0.88%.

      (26)   “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

      (27)   “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s most recent fiscal period. Financial Data Services, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, provides transfer agency services to the Fund. The Fund pays a fee for these services. The Investment Adviser or its affiliates also provide certain accounting services to the Fund. The Fund reimburses the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for such services.

    Examples

    These examples show what your costs would be under certain hypothetical situations. The examples do not represent past or future expenses. Your actual expenses may be more or less than those shown. We base examples on the annual expenses of the Underlying Funds for the year ended December 31, 2002. The examples are based on the Funds’ Total Annual Operating Expenses before reimbursement, and do not reflect any waivers or reimbursements. If you have selected Variable Funding Options that have voluntarily or contractually agreed to limit the Total Annual Operating Expenses, your expenses may be lower.

    You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, Purchase Payment Credits of 4.5%, and Separate Account charges of 3.10%, which is the maximum charge for the maximum number of optional benefits. For those contracts that do not elect the maximum number of optional benefits, the expenses would be lower. The examples also reflect the annual contract administrative charge.

    13


    If Contract is surrendered at the end
    of period shown:
    If Contract is NOT surrendered or
    annuitized at the end of period shown


    Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









    Capital Appreciation Fund    1200    2011    2639    4185    400    1211    2039    4185  
    Money Market Portfolio    1158    1890    2443    3823    358    1090    1843    3823  
    AllianceBernstein Variable Product Series
    Fund, Inc.
                                             
       AllianceBernstein Premier Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
       1246    2145    2854    4570    446    1345    2253    4570  
    American Funds Insurance Series                                          
       Global Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares    1211    2045    2694    4285    411    1245    2094    4285  
       Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares    1181    1956    2551    4023    381    1156    1951    4023  
       Growth-Income Fund — Class 2 Shares    1176    1942    2527    3980    376    1142    1927    3980  
    Delaware VIP Trust                                          
       Delaware VIP REIT Series — Standard
          Class
       1200    2011    2639    4185    400    1211    2039    4185  
    Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund                                          
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund —
          Appreciation Portfolio — Initial Shares
       1194    1994    2611    4134    394    1194    2011    4134  
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund —
          Developing Leaders Portfolio — Initial
          Shares
       1197    2002    2625    4159    397    1202    2025    4159  
    Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
    Products Trust
                                             
       Mutual Shares Securities Fund — Class 2
          Shares
       1221    2074    2740    4368    421    1274    2140    4368  
       Templeton Developing Markets
          Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares
       1297    2290    3085    4974    497    1490    2485    4974  
       Templeton Growth Securities Fund —
          Class 2 Shares
       1227    2091    2767    4417    427    1291    2167    4417  
    Greenwich Street Series Fund                                          
       Equity Index Portfolio — Class II Shares    1177    1945    2532    3989    377    1145    1932    3989  
       Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging
          Growth Fund — Class I Shares
       1270    2215    2965    4767    470    1415    2365    4767  
       Salomon Brothers Variable Growth
          & Income Fund — Class I Shares
       1251    2159    2876    4610    451    1359    2276    4610  
    Janus Aspen Series                                          
       Balanced Portfolio — Service Shares    1207    2034    2676    4252    407    1234    2076    4252  
       Global Life Sciences Portfolio — Service
          Shares
       1227    2091    2767    4417    427    1291    2167    4417  
       Global Technology Portfolio — Service
          Shares
       1212    2048    2699    4293    412    1248    2099    4293  
       Worldwide Growth Portfolio — Service
          Shares
       1210    2042    2690    4277    410    1242    2090    4277  
    Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.                                          
       Lazard Retirement Small Cap Portfolio    1257    2176    2903    4658    457    1376    2303    4658  
    Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.                                          
       Growth and Income Portfolio    1211    2045    2694    4285    411    1245    2094    4285  
       Mid-Cap Value Portfolio    1230    2099    2781    4441    430    1299    2181    4441  
    Merrill Lynch Variable Series Funds, Inc.                                          
       Merrill Lynch Global Allocation V.I.
          Fund — Class III
       1008    2054    2708    4310    414    1254    2108    4310  
       Merrill Lynch Small Cap Value V.I. Fund
          – Class III
       1190    2082    2754    4392    424    1282    2154    4392  
    PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust                                          
       Real Return Portfolio — Administrative
          Class
       1183    1962    2560    4040    383    1162    1960    4040  
       Total Return Portfolio — Administrative
          Class
       1182    1959    2555    4032    382    1159    1955    4032  

     

    14



    If Contract is surrendered at the end
    of period shown:
    If Contract is NOT surrendered or
    annuitized at the end of period shown


    Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









    Putnam Variable Trust                                          
       Putnam VT International Equity Fund —
          Class IB Shares
       1239    2125    2822    4514    439    1325    2222    4514  
       Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund —
          Class IB Shares
       1232    2105    2790    4458    432    1305    2190    4458  
    Salomon Brothers Variable Series Funds
    Inc.
                                             
       All Cap Fund — Class I    1212    2048    2699    4293    412    1248    2099    4293  
       Investors Fund — Class I    1197    2002    2625    4159    397    1202    2025    4159  
       Large Cap Growth Fund — Class I    2128    4439    6158    9046    1328    3639    5558    9046  
       Small Cap Growth Fund — Class I    1245    2142    2849    4562    445    1342    2249    4562  
    The Travelers Series Trust                                          
       Convertible Securities Portfolio    1197    2002    2625    4159    397    1202    2025    4159  
       Disciplined Mid Cap Stock Portfolio    1201    2014    2644    4193    401    1214    2044    4193  
       Equity Income Portfolio    1200    2011    2639    4185    400    1211    2039    4185  
       Federated High Yield Portfolio    1204    2025    2662    4227    404    1225    2062    4227  
       Federated Stock Portfolio    1200    2011    2639    4185    400    1211    2039    4185  
       Large Cap Portfolio    1201    2014    2644    4193    401    1214    2044    4193  
       Lazard International Stock Portfolio    1221    2074    2740    4368    421    1274    2140    4368  
       Merrill Lynch Large Cap Core Portfolio    1209    2040    2685    4268    409    1240    2085    4268  
       MFS Emerging Growth Portfolio    1204    2025    2662    4227    404    1225    2062    4227  
       MFS Mid Cap Growth Portfolio    1208    2037    2681    4260    408    1237    2081    4260  
       Pioneer Fund Portfolio    1215    2057    2713    4318    415    1257    2113    4318  
       Travelers Quality Bond Portfolio    1160    1896    2452    3840    360    1096    1852    3840  
    Travelers Series Fund Inc.                                          
       AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio    1201    2014    2644    4193    401    1214    2044    4193  
       MFS Total Return Portfolio    1199    2008    2634    4176    399    1208    2034    4176  
       SB Adjustable Rate Income Portfolio —
          Class I
       1187    2074    2740    4368    421    1274    2140    4368  
       Strategic Equity Portfolio    1199    2008    2634    4176    399    1208    2034    4176  
    Van Kampen Life Investment Trust                                          
       Comstock Portfolio — Class II Shares    1209    2040    2685    4269    409    1240    2085    4269  
       Enterprise Portfolio — Class II Shares    1207    2034    2676    4252    407    1234    2076    4252  
    Variable Insurance Products Fund II                                          
       Contrafund® Portfolio — Service Class 2    1208    2037    2681    4260    408    1237    2081    4260  
    Variable Insurance Products Fund III                                          
       Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio
          — Service Class 2
       1390    2553    3495    5658    590    1753    2895    5658  
       Mid Cap Portfolio — Service Class 2    1210    2042    2690    4277    410    1242    2090    4277  

    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    Because the Contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no condensed financial available as of the date of this prospectus.

    THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

    Travelers Life & Annuity Portfolio Architect Plus Annuity is a contract between the Contract Owner (“you”) and the Company. This is the prospectus — it is not the Contract. The prospectus highlights many contract provisions to focus your attention on the Contract’s essential features. Your rights and obligations under the Contract will be determined by the language of the Contract itself. When you receive your Contract, we suggest you read it

    15


    promptly and carefully. There may be differences in your Contract from the descriptions in this prospectus because of the requirements of the state where we issued your Contract. We will include any such differences in your Contract.

    You make Purchase Payments to us and we credit them to your Contract. We promise to pay you an income, in the form of Annuity Payments, beginning on a future date that you choose, the Maturity Date. The Purchase Payments accumulate tax deferred in the funding options of your choice. We offer multiple Variable Funding Options. We may also offer a Fixed Account option. Where permitted by law, we reserve the right to restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified under the Contract. The Contract Owner assumes the risk of gain or loss according to the performance of the Variable Funding Options. The Contract Value is the amount of Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits, plus or minus any investment experience on the amounts you allocate to the Separate Account (“Separate Account Contract Value”) or interest on the amounts you allocate t o the Fixed Account (“Fixed Account Contract Value”). The Contract Value also reflects all withdrawals made and charges deducted. There is generally no guarantee that at the Maturity Date the Contract Value will equal or exceed the total Purchase Payments made under the Contract. The date the Contract and its benefits become effective is referred to as the Contract Date. Each 12-month period following the Contract Date is called a Contract Year.

    Certain changes and elections must be made in writing to the Company. Where the term “Written Request” is used, it means that you must send written information to our Home Office in a form and content satisfactory to us.

    Contract Owner Inquiries

    Any questions you have about your Contract should be directed to our Home Office at 1-800-842-9368.

    Purchase Payments

    Your initial Purchase Payment is due and payable before the Contract becomes effective. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000. You may make additional payments of at least $500 at any time. No additional payments are allowed if this Contract is purchased with a beneficiary-directed transfer of death benefit proceeds. Under certain circumstances, we may waive the minimum Purchase Payment requirement. Initial Purchase Payments plus the total of any subsequent Purchase Payments may total more than $1,000,000 only with our prior consent. We may restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the current credited interest rate for the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed rate specified in your Contract.

    We will apply the initial Purchase Payment less any applicable premium tax (net Purchase Payment) within two business days after we receive it in good order at our Home Office. We will credit subsequent Purchase Payments to a Contract on the same business day we receive it, if it is received in good order by our Home Office by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. A business day is any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading (except when trading is restricted due to an emergency as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission).

    Purchase Payment Credits

    For each Purchase Payment you make, we will add a credit to your Contract Value whenever the greater age of the Contract Owner or Annuitant is 80 or less at the time the Purchase Payment is received. This credit will equal 4.5% of the Purchase Payment.

    We will apply the Purchase Payment Credit to the funding options in the same ratio as the applicable Purchase Payment.

    We will deduct the Purchase Payment Credit from any refunds made if you return your Contract during the right to return period (we will include any gains on the credit in the refund).

    You should know that over time, particularly in a positive market, the costs associated with the Purchase Payment Credits may exceed the sum of the Purchase Payment Credits and related earnings. You should consider this possibility before purchasing the Contract.

    16


    Purchase Payment Credits may not be included in your GMWB Remaining Benefit Base. Please refer to the description of the GMWB benefit for more information.

    Accumulation Units

    The value of each funding option is measured in Accumulation Units. Every time you allocate or transfer money to or from a funding option we convert that dollar amount into units. The value of an Accumulation Unit for each funding option is initially set at $1.00 and may vary among funding options and from one valuation period to the next. We determine each funding option’s Accumulation Unit value (“AUV”) on each valuation date by multiplying the value on the immediately preceding valuation date by the corresponding net investment factor (see below) for the valuation period just ended. For example, to calculate Monday’s valuation date price, we would multiply Friday’s Accumulation Unit value by Monday’s net investment factor.

    The net investment factor is simply an index we use to measure the investment performance of a funding option from one valuation period to the next. Each funding option has a net investment factor for each valuation period that may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit (and the value of the funding option) may increase or decrease.

    We determine the net investment factor for any valuation period using the following equation: a - c
     
     
      b  

    a is:

     1.  the net asset value per share of the Underlying Fund held in the funding option as of the valuation date; plus
       
     2.  the per-share amount of any dividend or capital gain distribution on shares of the Underlying Fund held by the funding option if the ex-dividend date occurs in the valuation period just ended; plus or minus
       
     3.  a per-share charge or credit, as we may determine on the valuation date for tax reserves; and

    b is:

     1.  the net asset value per share of the Underlying Fund held in the funding option as of the last prior valuation date; plus or minus
       
     2.  the per-share or per-unit charge or credit for tax reserves as of the end of the last prior valuation date; and

    c is the applicable funding option deduction for the Valuation Period.

    The number of Accumulation Units credited to your Contract will not change as a result of the funding option’s investment experience. The Separate Account will redeem Underlying Fund shares at their net asset value, to the extent necessary to make payments under the Contract.

    Transfers between funding options will result in the addition or reduction of Accumulation Units having a total value equal to the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular funding option. The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the amount transferred by the Accumulation Unit value of the funding option involved as of the next valuation date after we receive your request for transfer at our Home Office. On the Maturity Date your Accumulation Units will be converted to Annuity Units.

    The Variable Funding Options

    You choose the Variable Funding Options to which you allocate your Purchase Payments. These Variable Funding Options are Subaccounts of the Separate Account. The Subaccounts invest in the Underlying Funds. You are not investing directly in the Underlying Fund. Each Underlying Fund is a portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940. These Underlying Funds are not publicly traded and are offered only through variable annuity and variable life insurance products. They are not the same retail mutual funds as those offered outside of a variable annuity or variable life insurance product, although the investment practices and fund names may be similar, and the

    17


    portfolio managers may be identical. Accordingly, the performance of the retail mutual fund is likely to be different from that of the Underlying Fund, and Contract Owners should not compare the two.

    You will find detailed information about the funds and their inherent risks in the current fund prospectuses for the Underlying Funds. Since each option has varying degrees of risk, please read the prospectuses carefully. There is no assurance that any of the Underlying Funds will meet its investment objectives. Contact your registered representative or call -800-842-9406 to request additional copies of the prospectuses.

    If any of the Underlying Funds become unavailable for allocating Purchase Payments, or if we believe that further investment in an Underlying Fund is inappropriate for the purposes of the Contract, we may substitute another funding option. However, we will not make any substitutions without notifying you and obtaining any state and SEC approval, if necessary. From time to time we may make new funding options available.

    Administrative, Marketing and Support Service Fees. The Company and TDLLC have arrangements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or affiliated companies of many of the Underlying Funds under which the Company and TDLLC receive payments in connection with our provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Funds. Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that the Company and TDLLC incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the Contracts.

    The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of each Underlying Fund allocated to the Variable Funding Options under the Contract or other contracts offered by the Company. Aggregate fees relating to the different Funds may vary in amount and may be as much as 0.60% of the average net assets of an Underlying Fund attributable to the relevant contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees) that are deducted from an Underlying Fund’s assets as part of its Total Annual Operating Expenses. The arrangements may vary for each Underlying Fund.

    The current Variable Funding Options are listed below, along with their investment advisers and any subadviser:

    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Capital Appreciation Fund   Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of issuers of any size and in any industry.   Travelers Asset Management International Company LLC (“TAMIC”)
    Subadviser: Janus Capital Corp. (“Janus Capital”)
     
    Money Market Portfolio   Seeks high current return with preservation of capital and liquidity. The Fund normally invests in high-quality short term money market instruments.   TAMIC  
    AllianceBernstein Variable Product Series
    Fund, Inc.
             
       AllianceBernstein Premier Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of a relatively small number of intensely researched U.S. companies.   Alliance Capital Management L.P.  
    American Funds Insurance Series          
       Global Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies located around the world.   Capital Research and Management Co. (“CRM”)  
       Growth Fund — Class 2 Shares   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies that appear to offer superior opportunities for growth of capital.   CRM  
       Growth-Income Fund — Class 2 Shares   Seeks capital appreciation and income. The Fund normally invests in common stocks or other securities that demonstrate the potential for appreciation and/or dividends.   CRM  
    Delaware VIP Trust          
       Delaware VIP REIT Series — Standard
          Class
      Seeks to achieve maximum long term total return with capital appreciation as a secondary objective. The Fund normally invests in companies that manage a portfolio of real estate to earn profits for shareholders (REITS).   Delaware Management Company  

    18


    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund          
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund —
          Appreciation Portfolio — Initial
          Shares
      Seeks long term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Current income is a secondary objective. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of established companies.   The Dreyfus Corporation (“Dreyfus”)
    Subadviser: Fayez Sarofim & Co.
     
       Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund —
          Developing Leaders Portfolio —
          Initial Shares
      Seeks to maximize capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in companies with market capitalizations of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase.   Dreyfus  
    Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
        Products Trust
             
       Mutual Shares Securities Fund —
          Class 2 Shares
      Seeks capital appreciation. Income is a secondary objective. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies believed to be undervalued.   Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC  
       Templeton Developing Markets
          Securities Fund — Class 2 Shares
      Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in the investments of emerging market countries, primarily equity securities.   Templeton Asset Management Ltd.  
       Templeton Growth Securities Fund —
          Class 2 Shares
      Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including the U.S. and emerging markets.   Templeton Global Advisors Limited  
    Greenwich Street Series Fund          
       Equity Index Portfolio — Class II Shares   Seeks investment results that, before expenses, correspond to the price and yield performance of the S&P 500 Index. The Fund normally invests in equity securities, or other investments with similar economic characteristics that are included in the S&P 500 Index.   Travelers Investment Management Company (“TIMCO”)  
       Salomon Brothers Variable Emerging
          Growth Fund — Class I Shares
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of emerging growth companies.   Salomon Brothers Asset Management (“SBAM”)  
       Salomon Brothers Variable Growth
          & Income Fund — Class I Shares
      Seeks income and long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities that provide dividend or interest income and it also invests in non-income producing stocks for potential appreciation in value.   SBAM  
    Janus Aspen Series          
       Balanced Portfolio — Service Shares   Seeks long term capital growth, consistent with preservation of capital and balanced by current income. The Fund normally invests in common stocks selected for their growth potential and other securities selected for their income potential.   Janus Capital  
       Global Life Sciences Portfolio — Service
          Shares
      Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in securities of companies with a life science (e.g. health, personal care, pharmaceuticals) orientation.   Janus Capital  
       Global Technology Portfolio — Service
          Shares
      Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in securities of companies that are expected to benefit from advances or improvements in technology.   Janus Capital  
       Worldwide Growth Portfolio — Service
          Shares
      Seeks growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital. The Fund normally invests in the common stocks of companies of any size throughout the world.   Janus Capital  

    19


    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.          
       Lazard Retirement Small Cap Portfolio   Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in equity securities, principally common stocks, of relatively small U.S. companies that are believed to be undervalued based on their earnings, cash flow or asset values.   Lazard Asset Management, LLC  
    Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.          
       Growth and Income Portfolio   Seeks long-term growth of capital and income without excessive fluctuations in market value. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of large, seasoned, U.S. and multinational companies believed to be undervalued.   Lord Abbett & Co.  
       Mid-Cap Value Portfolio   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of mid-sized companies believed to be undervalued.   Lord Abbett & Co.  
    Merrill Lynch Variable Series Funds, Inc.          
       Merrill Lynch Global Allocation V.I.
          Fund — Class III
      Seeks high total investment return. The Fund normally invests in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities, primarily of corporate and governmental issuers located in North and South America, Europe, Australia and the Far East.   Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.  
       Merrill Lynch Small Cap Value V.I.
          Fund — Class III
      Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of small cap companies and emerging growth companies believed to be undervalued.   Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.  
    PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust          
       Real Return Portfolio — Administrative
          Class
      Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management. The Fund normally invests in inflation-indexed bonds of varying maturities issued by the U.S. and non-U.S. governments or government sponsored enterprises.   Pacific Investment Management Company LLC  
       Total Return Portfolio — Administrative
          Class
      Seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The Fund normally invests in intermediate maturity fixed income securities.   Pacific Investment Management Company LLC  
    Putnam Variable Trust          
       Putnam VT International Equity Fund —
          Class IB Shares
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies outside the U.S.   Putnam Investment Management (“Putnam”)  
       Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund —
          Class IB Shares
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in the common stocks of U.S. companies believed to be undervalued in the market.   Putnam  
    Salomon Brothers Variable Series Funds Inc.          
       All Cap Fund — Class I   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and their equivalents of companies believed to be undervalued in the marketplace.   SBAM  
       Investors Fund — Class I   Seeks long term growth of capital. Secondarily seeks current income. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of established companies.   SBAM  
       Large Cap Growth Fund — Class I   Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies with large market capitalizations.   SBAM  
       Small Cap Growth Fund — Class I   Seeks long term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations.   SBAM  

    20


    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    The Travelers Series Trust          
       Convertible Securities Portfolio   Seeks current income and capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in convertible securities.   TAMIC  
       Disciplined Mid Cap Stock Portfolio   Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in the equity securities of companies with mid-size market capitalizations.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: TIMCO
     
       Equity Income Portfolio   Seeks reasonable income. The Fund normally invests in equity securities with a focus on income producing equities.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR”)
     
       Federated High Yield Portfolio   Seeks high current income. The Fund normally invests in below investment-grade bonds and debt securities.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Federated Investment Management Company (‘Federated”)
     
       Federated Stock Portfolio   Seeks growth of income and capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities that are selected on the basis of traditional research techniques.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Federated
     
       Large Cap Portfolio   Seeks long term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in the securities of companies with large market capitalizations.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: FMR
     
       Lazard International Stock Portfolio   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of non-U.S. domiciled companies located in developed markets.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Lazard Asset Management
     
       Merrill Lynch Large Cap Core Portfolio   Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in a diversified portfolio of equity securities of large cap companies located in the United States.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.
     
       MFS Emerging Growth Portfolio   Seeks long term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stock and related securities of emerging growth companies.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Massachusetts Financial Services (“MFS”)
     
       MFS Mid Cap Growth Portfolio   Seeks long term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies with medium market capitalization that are believed to have above average growth potential.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: MFS
     
       Pioneer Fund Portfolio   Seeks reasonable income and capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities that are carefully selected, reasonably priced securities.   TAMIC
    Subadviser: Pioneer Investment Management Inc.
     
       Travelers Quality Bond Portfolio   Seeks current income and total return with moderate capital volatility. The Fund normally invests in investment-grade bonds and debt securities.   TAMIC  
    Travelers Series Fund Inc.          
       AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies that are likely to benefit from new products, services or processes or have experienced above-average earnings growth.   Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (“TIA”)
    Subadviser: AIM Capital Management Inc.
     
       MFS Total Return Portfolio   Seeks above average income consistent with the prudent employment of capital. Secondarily, seeks growth of capital and income. The Fund normally invests in a broad range of equity and fixed-income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers.   TIA
    Subadviser: MFS
     
       SB Adjustable Rate Portfolio — Class I   Seeks high current income and to limit the degree of fluctuation of its net asset value resulting from movements in interest rates. The Fund normally invests in adjustable rate securities.   Smith Barney Fund Management, LLC  
       Strategic Equity Portfolio   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in equity securities, primarily in common stocks of domestic issuers, and is not constrained to any particular investment style.   TIA
    Subadviser: FMR
     

    21


    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Van Kampen Life Investment Trust          
       Comstock Portfolio — Class II Shares   Seeks capital growth and income. The Fund normally invests in common and preferred stocks, and convertible securities, of well established undervalued companies.   Van Kampen Asset Management Inc. (“Van Kampen”)  
       Enterprise Portfolio — Class II Shares   Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies believed to have above-average potential for capital appreciation.   Van Kampen  
    Variable Insurance Products Fund II          
       Contrafund® Portfolio — Service Class 2   Seeks long term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies whose value may not be fully recognized by the public.   FMR  
    Variable Insurance Products Fund III          
       Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio
          — Service Class 2
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in growth and/or value common stocks of domestic and foreign issuers.   FMR  
       Mid Cap Portfolio — Service Class 2   Seeks long term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of companies with medium market capitalizations.   FMR  

    FIXED ACCOUNT

    We may offer our Fixed Account as a funding option. Please refer to your Contract and Appendix A for more information.

    CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

    General

    We deduct the charges described below. The charges are for the service and benefits we provide, costs and expenses we incur, and risks we assume under the Contracts. Services and benefits we provide include:

      • the ability for you to make withdrawals and surrenders under the Contracts
      • the death benefit paid on the death of the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or first of the joint owners
      • the available funding options and related programs (including dollar-cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing, and systematic withdrawal programs)
      • administration of the annuity options available under the Contracts and
      • the distribution of various reports to Contract Owners

    Costs and expenses we incur include:

      • losses associated with various overhead and other expenses associated with providing the services and benefits provided by the Contracts
      • sales and marketing expenses including commission payments to your sales agent and
      • other costs of doing business

    Risks we assume include:

      • that Annuitants may live longer than estimated when the annuity factors under the Contracts were established
      • that the amount of the death benefit will be greater than the Contract Value and
    22

      • that the costs of providing the services and benefits under the Contracts will exceed the charges deducted

    We may also deduct a charge for taxes.

    Unless otherwise specified, charges are deducted proportionately from all funding options in which you are invested.

    We may reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge, the administrative charges and/or the mortality and expense risk charge under the Contract when certain sales or administration of the Contract result in savings or reduced expenses and/or risks. For certain trusts, we may change the order in which Purchase Payments and earnings are withdrawn in order to determine the withdrawal charge. We will not reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge or the administrative charge where such reduction or elimination would be unfairly discriminatory to any person.

    The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the designated charge. For example, the withdrawal charge we collect may not fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We may also profit on one or more of the charges. We may use any such profits for any corporate purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.

    Withdrawal Charge

    We do not deduct a sales charge from Purchase Payments when they are made to the Contract. However, a withdrawal charge will apply if Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits are withdrawn before they have been in the Contract for nine years. We will assess the charge as a percentage of the Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn as follows:

    Years Since Purchase Payment Made   Withdrawal Charge  

     
     
    Greater than or Equal to   But less than      
    0 years   3 years   8%  
    3 years   4 years   7%  
    4 years   5 years   6%  
    5 years   6 years   5%  
    6 years   7 years   4%  
    7 years   8 years   3%  
    8 years   9 years   2%  
    9 years+       0%  

    For purposes of the withdrawal charge calculation, withdrawals are deemed to be taken first from:

     (a)  any Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits to which no withdrawal charge applies, then
       
     (b)  any remaining free withdrawal allowance (as described below) (after being reduced by (a)), then
       
     (c)  any remaining Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits to which a withdrawal charge applies (on a first-in, first-out basis), then
       
     (d)  any Contract earnings

    Unless you instruct us otherwise, we will deduct the withdrawal charge from the amount requested.

    We will not deduct a withdrawal charge if Purchase Payments and associated credits are distributed:

    • due to the death of the Contract Owner or the Annuitant (with no contingent Annuitant surviving) or
    • under the Managed Distribution Program or
    • under the Nursing Home Confinement provision (as described in Appendix B)
    23


    Free Withdrawal Allowance

    Beginning in the second Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 10% of the Contract Value annually. We calculate the available withdrawal amount as of the end of the previous Contract Year. If you have purchase payments that are no longer subject to a withdrawal charge, the maximum you may withdraw without a withdrawal charge is the greater of (a) the free withdrawal allowance, or (b) the total amount of purchase payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge. Any free withdrawal taken will reduce Purchase Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge. The free withdrawal provision applies to all withdrawals except those transferred directly to annuity contracts issued by other financial institutions. The free withdrawal allowance is not cumulative from year to year.

    Transfer Charge

    We reserve the right to assess a transfer charge of up to $10.00 on transfers exceeding 12 per year. We will notify you in writing at your last known address at least 31 days before we impose any such transfer charge.

    Administrative Charges

    There are two administrative charges: the $40 annual contract administrative charge and the administrative expense charge. We will deduct the annual contract administrative charge on the fourth Friday of each August. This charge compensates us for expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining the Contract. We will prorate this charge if you surrender your Contract, or if we terminate your Contract. We will not deduct a contract administrative charge from the Fixed Account or:

                (1)   from the distribution of death proceeds

                (2)   after an annuity payout has begun or

                (3)   if the Contract Value on the date of assessment equals or is greater than $100,000.

    We deduct the administrative expense charge (sometimes called “Subaccount administrative charge”) on each business day from amounts allocated to the Variable Funding Options to compensate the Company for certain related administrative and operating expenses. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 0.15 % of the daily net asset value allocated to each of the Variable Funding Options, and is reflected in our accumulation and Annuity Unit value calculations.

    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

    Each business day, we deduct a mortality and expense risk (“M&E”) charge from amounts we hold in the Variable Funding Options. We reflect the deduction in our calculation of Accumulation and Annuity Unit values. The charges stated are the maximum for this product. We reserve the right to lower this charge at any time. If you choose the Standard Death Benefit, the M&E charge equals 1.40% annually. If you choose the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit, the M&E charge is 1.55% annually. If you choose the Roll-Up Death Benefit, the M&E charge is 1.75% annually. This charge compensates the Company for risks assumed, benefits provided and expenses incurred, including the payment of commissions to your sales agent.

    Variable Liquidity Benefit Charge

    If the Variable Liquidity Benefit is selected, there is a maximum surrender charge of 8% of the amounts withdrawn. This charge is not assessed during the accumulation phase.

    We will assess the charge as a percentage of the total benefit received as follows:

    Years Since Initial Purchase Payment
    Surrender Charge

     
    Greater than or Equal to   But less than    
    0 years   3 years   8%
    3 years   4 years   7%
    4 years   5 years   6%
    5 years   6 years   5%
    6 years   7 years   4%
    7 years   8 years   3%
    8 years   9 years   2%
    9 years+    
    0%

    24

    Please refer to The Annuity Period for a description of this benefit.

    E.S.P. Charge

    If the E.S.P. option is selected, a charge is deducted each business day from amounts held in the Variable Funding Options. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 0.20% of the amounts held in each funding option.

    GMWB Charge

    If the GMWB option is selected, a charge is deducted each business day from amounts held in the Variable Funding Options. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 1.00% of the amounts held in each funding option. The current charge is 0.40%.

    Variable Funding Option Expenses

    We summarized the charges and expenses of the Underlying Funds in the fee table. Please review the prospectus for each Underlying Fund for a more complete description of that fund and its expenses.

    Premium Tax

    Certain state and local governments charge premium taxes ranging from 0% to 5%, depending upon jurisdiction. We are responsible for paying these taxes and will determine the method used to recover premium tax expenses incurred. We will deduct any applicable premium taxes from your Contract Value either upon death, surrender, annuitization, or at the time you make Purchase Payments to the Contract, but no earlier than when we have a tax liability under state law.

    Changes in Taxes Based upon Premium or Value

    If there is any change in a law assessing taxes against the Company based upon premiums, contract gains or value of the Contract, we reserve the right to charge you proportionately for this tax.

    TRANSFERS

    Up to 30 days before the Maturity Date, you may transfer all or part of the Contract Value between Variable Funding Options. Please note that the Contract is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the stock market. Therefore, all transfers are subject to the following restrictions:

    1.  Excessive Transfers. We reserve the right to restrict transfers if we determine you are engaging in a pattern of transfers that may disadvantage Contract Owners. In making this determination, we will consider, among other things, the following factors:
      • the total dollar amount being transferred;
      • the number of transfers you made within the previous three months;
      • whether your transfers follow a pattern designed to take advantage of short term market fluctuations; and
      • whether your transfers are part of a group of transfers made by a third party on behalf of the individual Contract Owners in the group.
    2.  Market Timers. We reserve the right to restrict transfers by any market timing firm or any other third party authorized to initiate transfers on behalf of multiple Contract Owners. We may, among other things:
      • reject the transfer instructions of any agent acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one owner, or
    25


      • reject the transfer or exchange instructions of individual owners who have executed pre-authorized transfer forms which are submitted by market timing firms or other third parties on behalf of more than one owner.

    If we choose to enforce our contractual rights to restrict transfers to once every six months, we will so notify you in writing.

    Future Modifications. We will continue to monitor the transfer activity occurring among the Variable Funding Options, and may modify these transfer restrictions at any time if we deem it necessary to protect the interest of all Contract Owners. These modifications may include curtailing or eliminating, without notice, the ability to use the Internet, facsimile or telephone in making transfers.

    If, in our sole discretion, we determine you are engaging in activity as described above or similar activity which will potentially hurt the rights or interests of Contract Owners, we will exercise our contractual right to restrict your number of transfers to one every six months. We reserve the right to charge a $10.00 fee for any transfer request that exceeds twelve per year. None of these restrictions are applicable to transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or a rebalancing program.

    We reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account whenever the current credited interest rate for the Fixed Account is the minimum guaranteed rate specified in your Contract.

    We will make transfers at the value(s) next determined after we receive your request in good order at our Home Office. After the Maturity Date, you may make transfers only if allowed by your contract or with our consent. These restrictions are subject to any state law requirements.

    Dollar Cost Averaging

    Dollar cost averaging or the pre-authorized transfer program (the “DCA Program”) allows you to transfer a set dollar amount to other funding options on a monthly or quarterly basis during the accumulation phase of the Contract. Using this method, you will purchase more Accumulation Units in a funding option if the value per unit is low and will purchase fewer Accumulation Units if the value per unit is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower-than-average cost per unit in the long run if you have the financial ability to continue the program over a long enough period of time. Dollar cost averaging does not assure a profit or protect against a loss.

    You may elect the DCA Program through Written Request or other method acceptable to us. You must have a minimum total Contract Value of $5,000 to enroll in the DCA Program. The minimum amount that may be transferred through this program is $400.

    You may establish pre-authorized transfers of Contract Values from the Fixed Account, subject to certain restrictions. Under the DCA Program, automated transfers from the Fixed Account may not deplete your Fixed Account Value in less than twelve months from your enrollment in the DCA Program.

    In addition to the DCA Program, within the Fixed Account, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners under an administrative Special DCA Program established at our discretion, depending on availability and state law. Under this program, the Contract Owner may pre-authorize level transfers to any of the funding options under either a 6 Month, 12 Month or 24 Month Program. The Programs may have different credited interest rates. We must transfer all Purchase Payments and accrued interest on a level basis to the selected funding options in the applicable time period. Under each Program, the interest will accrue only on the remaining amounts in the Special DCA Program. For example, under the 12 Month Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 12 months on the remaining amounts in the Special DCA Program and we must transfer all Purchase Payments and accrued interest in this Program on a level basis to the selected funding options in 12 months.

    The pre-authorized transfers will begin after the initial Program Purchase Payment and complete enrollment instructions are received by the Company. If we do not receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of the initial Program Purchase Payment, the entire balance in the Program will be transferred into the Money Market Variable Funding Option.

    You may start or stop participation in the DCA Program at any time, but you must give the Company at least 30 days’ notice to change any automated transfer instructions that are currently in place. If you stop the Special

    26

    DCA Program and elect to remain in the Fixed Account, we will credit your Contract Value for the remainder of 6 or 12 months with the interest rate for non-Program funds.

    You may only have one DCA Program or Special DCA Program in place at one time.

    All provisions and terms of the Contract apply to the DCA and Special DCA Programs, including provisions relating to the transfer of money between funding options. Transfers made under any DCA Program will not be counted for purposes of restrictions we may impose on the number of transfers permitted under the Contract. We reserve the right to suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time and to assess a processing fee for this service. If the Fixed Account is not available as a funding option, you may still participate in the DCA program.

    ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

    Any time before the Maturity Date, you may redeem all or any portion of the Cash Surrender Value, that is, the Contract Value less any withdrawal charge and any premium tax not previously deducted. Unless you submit a Written Request specifying the fixed or Variable Funding Option(s) from which we are to withdraw amounts, we will make the withdrawal on a pro rata basis. We will determine the Cash Surrender Value as of the close of business after we receive your surrender request at our Home Office. The Cash Surrender Value may be more or less than the Purchase Payments you made. You may not make withdrawals during the annuity period.

    For amounts allocated to the Variable Funding Options, we may defer payment of any Cash Surrender Value for a period of up to five business days after the Written Request is received. For amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, we may defer payment of any Cash Surrender Value for a period up to six months. In either case, it is our intent to pay as soon as possible. We cannot process requests for withdrawals that are not in good order. We will contact you if there is a deficiency causing a delay and will advise what is needed to act upon the withdrawal request.

    Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB” or “Principal Guarantee”)

    For an additional charge, you may elect GMWB, a living benefit that guarantees return of your Purchase Payments regardless of market conditions if you do not withdraw more than a certain amount per year. Once you elect this benefit, you cannot cancel it. You must elect the benefit at time of purchase. GMWB will automatically terminate upon annuitization or if you assign your Contract to a different Contract Owner.

    Your initial Purchase Payment is used to determine your initial remaining benefit base, (“RBB”), or the maximum amount of money that is guaranteed to be returned to you subject to the conditions below. Your initial RBB does not include Purchase Payment Credits. The maximum amount you may withdraw on an annual basis without an adverse effect on your guarantee is your annual withdrawal benefit (“AWB”).

    If you make your first withdrawal within three full years after you purchased GMWB, your AWB will equal 5% of your RBB immediately prior to your first withdrawal. If you begin making withdrawals more than three complete years after you purchased GMWB, your AWB will equal 10% of your RBB immediately prior to your first withdrawal. Your AWB may be taken on any payment schedule you request, e.g. monthly. You may take withdrawals in any dollar amount up to your AWB without affecting your guarantee. If you choose to receive only a part of or none of your AWB in any given year, your RBB and AWB will not increase. You can continue to receive your AWB until the RBB is depleted. If you take a partial withdrawal, and your AWB is greater than the free withdrawal allowance, withdrawal charges are waived only on amounts up to your AWB.

    Your RBB and AWB will not change unless you make subsequent Purchase Payments or take withdrawals from your Contract, as described below.

    If you make subsequent payments, we will recalculate your RBB and your AWB. Your new RBB equals your RBB immediately prior to the subsequent payment plus the subsequent payment. We reserve the right not to include subsequent Purchase Payments in the calculation of the RBB. When your RBB is adjusted because you have made a subsequent Purchase Payment, your AWB is recalculated to equal the AWB immediately prior to the subsequent payment, plus either 5% or 10% of the subsequent payment, depending on when you have taken your first withdrawal.

    27


    Aggregate Purchase Payments over $1 million are subject to our consent, including our consent to the maximum RBB applied to your GMWB. We may impose a maximum RBB in the future for Contract Owners who elect GMWB, but the maximum RBB will never be less than the cumulative Purchase Payments to which we have previously consented. We reserve the right to restrict the maximum RBB on subsequent Purchase Payments and/or resets if such subsequent Purchase Payments and/or resets would cause the RBB to be greater than the maximum RBB. Purchase Payments under $1 million are not subject to a limitation on the maximum RBB. State variations may apply.

    Withdrawals: If the total of all withdrawals since the most recent Contract Date anniversary, including the current withdrawal, is equal to or less than your AWB immediately prior to the current withdrawal, we will recalculate your RBB to equal the RBB immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the current withdrawal.

    If the total amount of all withdrawals since the most recent Contract Date anniversary, including the current withdrawal, exceed the AWB, we will recalculate both your RBB and AWB by applying a partial surrender reduction. The partial surrender reduction is equal to 1) the RBB or AWB in effect immediately prior to the current withdrawal, multiplied by 2) the amount of the current withdrawal divided by 3) the Contract Value immediately prior to the current withdrawal minus any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the withdrawal.

    For example, assume your initial Purchase Payment is $100,000, and a withdrawal of $10,000 is taken in Contract Year two:

      Assumes 15% gain on investment Assumes 15% loss on investment
      Contract
    Value
    RBB AWB (5%) Contract
    Value
    RBB AWB (5%)
    Values As Of            
    Contract date $104,500 $100,000 $5,000 $104,500 $100,000 $5,000
    Immediately
    prior to
    withdrawal,
    contract year two
    $120,750 $100,000 $5,000 $89,250 $100,000 $5,000
    Immediately after
    withdrawal,
    contract year two
    $110,750 $91,718

    [100,000 – (100,000 × 10,000/120,750)]
    $4,586

    [5,000 – (5,000 × 10,000/120,750)]
    $79,250 $88,796

    [100,000 – (100,000 × 10,000/89,250)]
    $4,440

    [5,000 – (5,000 × 10,000/89,250)]

    Change in Value
    due to
    Withdrawal
    (Partial Surrender
    Reduction)
    $10,000 $8,282 $414 $10,000 $11,204 $560

    Any time on or after the 5th Contract Date anniversary, you may choose to reset your RBB to equal your current Contract Value minus any Purchase Payment Credits received 12 months prior to the reset date. Depending on your Contract Value and the current fee for GMWB, it may not be beneficial to reset your RBB. The current charge in effect at the time of the reset will apply. Your second and all subsequent resets must occur at least 5 years from the most recent reset. If your first withdrawal from the contract is prior to your third Contract Date anniversary, your AWB will equal 5% of your RBB after any reset. Similarly, if you began taking withdrawals after your third contract year, your AWB will equal 10% of your RBB after any reset. In addition, the length of time over which you can expect to receive your RBB will be reset. Once you become eligible to reset your RBB, we reserve the right to allow resets only on a contract anniversary.

    If your Contract Value reaches zero, and you have purchased this benefit, the following will occur:

      • The AWB will continue to be paid to you until the RBB is depleted, not more frequently than monthly. Upon your death, your beneficiary will receive these payments. No other death benefit or E.S.P. benefit, if any, will be paid.
      • The total annual payment amount will equal the AWB and will never exceed your RBB, and
      • We will no longer accept subsequent Purchase Payments into the Contract.
    28


    If a spouse or beneficiary continues this Contract upon your death, and you had elected GMWB, all terms and conditions of this benefit would apply to the new owner.

    Please refer to the Death Benefit section for information on how GMWB may impact your death benefit.

    Systematic Withdrawals

    Before the Maturity Date, you may choose to withdraw a specified dollar amount (at least $100) on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. We will deduct any applicable premium taxes and withdrawal charge. To elect systematic withdrawals, you must have a Contract Value of at least $15,000 and you must make the election on the form we provide. We will surrender Accumulation Units pro rata from all funding options in which you have an interest, unless you instruct us otherwise. You may begin or discontinue systematic withdrawals at any time by notifying us in writing, but you must give at least 30 days’ notice to change any systematic withdrawal instructions that are currently in place.

    We reserve the right to discontinue offering systematic withdrawals upon 30 days’ written notice to Contract Owners (where allowed by state law).

    Each systematic withdrawal is subject to federal income taxes on the taxable portion. In addition, a 10% federal penalty tax may be assessed on systematic withdrawals if the Contract Owner is under age 59 1/2. You should consult with your tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of systematic withdrawals.

    Managed Distribution Program. Under the systematic withdrawal option, you may choose to participate in the Managed Distribution Program. At no cost to you, you may instruct us to calculate and make minimum distributions that may be required by the IRS upon reaching age 70 1/2. (See Federal Tax Considerations.) These payments will not be subject to the withdrawal charge and will be in lieu of the free withdrawal allowance. No Dollar Cost Averaging will be permitted if you are participating in the Managed Distribution Program.

    OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

    Types of Ownership

    Contract Owner

    The Contract belongs to the Contract Owner named in the Contract (on the Contract Specifications page), or to any other person to whom you subsequently assign the Contract. You may only make an assignment of ownership or a collateral assignment for Nonqualified Contracts. You have sole power during the Annuitant’s lifetime to exercise any rights and to receive all benefits given in the Contract provided you have not named an irrevocable beneficiary and provided you have not assigned the Contract.

    You receive all payments while the Annuitant is alive unless you direct them to an alternate recipient. An alternate recipient does not become the Contract Owner.

    If this Contract is purchased by a beneficiary of another contract who directly transferred the death proceeds due under that contract, he/she will be granted the same rights the owner has under the Contract except that he/she cannot transfer ownership or make additional Purchase Payments.

    Joint Owner. For Nonqualified Contracts only, you may name joint owners (e.g., spouses) in a Written Request before the Contract is in effect. Joint owners may independently exercise transfers allowed under the Contract. All other rights of ownership must be exercised by both owners. Joint owners own equal shares of any benefits accruing or payments made to them.

    Beneficiary

    You name the beneficiary in a Written Request. The beneficiary has the right to receive any death benefit proceeds remaining under the Contract upon the death of the Annuitant or the Contract Owner. If more than one beneficiary survives the Annuitant or Contract Owner, they will share equally in benefits unless you recorded different shares with the Company by Written Request before the death of the Annuitant or Contract Owner. In the case of a non-spousal beneficiary or a spousal beneficiary who has not chosen to assume the Contract, we

    29


    will not transfer or otherwise remove the death benefit proceeds from either the Variable Funding Options or the Fixed Account, as most recently elected by the Contract Owner, until the Death Report Date.

    Unless you have named an irrevocable beneficiary you have the right to change any beneficiary by Written Request during the lifetime of the Annuitant and while the Contract continues.

    Annuitant

    The Annuitant is designated in the Contract (on the Contract Specifications page), and is the individual on whose life the Maturity Date and the amount of the monthly Annuity Payments depend. You may not change the Annuitant after your Contract is in effect.

    Contingent Annuitant. You may name one individual as a Contingent Annuitant. A Contingent Annuitant may not be changed, deleted or added to the Contract after the Contract Date. If the Annuitant who is not the owner dies prior to the Maturity Date, and the Contingent Annuitant is still living:

    • the death benefit will not be payable upon the Annuitant’s death
    • the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant
    • all other rights and benefits will continue in effect

    When a Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant, the Maturity Date remains the same as previously in effect.

    If the Annuitant is also the owner, a death benefit is paid to the beneficiary regardless of whether or not there is a Contingent Annuitant.

    DEATH BENEFIT

    Before the Maturity Date, generally, a death benefit is payable when either the Annuitant or a Contract Owner dies. At purchase, you elect the Standard Death Benefit, the Step-Up Benefit (also referred to as the “Annual Step-Up”) or the Roll-Up Benefit. We calculate the death benefit at the close of the business day on which our Home Office receives (1) Due Proof of Death and (2) written payment instructions or election of spousal contract continuance or beneficiary contract continuance (“Death Report Date”).

    Three different types of death benefits are available under the Contract prior to the Maturity Date:

    • Standard Death Benefit
    • Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
    • Roll-Up Death Benefit

    The Annual Step-Up and Roll-Up Death Benefits may not be available in all jurisdictions.

    Note: If the owner dies before the Annuitant, the death benefit is recalculated, replacing all references to “Annuitant” with “owner.”

    Death Proceeds before the Maturity Date

    Standard Death Benefit: We will pay the beneficiary an amount equal to the greater of (1) or (2) below, each reduced by any applicable premium tax not previously deducted:

                (1)   your Contract Value on the Death Report Date or

                (2)   your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below

    Annual Step-Up Death Benefit

    (not available when either the Annuitant or owner is age 80 or older on the Contract Date) We will pay the beneficiary an amount equal to the greater of (1), (2) or (3) below, each reduced by any applicable premium tax not previously deducted:

    30


                (1)   your Contract Value on the Death Report Date

                (2)   your adjusted Purchase Payment described below or

                (3)   the Step-Up Value, if any, as described below

    Roll-Up Death Benefit

    (not available when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the Contract Date)

    If the Annuitant dies before age 80, the death
    benefit will be the greatest of:
     
  •   the Contract Value on the Death Report Date;  
       
  •   your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below;  
       
  •   the Step-Up Value, if any, described below, or  
       
  •   the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value, described below  
               
    If the Annuitant dies on or after age 80, the
    death benefit will be the greatest of:
     
  •   the Contract Value on the Death Report Date;  
       
  •   your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below;  
       
  •   the Step-Up Value, if any, as described below, or  
       
  •   the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value, described below,
    on the Annuitant’s 80th birthday, plus any
    additional Purchase Payments and minus any
    partial surrender reductions (as described below)
    that occur after the Annuitant’s 80th birthday
     

    Adjusted Purchase Payment. The initial adjusted Purchase Payment is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. Whenever an additional Purchase Payment is made, the adjusted Purchase Payment is increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a partial surrender is taken, the adjusted Purchase Payment is reduced by a partial surrender reduction, described below. Purchase Payment Credits are not considered Purchase Payments for the purposes of this calculation.

    Step-Up Value

    The Step-Up Value will initially equal the Contract Value on the first Contract Date anniversary less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months. On each subsequent Contract Date anniversary that occurs before the Annuitant’s 80th birthday and before the Annuitant’s death, if the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months is greater than the Step-Up Value, the Step-Up Value will be increased equal the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months. If the Step-Up Value is greater than the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months, the Step-Up Value will remain unchanged. Whenever a Purchase Payment is made, the Step-Up Value will be increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a withdrawal is taken, the Step-Up Value will be reduced by a partial surrender reduction as described below. The only changes made to the Step-Up Value on or after the Annuitant’s 80th birthday will be those related to additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals as described below.

    Roll-Up Death Benefit Value

    On the Contract Date, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value is equal to the Purchase Payment. Purchase Payment Credits are not considered Purchase Payments. On each Contract Date anniversary, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value will be recalculated to equal a) plus b) minus c), increased by 5%, where:

                a)   is the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value as of the previous Contract Date anniversary

                b)   is any Purchase Payment made during the previous Contract Year

                c)   is any partial surrender reduction (as described below) during the previous Contract Year.

    On dates other than the Contract Date anniversary, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value will equal a) plus b) minus c) where:

                a)   is the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value as of the previous Contract Date anniversary

    31


                b)   is any Purchase Payment made since the previous Contract Date anniversary

                c)   is any partial surrender reduction (as described below) since the previous Contract Date anniversary

    The maximum Roll-Up Death Benefit equals 200% of the difference between all Purchase Payments and all partial surrender reductions (as described below).

    Partial Surrender Reductions

    Adjusted Purchase Payment: The partial surrender reduction equals (1) the adjusted purchase payment in effect immediately before the reduction for withdrawal, multiplied by (2) the amount of the withdrawal, divided by (3) the Contract Value before the surrender less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the surrender.

    For example, assume your current Contract Value is $55,000. If your current adjusted Purchase Payment is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the adjusted purchase payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-9,090, or $40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current adjusted purchase payment is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the adjusted purchase payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new adjusted purchase payment would be 50,000-16,666, or $33,334.

    Step-Up and Roll-Up Value: The partial surrender reduction equals (1) the death benefit value (standard, step-up or roll-up value) in effect immediately before the reduction for withdrawal, multiplied by (2) the amount of the withdrawal, divided by (3) the Contract Value before the surrender less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the surrender.

    For example, assume your current Contract Value is $55,000. If your current Step-Up Value is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the Step-Up Value as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-9,090, or $40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current Step-Up Value is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the Step-Up Value as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-16,666, or $33,334.

    If you have elected GMWB, and your death benefit is equal to a return of your total Purchase Payments reduced by the partial surrender reduction, the partial surrender reduction will not be applied to your death benefit. Instead, if you have made withdrawals under your Contract, your death benefit will be reduced by the amount of those withdrawals, in addition to any premium tax not previously deducted.

    Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision ("E.S.P."). (This provision is not available to a customer when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the rider effective date.)

    The rider effective date is the date the rider is attached to and made a part of the Contract. If you have selected the E.S.P., the total death benefit as of the Death Report Date will equal the death benefit described above plus the greater of zero or the following amount:

    If the Annuitant is younger than age 70 on the rider effective date, 40% of the lesser of: (1) 200% of the modified Purchase Payments excluding Purchase Payments that are both received after the first rider effective

    32


    date anniversary and within 12 months of the Death Report Date, or (2) your Contract Value minus the modified Purchase Payments, calculated as of the Death Report Date; or

    If the Annuitant is between the ages of 70 and 75 on the rider effective date, 25% of the lesser of: (1) 200% of the modified Purchase Payments excluding Purchase Payments that are received both after the first rider effective date anniversary and within 12 months of the Death Report Date, or (2) your Contract Value minus the modified Purchase Payments, calculated as of the Death Report Date.

    The initial modified Purchase Payment is equal to the Contract Value as of the rider effective date. Whenever a Purchase Payment is made after the rider effective date, the modified Purchase Payment(s) are increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a partial surrender is taken after the rider effective date, the modified Purchase Payment(s) are reduced by a partial surrender reduction as described below.

    The partial surrender reduction is equal to: (1) the modified Purchase Payment(s) in effect immediately prior to the reduction for the partial surrender, multiplied by (2) the amount of the partial surrender divided by (3) the Contract Value immediately prior to the partial surrender.

    For example, assume your current modified Purchase Payment is $50,000 and that your current Contract Value is $55,000. You decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000. We would reduce the modified Purchase Payment as follows:

       50,000 X (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    You new modified Purchase Payment would be $50,000 — $9,090 = 40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current modified Purchase Payment is $50,000 and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the modified Purchase Payment as follows:

       50,000 X (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new modified Purchase Payment would be 50,000 — 16,666 = $33,334.

    Payment of Proceeds

    We describe the process of paying death benefit proceeds before the Maturity Date in the charts below. The charts do not encompass every situation and are merely intended as a general guide. More detailed information is provided in your Contract. Generally, the person(s) receiving the benefit may request that the proceeds be paid in a lump sum, or be applied to one of the settlement options available under the Contract.

    Nonqualified Contracts

    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Owner (who is not the
    Annuitant) (with no
    joint owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.   Yes
    Owner (who is the Annuitant)
    (with no joint owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.   Yes
    Non-spousal Joint Owner
    (who is not the Annuitant)
      The surviving joint owner.       Yes
    Non-spousal Joint Owner
    (who is the Annuitant)
      The beneficiary (ies), or, if none, to the surviving joint owner.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive a distribution.
      Yes
    Spousal Joint Owner
    (who is not the Annuitant)
      The surviving joint owner.   Unless the spousal beneficiary elects to continue the Contract.   Yes

    33


    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Spousal Joint Owner
    (who is the Annuitant)
      The beneficiary (ies), or, if none, to the surviving joint owner.   Unless the spouse elects to continue the contract.

    A spouse who is not the beneficiary may decline to receive the proceeds or to continue the Contract and instruct the Company to pay the beneficiary.
      Yes
    Annuitant (who is not the
    Contract Owner
    )
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.

    Or, if there is a Contingent Annuitant, then the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and the Contract continues in effect (generally using the original Maturity Date). The proceeds will then be paid upon the death of the Contingent Annuitant or owner.
      Yes
    Annuitant (who is the Contract
    Owner
    )
      See death of “owner who is the Annuitant” above.       Yes
    Annuitant (where owner is a
    non-natural entity/trust)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the owner.       Yes (Death of Annuitant is treated as death of the owner in these circumstances.)
    Contingent Annuitant
    (assuming Annuitant is still
    alive)
      No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
    Beneficiary
       
      No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
    Contingent Beneficiary   No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A

    Qualified Contracts

    Before the Maturity Date,
    Upon the Death of the
     
    The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Owner / Annuitant
       
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive a distribution.   Yes
                 
    Beneficiary
       
      No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Contingent Beneficiary   No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
                 
    ______________
      *  Certain payout rules of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) are triggered upon the death of any Owner. Non-spousal beneficiaries (as well as spousal beneficiaries who choose not to assume the Contract) must begin taking distributions based on the beneficiary’s life expectancy within one year of death or take a complete distribution of Contract proceeds within 5 years of death. Spousal Beneficiaries must choose to continue the contract as allowed under the Spousal Contract Continuance provision described below within one year of death. For Qualified Contracts, if mandatory distributions have already begun at the death of the Annuitant, the 5 year payout option is not available.

    34


    Spousal Contract Continuance (nonqualified contracts only — does not apply if a non-spouse is a joint owner)

    Within one year of your death, if your spouse is named as an owner and/or beneficiary, and you die before the maturity date, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as owner rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary. If you were the annuitant and your spouse elects to continue the Contract, your spouse will be named the annuitant as of the death report date.

    If your spouse elects to continue the Contract as contract owner, the death benefit will be calculated as of the death report date. If the contract value is less than the calculated death benefit, the contract value will be increased to equal the death benefit. This amount is referred to as the adjusted contract value. Any difference between the contract value and the adjusted contract value will be allocated to the funding options in the same proportion as the allocations of the Contract prior to the death report date.

    Any premium paid before the death report date is no longer subject to a withdrawal charge if your spouse elects to continue the Contract. Purchase payments made to the Contract after the death report date will be subject to the withdrawal charge. All other Contract fees and charges applicable to the original Contract will also apply to the continued Contract. All other benefits and features of your Contract will be based on your spouse's age on the death report date as if your spouse had purchased the Contract with the adjusted contract value on the death report date. This spousal contract continuance is available only once for each Contract.

    Beneficiary Contract Continuance (not permitted for non-natural beneficiaries)

    If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the Death Report Date, (more than $1,000,000 is subject to Home Office approval), your beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements, rather than receive the death benefit in a lump sum. If the beneficiary chooses to continue the contract, the beneficiary can extend the payout phase of the Contract enabling the beneficiary to “stretch” the death benefit distributions out over his life expectancy as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

    If your beneficiary elects to continue the Contract, the death benefit will be calculated as of the Death Report Date. The initial Contract Value of the continued contract (the “adjusted Contract Value”) will equal the greater of the Contract Value or the death benefit calculated on the Death Report Date and will be allocated to the funding options in the same proportion as prior to the Death Report Date.

    The beneficiary who continues the Contract will be granted the same rights as the owner under the original Contract, except the beneficiary cannot:

      • transfer ownership
      • take a loan
      • make additional Purchase Payments

    The beneficiary may also name his/her own beneficiary (“succeeding beneficiary”) and has the right to take withdrawals at any time after the Death Report Date without a withdrawal charge. The E.S.P. option is not available to a beneficiary continuing the Contract under this provision. All other fees and charges applicable to the original Contract will also apply to the continued Contract; the E.S.P. charge no longer applies. All benefits and features of the continued contract will be based on the beneficiary’s age on the Death Report Date as if the beneficiary had purchased the Contract with the adjusted Contract Value on the Death Report Date.

    Planned Death Benefit

    You may request that rather than receive a lump-sum death benefit, the beneficiary(ies) receive all or a portion of the death benefit proceeds either either:

      • as a variable or fixed annuity for life or a period that does not exceed the beneficiary’s life expectancy, or
    35


      • under the terms of the Beneficiary Continuance provision described above. If the Beneficiary Continuance provision is selected as a planned death benefit, no surrenders will be allowed other than payments meant to satisfy minimum distribution amounts or systematic withdrawal amounts, if greater.

    You must make the planned death benefit request as well as any revocation of this request in writing. Upon your death, your beneficiary(s) cannot revoke or modify this request. If the death benefit at the time we receive Due Proof of Death is less than $2,000, we will only pay a lump sum to the beneficiary. If periodic payments due under the planned death benefit election are less than $100, we reserve the right to make Annuity Payments at less frequent intervals, resulting in a payment of at least $100 per year. If no beneficiary is alive when death benefits become payable, we will pay the death benefit as provided in your Contract.

    Death Proceeds after the Maturity Date

    If any Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies on or after the Maturity Date, the Company will pay the beneficiary a death benefit consisting of any benefit remaining under the annuity or income option then in effect.

    THE ANNUITY PERIOD

    Maturity Date

    Under the Contract, you can receive regular income payments (Annuity Payments). You can choose the month and the year in which those payments begin (Maturity Date). You can also choose among income payouts (annuity options) or elect a lump sum distribution. While the Annuitant is alive, you can change your selection any time up to the Maturity Date. Annuity payments will begin on the Maturity Date stated in the Contract unless (1) you fully surrendered the Contract; (2) we paid the proceeds to the beneficiary before that date; or (3) you elected another date. Annuity payments are a series of periodic payments (a) for life; (b) for life with a minimum number of payments; (c) for the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another person, and thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor, or (d) for a fixed period. We may require proof that the Annuitant is alive before we make Annuity Payments. Not all options may be available in all states.

    You may choose to annuitize at any time after the first Contract Date anniversary. Unless you elect otherwise, the Maturity Date will be the Annuitant’s 90th birthday or ten years after the effective date of the Contract, if later.

    At least 30 days before the original Maturity Date, you may elect to extend the Maturity Date to any time prior to the Annuitant’s 90th birthday or to a later date with our consent. You may use certain annuity options taken at the Maturity Date to meet the minimum required distribution requirements of federal tax law, or you may use a program of withdrawals instead. These mandatory distribution requirements take effect generally upon the death of the Contract Owner, or with certain Qualified Contracts upon either the later of the Contract Owner’s attainment of age 70 1/2 or year of retirement; or the death of the Contract Owner. You should seek independent tax advice regarding the election of minimum required distributions.

    Allocation of Annuity

    You may elect to receive your Annuity Payments in the form of a variable annuity, a fixed annuity, or a combination of both. If, at the time Annuity Payments begin, you have not made an election, we will apply your Cash Surrender Value to provide an annuity funded by the same funding options as you have selected during the accumulation period. At least 30 days before the Maturity Date, you may transfer the Contract Value among the funding options in order to change the basis on which we will determine Annuity Payments. (See “Transfers.”)

    Variable Annuity

    You may choose an annuity payout that fluctuates depending on the investment experience of the Variable Funding Options. We determine the number of Annuity Units credited to the Contract by dividing the first monthly annuity payment attributable to each Variable Funding Option by the corresponding Accumulation Unit value as of 14 days before the date Annuity Payments begin. We use an Annuity Unit to measure the dollar value of an annuity payment. The number of Annuity Units (but not their value) remains fixed during the annuity period.

    36


    Determination of First Annuity Payment. Your Contract contains the tables we use to determine your first monthly annuity payment. If you elect a variable annuity, the amount we apply to it will be the Cash Surrender Value as of 14 days before the date Annuity Payments begin, less any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted.

    The amount of your first monthly payment depends on the annuity option you elected and the Annuitant’s adjusted age. Your Contract contains the formula for determining the adjusted age. We determine the total first monthly annuity payment by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the Contract tables by the number of thousands of dollars of Contract Value you apply to that annuity option. The contract tables factor in an assumed daily net investment factor. We call this your net investment rate. For example, a net investment rate of 3% corresponds to an annual interest rate of 3%. This means that if the annualized investment performance, after expenses, of your Variable Funding Options is less than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable Annuity Payments will decrease. However, if the annualized investment performance, after expenses, of your Variable Funding Options is greater than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable Annuity Payments will increase.

    Determination of Second and Subsequent Annuity Payments. The dollar amount of all subsequent Annuity Payments changes from month to month based on the investment experience, as described above, of the applicable funding options. The total amount of each annuity payment will equal the sum of the basic payments in each funding option. We determine the actual amounts of these payments by multiplying the number of Annuity Units we credited to each funding option by the corresponding Annuity Unit value as of the date 14 days before the date the payment is due.

    Fixed Annuity

    You may choose a fixed annuity that provides payments that do not vary during the annuity period. We will calculate the dollar amount of the first fixed annuity payment as described under “Variable Annuity,” except that the amount we apply to begin the annuity will be your Cash Surrender Value as of the date Annuity Payments begin. Payout rates will not be lower than that shown in the Contract. If it would produce a larger payment, the first fixed annuity payment will be determined using the Life Annuity Tables in effect on the Maturity Date.

    PAYMENT OPTIONS

    Election of Options

    While the Annuitant is alive, you can change your annuity option selection any time up to the Maturity Date. Once Annuity Payments have begun, no further elections are allowed.

    During the Annuitant’s lifetime, if you do not elect otherwise before the Maturity Date, we will pay you (or another designated payee) the first of a series of monthly Annuity Payments based on the life of the Annuitant, in accordance with Annuity Option 2 (Life Annuity with 120 monthly payments assured). For certain qualified contracts, Annuity Option 4 (Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — Annuity Reduced on Death of Primary Payee) will be the automatic option as described in the Contract.

    The minimum amount that can be placed under an annuity option will be $2,000 unless we agree to a lesser amount. If any monthly periodic payment due is less than $100, the Company reserves the right to make payments at less frequent intervals, or to pay the Contract Value in a lump-sum.

    On the Maturity Date, we will pay the amount due under the Contract in accordance with the payment option that you select. You may choose to receive a single lump-sum payment. You must elect an option in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company. Any election made during the lifetime of the Annuitant must be made by the Contract Owner.

    Annuity Options

    Subject to the conditions described in “Election of Options” above, we may pay all or any part of the Cash Surrender Value under one or more of the following annuity options. Payments under the annuity options are generally made on a monthly basis. We may offer additional options.

    37


    Option 1 — Life Annuity — No Refund. The Company will make Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant ending with the last payment before death. This option offers the maximum periodic payment, since there is no assurance of a minimum number of payments or provision for a death benefit for beneficiaries.

    Option 2 — Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Assured. The Company will make monthly Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant, with the agreement that if, at the death of that person, payments have been made for less than 120, 180 or 240 months, as elected, we will continue making payments to the beneficiary during the remainder of the period.

    Option 3 — Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — No Refund. The Company will make regular Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a second person. When either person dies, we will continue making payments to the survivor. No further payments will be made following the death of the survivor.

    Option 4 — Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — Annuity Reduced on Death of Primary Payee. The Company will make Annuity Payments during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and a second person. You will designate one as primary payee, and the other will be designated as secondary payee. On the death of the secondary payee, the Company will continue to make monthly Annuity Payments to the primary payee in the same amount that would have been payable during the joint lifetime of the two persons. On the death of the primary payee, the Company will continue to make Annuity Payments to the secondary payee in an amount equal to 50% of the payments, which would have been made during the lifetime of the primary payee. No further payments will be made once both payees have died.

    Option 5 — Payments for a Fixed Period Without Life Contingency. We will make periodic payments for the period selected.

    Variable Liquidity Benefit

    This benefit is only offered with the Payments for a Fixed Period Without Life Contingency variable annuity option.

    At any time after annuitization and before death, the Contract Owner may surrender and receive a payment equal to (A) minus (B), where (A) equals the present value of remaining certain payments, and (B) equals a surrender charge not to exceed the maximum surrender charge rate shown on the specifications page of the contract multiplied by (A). The interest rate used to calculate the present value is a rate 1% higher than the Assumed (Daily) Net Investment Factor used to calculate the Annuity Payments. The remaining period certain payments are assumed to be level payments equal to the most recent period certain payment prior to the request for this liquidity benefit.

    MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT PROVISIONS

    Right to Return

    You may return the Contract for a full refund of the Contract Value plus any contract charges and premium taxes you paid (but not any fees and charges the Underlying Fund assessed) minus any Purchase Payment Credits within ten days after you receive it (the “right to return period”). You bear the investment risk of investing in the Variable Funding Options during the right to return period; therefore, the Contract Value we return may be greater or less than your Purchase Payment.

    If you purchase the Contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity, and return it within the first seven days after delivery, or longer if your state permits, we will refund your Purchase Payment minus any Purchase Payment Credits in full; during the remainder of the right to return period, we will refund the Contract Value (including charges) minus any Purchase Payment Credits.

    During the right to return period, you will not bear any contract fees associated with the Purchase Payment Credits. If you exercise your right to return, you will be in the same position as if you had exercised the right to return in a variable annuity contract with no Purchase Payment credit. You would, however, receive any gains, and we would bear any losses attributable to the Purchase Payment Credits.

    38


    We will determine the Contract Value following the close of the business day on which we receive your Contract and a Written Request for a refund. Where state law requires a different period, or the return of Purchase Payments or other variations of this provision, we will comply. Refer to your Contract for any state-specific information.

    Termination

    You do not need to make any Purchase Payments after the first to keep the Contract in effect. However, we reserve the right to terminate the Contract on any business day if your Contract Value as of that date is less than $2,000 and you have not made Purchase Payments for at least two years, unless otherwise specified by state law. Termination will not occur until 31 days after we have mailed notice of termination to your last known address and to any assignee of record. If we terminate the Contract, we will pay you the Cash Surrender Value (less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of termination) less any applicable taxes.

    Required Reports

    As often as required by law, but at least once in each Contract Year before the due date of the first annuity payment, we will furnish a report showing the number of Accumulation Units credited to the Contract and the corresponding Accumulation Unit value(s) as of the report date for each funding option to which the Contract Owner has allocated amounts during the applicable period. The Company will keep all records required under federal and state laws.

    Suspension of Payments

    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone the date of any payment or determination of values on any business day (1) when the New York Stock Exchange (“the Exchange”) is closed; (2) when trading on the Exchange is restricted; (3) when an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that the sale of securities held in the Separate Account may not reasonably occur, or so that the Company may not reasonably determine the value the Separate Account’s net assets; or (4) during any other period when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders. At any time, payments from the Fixed Account may be delayed up to 6 months.

    THE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

    The Travelers Insurance Company and The Travelers Life and Annuity Company each sponsor Separate Accounts: Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve, respectively. Both Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve were established on November 14, 2002 and are registered with the SEC as unit investment trusts (Separate Account) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We will invest Separate Account assets attributable to the Contracts exclusively in the shares of the Variable Funding Options.

    We hold the assets of Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve for the exclusive and separate benefit of the owners of each Separate Account, according to the laws of Connecticut. Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the Separate Account are, in accordance with the Contracts, credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard to other income, gains and losses of the Company. The assets held by the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that we may conduct. Obligations under the Contract are obligations of the Company.

    All investment income and other distributions of the funding options are payable to the Separate Account. We reinvest all such income and/or distributions in shares of the respective funding option at net asset value. Shares of the funding options are currently sold only to life insurance company Separate Accounts to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

    Certain variable annuity Separate Accounts and variable life insurance Separate Accounts may invest in the funding options simultaneously (called “mixed” and “shared” funding). It is conceivable that in the future it may be disadvantageous to do so. Although the Company and the Variable Funding Options do not currently foresee any such disadvantages either to variable annuity Contract Owners or variable life policy owners, each Underlying Fund’s Board of Directors intends to monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between them and to determine what action, if any, should be taken. If a Board of Directors was to conclude

    39


    that separate funds should be established for variable life and variable annuity Separate Accounts, the variable annuity Contract Owners would not bear any of the related expenses, but variable annuity Contract Owners and variable life insurance policy owners would no longer have the economies of scale resulting from a larger combined fund.

    Performance Information

    From time to time, we may advertise several types of historical performance for the Contract’s Variable Funding Options. We may advertise the “standardized average annual total returns” of the Variable Funding Option, calculated in a manner prescribed by the SEC, and the “nonstandardized total return,” as described below. Specific examples of the performance information appear in the SAI.

    Standardized Method. We compute quotations of average annual total returns according to a formula in which a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 is applied to the Variable Funding Option, and then related to ending redeemable values over one-, five-, and ten-year periods, or for a period covering the time during which the funding option has been in existence, if less. Purchase Payment Credits are not included in these calculations. These quotations reflect the deduction of all recurring charges during each period (on a pro rata basis in the case of fractional periods). We convert the deduction for the annual contract administrative charge to a percentage of assets based on the actual fee collected, divided by the average net assets for Contracts sold. Each quotation assumes a total redemption at the end of each period with the applicable withdrawal charge deducted at that time.

    Nonstandardized Method. We calculate nonstandardized “total returns” in a similar manner based on the performance of the funding options over a period of time, usually for the calendar year-to-date, and for the past one-, three-, five- and ten-year periods. Nonstandardized total returns will not reflect the deduction of the annual contract administrative charge, which, if reflected, would decrease the level of performance shown. Purchase Payment Credits are not included in these calculations. These returns also do not reflect the withdrawal charge because we designed the Contract for long-term investment.

    For Underlying Funds that were in existence before they became available as a funding option, the nonstandardized average annual total return quotations reflects the investment performance that such funding options would have achieved (reduced by the applicable charges) had the Underlying Fund been held under the Contract for the period quoted. The total return quotations are based upon historical earnings and are not necessarily representative of future performance.

    General. Within the guidelines prescribed by the SEC and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”), performance information may be quoted numerically or may be presented in a table, graph or other illustration. Advertisements may include data comparing performance to well-known indices of market performance (including, but not limited to, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index, the S&P 400 Index, the Lehman Brothers Long T-Bond Index, the Russell 1000, 2000 and 3000 Indices, the Value Line Index and the Morgan Stanley Capital International’s EAFE Index). Advertisements may also include published editorial comments and performance rankings compiled by independent organizations (including, but not limited to, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. and Morningstar, Inc.) and publications that monitor the performance of the Separate Account and the Variable Funding Options.

    FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    The following general discussion of the federal income tax consequences under this Contract is not intended to cover all situations, and is not meant to provide tax or legal advice. Because of the complexity of the law and the fact that the tax results will vary depending on many factors, you should consult your tax and/or legal adviser regarding your personal situation. For your information, a more detailed tax discussion is contained in the SAI.

    General Taxation of Annuities

    Congress has recognized the value of saving for retirement by providing certain tax benefits, in the form of tax deferral, for money put into an annuity. The Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) governs how this money is ultimately taxed, depending upon the type of Contract, qualified or non-qualified, and the manner in which the money is distributed, as briefly described below. In analyzing the benefits of tax deferral it is important to note

    40

    that the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 amended Code Section 1 to reduce the marginal tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends to 5% and 15%. The reduced rates apply during 2003 through 2008, and thereafter will increase to prior levels. Earnings under annuity contracts continue to be taxed as ordinary income (top rate of 35%).

    Tax-Free Exchanges: Code Section 1035 provides that, if certain conditions are met, no gain or loss is recognized when an annuity Contract is received in exchange for a life, endowment, or annuity Contract. Since different annuity Contracts have different expenses, fees and benefits, a tax-free exchange could result in your investment becoming subject to higher or lower fees and/or expenses.

    Types of Contracts: Qualified and Nonqualified

    Qualified Annuity Contracts

    If you purchase an annuity Contract with proceeds of an eligible rollover distribution from any qualified employee pension plan or individual retirement annuity (IRA), your Contract is referred to as a Qualified Contract. Some examples of Qualified Contracts are: IRAs, tax-sheltered annuities established by public school systems or certain tax-exempt organizations under Code Section 403(b), corporate sponsored pension and profit-sharing plans (including 401(k) plans), Keogh Plans (for self-employed individuals), and certain other qualified deferred compensation plans. Another type of qualified contract is a Roth IRA, under which after-tax contributions accumulate until maturity, when amounts (including earnings) may be withdrawn tax-free. The rights and benefits under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the terms of the retirement plan, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. Plan participants making contributions to qualified annuity contracts will be subject t o minimum distribution rules as provided by the Code and described below.

    Taxation of Qualified Annuity Contracts

    Under a qualified annuity, since amounts paid into the Contract have generally not yet been taxed, the full amount of such distributions, including the amount attributable to Purchase Payments, whether paid in the form of lump-sum withdrawals or Annuity Payments, are generally taxed at the ordinary income tax rate unless the distribution is transferred to an eligible rollover account or Contract. The Contract is available as a vehicle for IRA rollovers and for other Qualified Contracts. There are special rules which govern the taxation of Qualified Contracts, including withdrawal restrictions, requirements for mandatory distributions, and contribution limits. We have provided a more complete discussion in the SAI.

    Mandatory Distributions for Qualified Plans

    Federal tax law requires that minimum annual distributions begin by April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which an IRA owner attains age 70 1/2. Participants in qualified plans and 403(b) annuities may defer minimum distributions until the later of April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which they attain age 70 1/2 or the year of retirement. If you own more than one individual retirement annuity and/or account, you may satisfy the minimum distribution rules on an aggregate basis (i.e. determine the total amount of required distributions from all IRAs and take the required amount from any one or more IRAs). A similar aggregate approach is available to meet your 403(b) minimum distribution requirements if you have multiple 403(b) annuities.

    Minimum Distributions for Beneficiaries: When a death benefit becomes due upon the death of the owner and/or annuitant, a lump sum may be taken, minimum distributions may be taken over the life expectancy of the beneficiary not less than annually within one year from the date of death, or the funds remaining in the Contract must be completely withdrawn within five years from the date of death.

    Note to participants in qualified plans including 401, 403(b), 457 as well as IRA owners: While annual plan contribution limits may be increased from time to time by Congress and the IRS for federal income tax purposes, these limits must be adopted by each state for the higher limits to be effective at a state income tax level. In other words, the permissible contribution limit for income tax purposes may be different at the federal level from your state’s income tax laws. Therefore, in certain states, a portion of the contributions may not be excludible or deductible from state income taxes. Please consult your employer or tax adviser regarding this issue.

    41


    Nonqualified Annuity Contracts

    If you purchase the Contract on an individual basis with after-tax dollars and not under one of the programs described above, your Contract is referred to as nonqualified.

    As the owner of a nonqualified annuity, you do not receive any tax benefit (deduction or deferral of income) on Purchase Payments, but you will not be taxed on increases in the value of your Contract until a distribution occurs — either as a withdrawal (distribution made prior to the Maturity Date), or as Annuity Payments. When a withdrawal is made, you are taxed on the amount of the withdrawal that is considered earnings under applicable tax laws. Similarly, when you receive an Annuity Payment, part of each payment is considered a return of your Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion of the Annuity Payment (i.e., any earnings) will be considered ordinary income for tax purposes.

    If a nonqualified annuity is owned by other than an individual, however, (e.g., by a corporation), increases in the value of the Contract attributable to Purchase Payments made after February 28, 1986 are includable in income annually and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Furthermore, for Contracts issued after April 22, 1987, if you transfer the Contract to another person or entity without adequate consideration, all deferred increases in value will be includable in your income at the time of the transfer.

    If you make a partial withdrawal, this money will generally be taxed as first coming from earnings, (income in the contract), and then from your Purchase Payments. These withdrawn earnings are includable in your taxable income. (See Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions below.) There is income in the Contract to the extent the contract value exceeds your investment in the Contract. The investment in the Contract equals the total Purchase Payments you paid less any amount received previously which was excludible from gross income. Any direct or indirect borrowing against the value of the Contract or pledging of the Contract as security for a loan will be treated as a cash distribution under the tax law, and will have tax consequences in the year taken.

    Federal tax law requires that nonqualified annuity Contracts meet minimum mandatory distribution requirements upon the death of the contract owner, including the first of joint owners. If these requirements are not met, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes and earnings under the Contract will be taxable currently, not when distributed. The distribution required depends, among other things, upon whether an annuity option is elected or whether the succeeding contract owner is the surviving spouse. We will administer Contracts in accordance with these rules and we will notify you when you should begin receiving payments. There is a more complete discussion of these rules in the SAI.

    Diversification Requirements for Variable Annuities

    The Code requires that any nonqualified variable annuity Contracts based on a Separate Account must meet specific diversification standards. Nonqualified variable annuity contracts shall not be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes if investments made in the account are not adequately diversified. Final tax regulations define how Separate Accounts must be diversified. The Company monitors the diversification of investments constantly and believes that its accounts are adequately diversified. The consequence of any failure to diversify is essentially the loss to the Contract owner of tax-deferred treatment, requiring the current inclusion of a proportionate share of the income and gains from the Separate Account assets in the income of each Contract Owner. The Company intends to administer all Contracts subject to this provision of law in a manner that will maintain adequate diversification.

    Ownership of the Investments

    In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account for Federal income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the number of funds available and the flexibility of the contract owner to allocate premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options, have not been addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give the contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the Contract.

    42


    Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

    Amounts may be distributed from a nonqualified Contract because of the death of an owner or annuitant. Generally, such amounts are includable in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender of the contract; or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments.

    Other Tax Considerations

    Treatment of Charges for Optional Death Benefits

    The Contract may provide one or more optional enhanced death benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater of purchase price or the contract value. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the charges for the optional enhanced death benefit(s) are deemed to be taxable distributions to you. Although we do not believe that a charge under such optional enhanced death benefit should be treated as a taxable withdrawal, you should consult with your tax adviser before selecting any rider or endorsement to the Contract.

    Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions

    For both qualified and nonqualified Contracts, taxable distributions taken before the contract owner has reached the age of 59 1/2 will be subject to a 10% additional tax penalty unless the distribution is taken in a series of periodic distributions, for life or life expectancy, or unless the distribution follows the death or disability of the contract owner. Other exceptions may be available in certain qualified plans. The 10% additional tax is in addition to any penalties that may apply under your Contract and the normal income taxes due on the distribution.

    Puerto Rico Tax Considerations

    The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “1994 Code”) taxes distributions from nonqualified annuity contracts differently than in the U.S. Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 1994 Code first as a return of investment. Therefore, no taxable income is recognized for Puerto Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also calculated differently under the 1994 Code. Since Puerto Rico residents are also subject to U.S. income tax on all income other than income sourced to Puerto Rico, the timing of recognition of income from an annuity contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 1994 Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences. You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of purchasing an annuity contract and/or any proposed distribution, particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize.

    Non-Resident Aliens

    Distributions to non-resident aliens (“NRAs”) are subject to special and complex tax and withholding rules under the Code, some of which are based upon the particular facts and circumstances of the contract owner, the beneficiary and the transaction itself. In addition, Annuity Payments to NRAs in many countries are exempt from U.S. tax (or subject to lower rates) based upon a tax treaty. NRAs should seek guidance from a tax adviser regarding their personal situation.

    OTHER INFORMATION

    The Insurance Companies

    Please refer to your Contract to determine which Company issued your Contract.

    The Travelers Insurance Company is a stock insurance company chartered in 1863 in Connecticut and continuously engaged in the insurance business since that time. It is licensed to conduct life insurance business

    43

    in all states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. and British Virgin Islands and the Bahamas. The Company is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. The Company’s Home Office is located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415.

    The Travelers Life and Annuity Company is a stock insurance company chartered in 1973 in Connecticut and continuously engaged in the insurance business since that time. It is licensed to conduct life insurance business in all states of the United States (except New York), the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. The Company is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. The Company’s Home Office is located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415.

    Financial Statements

    The financial statements for the Company are located in the Statement of Additional Information. Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no Separate Account financial information yet available.

    Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts

    Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. Travelers Distribution LLC (“TDLLC”) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus pursuant to the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TDLLC also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and its affiliated companies.

    TDLLC’s principal executive offices are located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. TDLLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). TDLLC is affiliated with the Company and each Separate Account. TDLLC, as the principal underwriter and distributor, does not retain any fees under the Contracts.

    The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. TDLLC enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers who are registered with the SEC and are members of the NASD, and with entities that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed agents of the Company under applicable state insurance law and must be licensed to sell variable insurance products. We intend to offer the Contract in all jurisdictions where we are licensed to do business and where the Contract is approved.

    Compensation. Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with TDLLC are paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the agreement between the firm and the registered representative. Compensation paid on the Contracts, as well as other incentives or payments, are not assessed as an additional direct charge to Contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and from profits on payments received by the Company and TDLLC for providing administrative, marketing and other support and services to the Funds.

    The amount and timing of compensation may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to exceed 10% of Purchase Payments (if up-front compensation is paid to registered representatives) and 2% annually of average account value (if asset based compensation is paid to registered representatives). We may also periodically establish commission specials; however, commissions paid under these specials will not exceed the amounts described immediately above. To the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations, TDLLC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation.

    Broker-dealer firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel, marketing or other services they provide to the Company or our affiliates. In addition, the Company or TDLLC may enter into special compensation arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms based on aggregate or anticipated sales of the Contracts or other criteria. These special compensation arrangements will not be offered to all broker-dealer firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between broker-

    44


    dealer firms. The Company and TDLLC have entered into such arrangements with AIG Advisor Group (including Advantage Capital Corporation, FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates, Inc., Sentra Securities Corporation, Spelman & Co., Inc. and SunAmerica Securities, Inc.), ING Advisors Network (including Financial Network Corporation, Locust Street Securities, Multi-Financial Securities, IFG Network Securities, VESTAX Securities, Washington Square Securities and PrimeVest Financial Services), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, NFP Securities, Inc., Piper Jaffray, Primerica Financial Services, Inc., Prudential Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets. Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by TDLLC or the Company out of their own assets and will not result in any additional direct charge to you.

    The Company and TDLLC have entered into selling agreements with certain broker-dealer firms that have an affiliate that acts as investment adviser to one or more Underlying Funds or serves as a subadviser to a Portfolio of The Travelers Series Trust or Travelers Series Fund Inc., which are offered under the Contracts. These firms include Fidelity Management & Research Company, Morgan Stanley Investment Advisers Inc., Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., Salomon Brothers Asset Management and Smith Barney Fund Management.

    Tower Square Securities. TDLLC has entered into a selling agreement with Tower Square Securities, Inc. (“Tower Square”), which is affiliated with the Company. Registered representatives of Tower Square, who are properly licensed and appointed, may offer the Contract to customers. Such representatives are eligible for various cash benefits, such as bonuses, commission advances and non-cash compensation programs offered by the Company. Sales of the Contracts may help qualify a Tower Square representative for such benefits. Sales representatives may receive other payments from the Company for services that do not directly involve the sale of the Contracts, including payments made for the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar services. In addition, sales representatives who meet certain Company productivity, persistency and length of the services standards may be eligible for additional compensation.

    CitiStreet LLC. The Company has entered into an agreement with CitiStreet LLC (“CitiStreet”), an affiliate of the Company, whereby the Company pays CitiStreet fees in connection with CitiStreet’s provision of certain administrative, recordkeeping, marketing and support services in support of annuity contracts purchased from the Company in connection with Section 401(a), 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and 408(b) plans. The Company will also provide compensation to CitiStreet LLC in connection with the sale of the Contracts to such plans.

    Conformity with State and Federal Laws

    The laws of the state in which we deliver a Contract govern that Contract. Where a state has not approved a Contract feature or funding option, it will not be available in that state. Any paid-up annuity, Cash Surrender Value or death benefits that are available under the Contract are not less than the minimum benefits required by the statutes of the state in which we delivered the Contract. We reserve the right to make any changes, including retroactive changes, in the Contract to the extent that the change is required to meet the requirements of any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Company, the Contract or the Contract Owner is subject.

    Voting Rights

    The Company is the legal owner of the shares of the Underlying Funds. However, we believe that when an Underlying Fund solicits proxies in conjunction with a vote of shareholders we are required to obtain from you and from other owners instructions on how to vote those shares. We will vote all shares, including those we may own on our own behalf, and those where we have not received instructions from Contract Owners, in the same proportion as shares for which we received voting instructions. Should we determine that we are no longer required to comply with the above, we will vote the shares in our own right. In certain limited circumstances, and when permitted by law, we may disregard voting instructions. If we do disregard voting instructions, a summary of that action and the reasons for such action would be included in the next annual report to Contract Owners.

    Legal Proceedings and Opinions

    Legal matters in connection with the federal laws and regulations affecting the issue and sale of the contract described in this prospectus, as well as the organization of the Companies, their authority to issue variable annuity contracts under Connecticut law and the validity of the forms of the variable annuity contracts under Connecticut law, have been passed on by the Deputy General Counsel of the Companies.

    45


    There are no pending legal proceedings affecting either Separate Account or the principal underwriter. There are no pending legal proceedings against either Company likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of either Company to meet its obligations under the applicable contract.

    46


    APPENDIX A

    THE FIXED ACCOUNT

    The Fixed Account is part of the Company’s general account assets. These general account assets include all assets of the Company other than those held in the Separate Accounts sponsored by the Company or its affiliates.

    The staff of the SEC does not generally review the disclosure in the prospectus relating to the Fixed Account. Disclosure regarding the Fixed Account and the general account may, however, be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in the prospectus.

    Under the Fixed Account, the Company assumes the risk of investment gain or loss, guarantees a specified interest rate, and guarantees a specified periodic annuity payment. The investment gain or loss of the Separate Account or any of the funding options does not affect the Fixed Account Contract Value, or the dollar amount of fixed Annuity Payments made under any payout option.

    We guarantee that, at any time, the Fixed Account Contract Value will not be less than the amount of the Purchase Payments allocated to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited as described below, less any applicable premium taxes or prior withdrawals.

    Purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account and any transfers made to the Fixed Account become part of the Company’s general account, which supports insurance and annuity obligations. Where permitted by state law, we reserve the right to restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract. The general account and any interest therein is not registered under, or subject to the provisions of, the Securities Act of 1933 or Investment Company Act of 1940. We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account at our discretion. Investment income from such Fixed Account assets will be allocated to us and to the Contracts participating in the Fixed Account.

    Investment income from the Fixed Account allocated to us includes compensation for mortality and expense risks borne by us in connection with Fixed Account Contracts. The amount of such investment income allocated to the Contracts will vary from year to year in our sole discretion at such rate or rates as we prospectively declare from time to time.

    We guarantee the initial rate for any allocations into the Fixed Account for one year from the date of such allocation. We guarantee subsequent renewal rates for the calendar quarter. We also guarantee that for the life of the Contract we will credit interest at a rate not less than the minimum interest rate allowed by state law. We reserve the right to change the rate subject to applicable state law. We will determine any interest we credit to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account in excess of the minimum guaranteed rate in our sole discretion. You assume the risk that interest credited to the Fixed Account may not exceed the minimum guaranteed rate for any given year. We have no specific formula for determining the interest rate. Some factors we may consider are regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends and competitive factors

    Transfers

    You may make transfers from the Fixed Account to any other available Variable Funding Option(s) twice a year during the 30 days following the semiannual anniversary of the Contract Date. We limit transfers to an amount of up to 15% of the Fixed Account Contract Value on the semiannual Contract Date anniversary. (This restriction does not apply to transfers under the Dollar Cost Averaging Program.) Amounts previously transferred from the Fixed Account to Variable Funding Options may not be transferred back to the Fixed Account for a period of at least six months from the date of transfer. We reserve the right to waive either of these restrictions. Where permitted by state law, we reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract

    Automated transfers from the Fixed Account to any of the Variable Funding Options may begin at any time. Automated transfers from the Fixed Account may not deplete your Fixed Account value in a period of less than twelve months from your enrollment in the Dollar Cost Averaging Program.

    A-1


    APPENDIX B

    WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FOR NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT
    (Available only if the owner is age 70 or younger on the date the Contract is issued.)

    If, after the first Contract Year and before the Maturity Date, and you begin confinement in an eligible nursing home, you may surrender or make withdrawal, subject to the maximum withdrawal amount described below, without incurring a withdrawal charge. In order for the Company to waive the withdrawal charge, the withdrawal must be made during continued confinement in an eligible nursing home after the qualifying period has been satisfied, or within sixty (60) days after such confinement ends. The qualifying period is confinement in an eligible nursing home for ninety (90) consecutive days. We will require proof of confinement in a form satisfactory to us, which may include certification by a licensed physician that such confinement is medically necessary.

    An eligible nursing home is defined as an institution or special nursing unit of a hospital which:

                (a)   is Medicare approved as a provider of skilled nursing care services; and

                (b)   is not, other than in name only, an acute care hospital, a home for the aged, a retirement home, a rest home, a community living center, or a place mainly for the treatment of alcoholism.

    OR

    Meets all of the following standards:

     (a)  is licensed as a nursing care facility by the state in which it is licensed;
       
     (b)  is either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of another facility such as a ward, wing, unit or swing-bed of a hospital or other facility;
       
     (c)  provides nursing care to individuals who are not able to care for themselves and who require nursing care;
       
     (d)  provides, as a primary function, nursing care and room and board; and charges for these services;
       
     (e)  provides care under the supervision of a licensed physician, registered nurse (RN) or licensed practical nurse (LPN);
       
     (f)  may provide care by a licensed physical, respiratory, occupational or speech therapist; and
       
     (g)  is not, other than in name only, an acute care hospital, a home for the aged, a retirement home, a rest home, a community living center, or a place mainly for the treatment of alcoholism.

    We will not waive withdrawal charges if confinement is due to one or more of the following causes:

     (a)  mental, nervous, emotional or personality disorder without demonstrable organic disease, including, but not limited to, neurosis, psychoneurosis, psychopathy or psychosis
       
     (b)  the voluntary taking or injection of drugs, unless prescribed or administered by a licensed physician
       
     (c)  the voluntary taking of any drugs prescribed by a licensed physician and intentionally not taken as prescribed
       
     (d)  sensitivity to drugs voluntarily taken, unless prescribed by a physician
       
     (e)  drug addiction, unless addiction results from the voluntary taking of drugs prescribed by a licensed physician, or the involuntary taking of drugs.

    Filing a claim: You must provide the Company with written notice of a claim during continued confinement after the 90-day qualifying period, or within sixty days after such confinement ends.

    The maximum withdrawal amount for which we will waive the withdrawal charge is the Contract Value on the next valuation date following written proof of claim, less any Purchase Payments made within a one-year period

    B-1


    before confinement in an eligible nursing home begins, less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months prior to the withdrawal, less any Purchase Payments made on or after the Annuitant’s 71st birthday.

    We will pay any withdrawal requested under the scope of this waiver as soon as we receive proper written proof of your claim, and we will pay the withdrawal in a lump sum. You should consult with your personal tax adviser regarding the tax impact of any withdrawals taken from your Contract.

    B-2


    APPENDIX C

    CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Statement of Additional Information contains more specific information and financial statements relating to The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company. A list of the contents of the Statement of Additional Information is set forth below:

          The Insurance Company
          Principal Underwriter
          Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement
          Valuation of Assets
          Performance Information
          Federal Tax Considerations
          Independent Accountants
          Financial Statements



    Copies of the Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2003 are available without charge. To request a copy, please clip this coupon on the line above, enter your name and address in the spaces provided below, and mail to: The Travelers Insurance Company, Annuity Investor Services, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415. The Travelers Insurance Company Statement of Additional Information is printed on Form L-19932S, and The Travelers Life and Annuity Statement of Additional Information is printed on Form L-19932S-TLAC.

    Name: _______________________________________      
    Address: _______________________________________      
      _______________________________________      
             

    C-1


    THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.


    L-19952   May 1, 2003
    Rev 12/03

    Scudder Advocate Rewards Annuity Prospectus:

    TIC Separate Account Eleven For Variable Annuities
    TLAC Separate Account Twelve For Variable Annuities

    This prospectus describes Scudder Advocate Rewards Annuity, a flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract (the “Contract”) issued by The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company. Refer to the first page of your Contract for the name of your issuing company. The Contract is available in connection with certain retirement plans that qualify for special federal income tax treatment (“Qualified Contracts”) as well as those that do not qualify for such treatment (“Nonqualified Contracts”). We may issue it as an individual contract or as a group contract. When we issue a group contract, you will receive a certificate summarizing the Contract’s provisions. For convenience, we refer to Contracts and certificates as “Contracts.”

    You can choose to have your premium (“Purchase Payments”) and any associated Purchase Payment Credits accumulate on a variable and/or, subject to availability, fixed basis in one of our funding options. Your Contract Value before the Maturity Date and the amount of monthly income afterwards will vary daily to reflect the investment experience of the Variable Funding Options you select. You bear the investment risk of investing in the Variable Funding Options. The Variable Funding Options are:

    Credit Suisse Trust      Scudder High Income Portfolio — Class B  
       Global Post-Venture Capital Portfolio      Scudder Money Market Portfolio — Class B  
       Emerging Markets Portfolio      Scudder Small Cap Growth Portfolio — Class B  
    Dreyfus Investment Portfolio      Scudder Strategic Income Portfolio — Class B  
       Dreyfus MidCap Stock Portfolio — Service Shares      Scudder Technology Growth Portfolio — Class B  
    Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth Fund, Inc.      Scudder Total Return Portfolio — Class B  
       Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth Fund, Inc. — Service      SVS Davis Venture Value Portfolio — Class B  
         Shares      SVS Dreman Financial Services Portfolio — Class B  
    INVESCO Variable Investment Funds, Inc.      SVS Dreman High Return Equity Portfolio — Class B  
       INVESCO VIF — Utilities Fund      SVS Dreman Small Cap Value Portfolio — Class B  
    Scudder Variable Series I      SVS Eagle Focused Large Cap Growth Portfolio — Class B  
       21st Century Growth Portfolio — Class B      SVS Focus Value & Growth Portfolio — Class B  
       Capital Growth Portfolio — Class B      SVS Index 500 Portfolio — Class B  
       Global Discovery Portfolio — Class B      SVS INVESCO Dynamic Growth Portfolio — Class B  
       Growth & Income Portfolio — Class B      SVS Janus Growth And Income Portfolio — Class B  
       Health Sciences Portfolio — Class B      SVS Janus Growth Opportunities Portfolio — Class B  
       International Portfolio — Class B      SVS MFS Strategic Value Portfolio — Class B  
    Scudder Variable Series II      SVS Oak Strategic Equity Portfolio — Class B  
       Scudder International Select Equity Portfolio — Class B      SVS Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolio — Class B  
       Scudder Aggressive Growth Portfolio — Class B   Scudder VIT Funds  
       Scudder Blue Chip Portfolio — Class B      Scudder Real Estate Securities Portfolio — Class B  
       Scudder Contrarian Value Portfolio — Class B   The Alger American Fund  
       Scudder Fixed Income Portfolio — Class B      Alger American Balanced Portfolio — Class S Shares  
       Scudder Global Blue Chip Portfolio — Class B      Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio — Class S Shares  
       Scudder Government Securities Portfolio — Class B      
       Scudder Growth Portfolio — Class B      

    We also offer variable annuity contracts that do not have Purchase Payment Credits, and therefore may have lower fees. Over time, the value of the Purchase Payment Credits could be more than offset by higher charges. You should carefully consider whether or not this Contract is the most appropriate investment for you.

    The Contract, certain contract features and/or some of the funding options may not be available in all states.

    This prospectus provides the information that you should know before investing in the Contract. You can receive additional information about your Contract by requesting a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) dated May 15, 2003. We filed the SAI with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and it is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. To request a copy, write to The Travelers Insurance Company, Annuity Investor Services, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415, call 1-866-703-0527 or access the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). See Appendix C for the SAI’s table of contents.

    Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

    Variable annuity contracts are not deposits of any bank, and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

    Prospectus dated May 15, 2003

    Supplemented January 6, 2004


    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Glossary 3   The Annuity Period 35  
    Summary 5      Maturity Date 35  
    Fee Table 9      Allocation of Annuity 35  
    Condensed Financial Information 14      Variable Annuity 35  
    The Annuity Contract 14      Fixed Annuity 36  
       Contract Owner Inquiries 15   Payment Options 36  
       Purchase Payments 15      Election of Options 36  
       Purchase Payment Credits 15      Annuity Options 36  
       Accumulation Units 15      Variable Liquidity Benefit 37  
       The Variable Funding Options 16   Miscellaneous Contract Provisions 37  
    The Fixed Account 21      Right to Return 37  
    Charges and Deductions 21      Termination 37  
       General 21      Required Reports 38  
       Withdrawal Charge 22      Suspension of Payments 38  
       Free Withdrawal Allowance 22   The Separate Accounts 38  
       Transfer Charge 22      Performance Information 38  
       Administrative Charges 22   Federal Tax Considerations 39  
       Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 23      General Taxation of Annuities 39  
       Variable Liquidity Benefit Charge 23      Types of Contracts: Qualified or Nonqualified 40  
       E.S.P. Charge 23      Qualified Annuity Contracts 40  
       GMWB Charge 23         Taxation of Qualified Annuity Contracts 40  
       Variable Funding Option Expenses 23         Mandatory Distributions for Qualified Plans 40  
       Premium Tax 24      Nonqualified Annuity Contracts 40  
       Changes in Taxes Based Upon           Diversification Requirements for    
         Premium or Value 24            Variable Annuities 41  
    Transfers 24         Ownership of the Investments 41  
       Dollar Cost Averaging 25         Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds 41  
    Access to Your Money 25      Other Tax Considerations 42  
    GMWB Benefit 26         Treatment of Charges for Optional    
       Systematic Withdrawals 27            Death Benefits 42  
    Ownership Provisions 28         Penalty Tax for Premature Distribution 42  
       Types of Ownership 28         Puerto Rico Tax Considerations 42  
         Contract Owner 28         Non-Resident Aliens 42  
         Beneficiary 28   Other Information 42  
         Annuitant 28      The Insurance Companies 42  
    Death Benefit 29      Financial Statements 43  
       Death Proceeds before the Maturity Date 29      Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts 43  
       Payment of Proceeds 32      Conformity with State and Federal Laws 44  
       Spousal Contract Continuance 33      Voting Rights 44  
       Beneficiary Contract Continuance 34      Legal Proceedings and Opinions 44  
       Planned Death Benefit 34   Appendix A: The Fixed Account A-1  
       Death Proceeds after the Maturity Date 34   Appendix B: Nursing Home Waiver B-1  
          Appendix C: Contents of the Statement    
             of Additional Information C-1  

    2


    Glossary

    Accumulation Unit — an accounting unit of measure used to calculate the value of this Contract before Annuity Payments begin.

    Annuitant the person on whose life the Maturity Date and Annuity Payments depend.

    Annuity Payments — a series of periodic payments (a) for life; (b) for life with a minimum number of payments; (c) for the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another person, and thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor; or (d) for a fixed period.

    Annuity Unit — an accounting unit of measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity Payments.

    Cash Surrender Value — the Contract Value less any withdrawal charge and premium tax not previously deducted.

    Code the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all related laws and regulations that are in effect during the term of this Contract.

    Contingent Annuitant — the individual who becomes the Annuitant when the Annuitant who is not the owner dies prior to the Maturity Date.

    Contract Date — the date on which the Contract is issued.

    Contract Owner (you) — the person named in the Contract (on the specifications page) as the owner of the Contract.

    Contract Value — Purchase Payments, plus any Purchase Payment Credits, plus or minus any investment experience on the amounts allocated to the variable funds or interest on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, adjusted by any applicable charges and withdrawals.

    Contract Years — twelve month periods beginning with the Contract Date.

    Death Report Date — the day on which we have received 1) Due Proof of Death and 2) written payment instructions or election of spousal or beneficiary contract continuation.

    Due Proof of Death — (i) a copy of a certified death certificate; (ii) a copy of a certified decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; (iii) a written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased; or (iv) any other proof satisfactory to us.

    Fixed Account — an account that consists of all of the assets under this Contract other than those in the Separate Account.

    Home Office — the Home Office of The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company or any other office that we may designate for the purpose of administering this Contract.

    Maturity Date — the date on which the Annuity Payments are to begin.

    Payment Option — an annuity or income option elected under your Contract.

    Purchase Payment — any premium paid by you to initiate or supplement this Contract.

    Purchase Payment Credit — an amount credited to your Contract Value that equals a percentage of each Purchase Payment made.

    Qualified Contract — a contract used in a retirement plan or program that is intended to qualify under Sections 401, 403 or 408 of the Code.

    Separate Account — a segregated account registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the assets of which are invested solely in the Variable Funding Options. The assets of the Separate Account are held exclusively for the benefit of Contract Owners.

    Subaccount — that portion of the assets of a Separate Account that is allocated to a particular Variable Funding Option.

    3


    Underlying Fund — a portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with the SEC in which the Subaccounts invest.

    Valuation Date — a date on which a Subaccount is valued.

    Valuation Period — the period between successive valuations.

    Variable Funding Option — an investment option that, through a Subaccount of the Separate Account, invests in an Underlying Fund.

    We, us, our — The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company.

    Written Request — written information sent to us in a form and content satisfactory to us and received at our Home Office.

    You, your — the Contract Owner.

    4


    Summary:
    Scudder Advocate Rewards Annuity

    This summary details some of the more important points that you should know and consider before purchasing the Contract. Please read the entire prospectus carefully.

    What company will issue my Contract? Your issuing company is either The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company, (“the Company,” “We” or “Us”). Refer to your Contract for the name of your issuing company. Each company sponsors its own segregated asset account (“Separate Account”). The Travelers Insurance Company sponsors the TIC Separate Account Eleven for Variable Annuities (“Separate Account Eleven”); The Travelers Life and Annuity Company sponsors the TLAC Separate Account Twelve for Variable Annuities (“Separate Account Twelve”). When we refer to the Separate Account, we are referring to either Separate Account Eleven or Separate Account Twelve, depending upon your issuing Company.

    You may only purchase a Contract in states where the Contract has been approved for sale. The Contract may not currently be available for sale in all states.

    Can you give me a general description of the Contract? We designed the Contract for retirement savings or other long-term investment purposes. The Contract provides a death benefit as well as guaranteed payout options. You direct your payment(s) to one or more of the Variable Funding Options and/or to the Fixed Account that is part of our general account (the “Fixed Account”). We guarantee money directed to the Fixed Account as to principal and interest. The Variable Funding Options are designed to produce a higher rate of return than the Fixed Account; however, this is not guaranteed. You can also lose money in the Variable Funding Options.

    The Contract, like all deferred variable annuity contracts, has two phases: the accumulation phase and the payout phase (annuity period). During the accumulation phase generally, under a qualified contract, your pre-tax contributions accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal, presumably when you are in a lower tax bracket. During the accumulation phase, under a nonqualified contract, earnings on your after-tax contributions accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal. The payout phase occurs when you begin receiving payments from your Contract. The amount of money you accumulate in your Contract determines the amount of income (Annuity Payments) you receive during the payout phase.

    During the payout phase, you may choose one of a number of annuity options. You may receive income payments from the Variable Funding Options and/or the Fixed Account. If you elect variable income payments, the dollar amount of your payments may increase or decrease. Once you choose one of the annuity options and begin to receive payments, it cannot be changed.

    Who should purchase this Contract? The Contract is currently available for use in connection with (1) individual nonqualified purchases; (2) rollovers from Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs); (3) rollovers from other qualified retirement plans and (4) beneficiary-directed transfers of death proceeds from another contract. Qualified contracts include contracts qualifying under Section 401(a), 403(b) or 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Purchase of this Contract through a tax qualified retirement plan (“Plan”) does not provide any additional tax deferral benefits beyond those provided by the Plan. Accordingly, if you are purchasing this Contract through a Plan, you should consider purchasing this Contract for its Death Benefit, Annuity Option Benefits, and other non-tax-related benefits.

    You may purchase the Contract with an initial payment of at least $5,000. You may make additional payments of at least $500 at any time during the accumulation phase. No additional payments are allowed if this Contract is purchased with a beneficiary-directed transfer of death proceeds.

    Can I exchange my current annuity contract for this Contract? The Code generally permits you to exchange one annuity contract for another in a “tax-free exchange.” Therefore, you can transfer the proceeds from another annuity contract to purchase this Contract. Before making an exchange to acquire this Contract, you should carefully compare this Contract to your current contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge under your current contract to exchange it for this Contract, and this Contract has its own surrender charges that would apply to you. The other fees and charges under this Contract may be higher or lower and the benefits may be different than those of your current contract. In addition, you may have to pay federal income or penalty taxes on the exchange if it does not qualify for tax-free treatment. You should not exchange another contract for this

    5


    Contract unless you determine, after evaluating all the facts, the exchange is in your best interests. Remember that the person selling you the Contract generally will earn a commission on the sale.

    Is there a right to return period? If you cancel the Contract within ten days after you receive it, you will receive a full refund of your Contract Value plus any Contract charges and premium taxes you paid (but not fees and charges assessed by the Underlying Funds) minus any Purchase Payment Credits. Where state law requires a different right to return period, or the return of Purchase Payments, the Company will comply. You bear the investment risk on the Purchase Payment allocated to a Variable Funding Option during the right to return period; therefore, the Contract Value we return may be greater or less than your Purchase Payment.

    If you purchased your Contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity, and you return it within the first seven days after delivery, or longer if your state law permits, we will refund your full Purchase Payment minus any Purchase Payment Credits. During the remainder of the right to return period, we will refund your Contract Value (including charges we assessed) minus any Purchase Payment Credits. We will determine your Contract Value at the close of business on the day we receive a Written Request for a refund.

    During the right to return period, you will not bear any contract fees associated with the Purchase Payment Credits. If you exercise your right to return, you will be in at least the same position as if you had exercised the right to return in a variable annuity contract with no Purchase Payment Credit. You would, however, receive any gains, and we would bear any losses attributable to the Purchase Payment Credits.

    Can you give a general description of the Variable Funding Options and how they operate? The Variable Funding Options represent Subaccounts of the Separate Account. At your direction, the Separate Account, through its Subaccounts uses your Purchase Payment to purchase units, of one or more of the Underlying Funds that holds securities consistent with its own investment policy. Depending on market conditions, you may make or lose money in any of these Variable Funding Options.

    You can transfer among the Variable Funding Options as frequently as you wish without any current tax implications. Currently there is no charge for transfers, nor a limit to the number of transfers allowed. We may, in the future, charge a fee for any transfer request, or limit the number of transfers allowed. At a minimum, we would always allow one transfer every six months. We reserve the right to restrict transfers that we determine will disadvantage other Contract Owners. You may transfer between the Fixed Account and the Variable Funding Options twice a year (during the 30 days after the six-month Contract Date anniversary), provided the amount is not greater than 15% of the Fixed Account value on that date. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account if the credited interest rate is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified under the Contract.

    What expenses will be assessed under the Contract? The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each. We deduct an administrative expense charge and a mortality and expense risk (“M&E”) charge daily from amounts you allocate to the Separate Account. We deduct the administrative expense charge at an annual rate of 0.15% and deduct the M&E at an annual rate of 1.40% for the Standard Death Benefit, 1.55% for the Step-Up Death Benefit, and 1.75% for the Roll-Up Death Benefit. For Contracts with a value of less than $100,000, we also deduct an annual contract administrative charge of $40. Each Underlying Fund also charges for management costs and other expenses.

    We will apply a withdrawal charge to withdrawals from the Contract, and will calculate it as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn. The maximum percentage is 8%, decreasing to 0% in years ten and later.

    If you select the Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”), an additional 0.20% annually will be deducted from amounts in the Variable Funding Options. This provision is not available to a customer when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the rider effective date.

    Upon annuitization, if the Variable Liquidity Benefit is selected, there is a maximum surrender charge of 8% of the amounts withdrawn. Please refer to The Annuity Period for a description of this benefit.

    If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”), a maximum of 1.00% annually will be deducted from amounts in the Variable Funding Options. The current charge is 0.40%.

    How will my Purchase Payments and withdrawals be taxed? Generally, the payments you make to a qualified Contract during the accumulation phase are made with before-tax dollars. Generally, you will be taxed on your

    6


    Purchase Payments, Purchase Payment Credits and on any earnings when you make a withdrawal or begin receiving Annuity Payments. Under a nonqualified Contract, payments to the Contract are made with after-tax dollars, and any credits and earnings will generally accumulate tax-deferred. You will be taxed on these earnings when they are withdrawn from the Contract. If you are younger than 59 1/2 when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal penalty tax on the amount withdrawn.

    For owners of Qualified Contracts, if you reach a certain age, you may be required by federal tax laws to begin receiving payments from your annuity or risk paying a penalty tax. In those cases, we can calculate and pay you the minimum required distribution amounts.

    How may I access my money? You can take withdrawals any time during the accumulation phase. Withdrawal charges may apply, as well as income taxes, and/or a penalty tax on amounts withdrawn.

    What is the death benefit under the Contract? You may choose to purchase the Standard, Step-Up or Roll-Up Death Benefit. The death benefit applies upon the first death of the Contract Owner, joint owner, or Annuitant. Assuming you are the Annuitant, the death benefit is as follows: If you die before the Contract is in the payout phase, the person you have chosen as your beneficiary will receive a death benefit. We calculate the death benefit value at the close of the business day on which our Home Office receives (1) Due Proof of Death and (2) written payment instructions or the election of spousal or beneficiary contract continuance. Please refer to the Death Benefit section in the prospectus for more details.

    Where may I find out more about Accumulation Unit values? Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no Accumulation Unit value information available as of the date of this prospectus.

    Are there any additional features? This Contract has other features you may be interested in. These include:

      • Purchase Payment Credits. If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant is age 80 or less at the time the payment is made, you will receive a Purchase Payment credit equal to 4.5% of the Purchase Payment. The expenses for a Contract with Purchase Payment Credits are higher than a similar contract without Purchase Payment Credits, and the additional expenses attributable to the credits may more than offset the amount of the Purchase Payment Credit.
      • Dollar Cost Averaging. This is a program that allows you to invest a fixed amount of money in Variable Funding Options each month, theoretically giving you a lower average cost per unit over time than a single one-time purchase. Dollar Cost Averaging requires regular investments regardless of fluctuating price levels, and does not guarantee profits or prevent losses in a declining market. Potential investors should consider their financial ability to continue purchases through periods of low price levels.
      • Systematic Withdrawal Option. Before the Maturity Date, you can arrange to have money sent to you at set intervals throughout the year. Of course, any applicable income and penalty taxes will apply on amounts withdrawn. Withdrawals in excess of the annual free withdrawal allowance may be subject to a withdrawal charge.
      • Automatic Rebalancing. You may elect to have the Company periodically reallocate the values in your Contract to match the rebalancing allocation selected.
      • Managed Distribution Program. This program allows us to automatically calculate and distribute to you, in November of the applicable tax year, an amount that will satisfy the Internal Revenue Service’s minimum distribution requirements imposed on certain contracts once the owner reaches age 70 1/2 or retires. These minimum distributions occur during the accumulation phase.
      • Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”). For an additional charge, the total death benefit payable may be increased based on the earnings in your Contract.
      • Spousal Contract Continuance (subject to availability). If your spouse is named as an owner and/or beneficiary, and you die prior to the Maturity Date, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as owner rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary. This feature applies to a spousal joint Contract Owner and/or beneficiary only.
    7


      • Beneficiary Contract Continuance (not permitted for non-natural beneficiaries). If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the date of your death, that beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary.
      • Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit. (“Principal Guarantee”) For an additional charge, we will guarantee the periodic return of your Purchase Payments. Under this benefit, we will pay you a maximum of 5% or 10% of your Purchase Payments, depending on when you elect to begin receiving the payments, every year until your Purchase Payments have been returned in full.
    8


    FEE TABLE

    The purpose of this Fee Table is to assist Contract Owners in understanding the various costs and expenses that you will bear, directly or indirectly, if you purchase this Contract. See Charges and Deductions in this prospectus for additional information. Expenses shown do not include premium taxes, which may be applicable. Each Variable Funding Option purchases shares of the Underlying Fund at net asset value. The net asset value already reflects the deduction of each Underlying Fund’s Total Operating Expenses as shown in the table below; therefore, you are indirectly bearing the costs of Underlying Fund expenses.

    Transaction Expenses

    Withdrawal Charge   8%(1)
    (as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn)

    Transfer Charge   $10(2)
    (assessed on transfers that exceed 12 per year)

    Contract Administrative Charge:   $40(3)

    Annual Separate Account Charges:
    (as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Separate Account)

    We will assess a minimum mortality and expense risk charge (“M&E”) of 1.40% and a maximum administrative expense charge of 0.15% on all contracts. In addition, there is a 0.20% charge for E.S.P., and a maximum charge of 1.00% for GMWB, both optional features. Below is a summary of all charges that may apply, depending on the death benefit and optional features you select:

    Standard Death Benefit Step-Up Death Benefit Roll-Up Death Benefit



    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge    1.40%    1.55%    1.75%  
    Administrative Expense Charge    0.15%    0.15%    0.15%  
    Total Separate Account Annual
       Charges with No Optional Features
       Selected
       1.55%    1.70%    1.90%  
    Optional E.S.P. Charge    0.20%    0.20%    0.20%  
    Total Separate Account Annual
       Charges with E.S.P. Only Selected
       1.75%    1.90%    2.10%  
    Maximum Optional GMWB Charge     1.00%(4)     1.00%(4)     1.00%(4)  
    Total Separate Account Annual
       Charges with GMWB Only
       Selected
       2.55%    2.70%    2.90%  
    Total Separate Account Annual
       Charges with E.S.P. and GMWB
       Selected
       2.75%    2.90%    3.10%  

    ______________________________

         (1)   The withdrawal charge declines to zero after Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for 9 years. The charge is as follows:

    Years Since Purchase Payment Made   Withdrawal Charge  

     
     
    Greater than or Equal to   But less than      
    0 years   3 years   8%  
    3 years   4 years   7%  
    4 years   5 years   6%  
    5 years   6 years   5%  
    6 years   7 years   4%  
    7 years   8 years   3%  
    8 years   9 years   2%  
    9 years+    
    0%
     

         (2)   We currently do not assess the transfer charge.

         (3)   We do not assess this charge is Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the fourth Friday of each August.

         (4)   The current charge for GMWB is 0.40%.

    9


    Variable Funding Option Expenses:

    The first table below shows the minimum and maximum fees and expenses charged by any of the Funds as of December 31, 2002. The second table shows each Fund’s fees and expenses as of December 31, 2002. This information was provided by the Funds and we have not independently verified it. More detail concerning each Fund’s fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

    Minimum and Maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses as of December 31, 2002

    Minimum
    (before
    reimbursement)
    Maximum
    (before
    reimbursement)
     

    Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
        (expenses that are
       deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution
       (12b-1), service fees, or other expenses.)
       0.86%    3.11%  

    Fund Fees and Expenses as of December 31, 2002 (unless otherwise indicated)

    (as a percentage of average daily net assets of the funding option)

    Funding Options: Management
    Fee
    Distribution
    and/or
    Service Fees
    (12b-1)
    Other
    Expenses
    Total Annual
    Operating
    Expenses





    Credit Suisse Trust                      
       Global Post-Venture Capital Portfolio    1.25%        0.46%    1.71%(1)  
       Emerging Markets Portfolio    1.25%        0.64%    1.89%(2)  
    Dreyfus Investment Portfolio                      
       Dreyfus MidCap Stock Portfolio — Service
          Shares*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.10%    1.10%(3)  
    Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth
       Fund, Inc.
                         
       Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth Fund,
          Inc. — Service Shares*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.03%    1.03%  
    INVESCO Variable Investment Funds,
       Inc.
                         
       INVESCO VIF — Utilities Fund    0.60%        0.58%    1.18%(4)  
    Scudder Variable Series I                      
       21st Century Growth Portfolio — Class B*    0.88%    0.25%    0.38%    1.51%(5)  
       Capital Growth Portfolio — Class B*    0.47%    0.25%    0.19%    0.91%(7)  
       Global Discovery Portfolio — Class B*    0.98%    0.25%    0.36%    1.59%(5)  
       Growth & Income Portfolio — Class B*    0.48%    0.25%    0.24%    0.97%(7)  
       Health Sciences Portfolio — Class B*    0.75%    0.25%    0.31%    1.31%(5)  
       International Portfolio — Class B*    0.87%    0.25%    0.31%    1.43%(7)  
    Scudder Variable Series II                      
       Scudder International Select Equity
          Portfolio — Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.25%    1.25%(7)  
       Scudder Aggressive Growth Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.21%    1.21%(6)  
       Scudder Blue Chip Portfolio — Class B*    0.65%    0.25%    0.19%    1.09%(6)  
       Scudder Contrarian Value Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.19%    1.19%(6)  
       Scudder Fixed Income Portfolio — Class B*    0.60%    0.25%    0.20%    1.05%(6)  
       Scudder Global Blue Chip Portfolio —
          Class B*
       1.00%    0.25%    0.47%    1.72%(6)  
       Scudder Government Securities Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.55%    0.25%    0.19%    0.99%(7)  
       Scudder Growth Portfolio — Class B*    0.60%    0.25%    0.19%    1.04%(7)  
       Scudder High Income Portfolio — Class B*    0.60%    0.25%    0.21%    1.06%(7)  

    10


    Funding Options: Management
    Fee
    Distribution
    and/or
    Service Fees
    (12b-1)
    Other
    Expenses
    Total Annual
    Operating
    Expenses





    Scudder Variable Series II (continued)                      
       Scudder Money Market Portfolio — Class B*    0.50%    0.25%    0.19%    0.94%(7)  
       Scudder Small Cap Growth Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.65%    0.25%    0.21%    1.11%(7)  
       Scudder Strategic Income Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.65%    0.25%    0.23%    1.13%(8)  
       Scudder Technology Growth Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.20%    1.20%(6)  
       Scudder Total Return Portfolio — Class B*    0.55%    0.25%    0.18%    0.98%(7)  
       SVS Davis Venture Value Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.95%    0.25%    0.22%    1.42%(6)  
       SVS Dreman Financial Services Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.23%    1.23%(6)  
       SVS Dreman High Return Equity Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.73%    0.25%    0.21%    1.19%(6)  
       SVS Dreman Small Cap Value Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.21%    1.21%(6)  
       SVS Eagle Focused Large Cap Growth
          Portfolio — Class B*
       0.95%    0.25%    0.23%    1.43%(6)  
       SVS Focus Value & Growth Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.21%    1.21%(6)  
       SVS Index 500 Portfolio — Class B*    0.37%    0.25%    0.24%    0.86%(6)  
       SVS INVESCO Dynamic Growth Portfolio —
          Class B*
       1.00%    0.25%    0.29%    1.54%(6)  
       SVS Janus Growth And Income Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.95%    0.25%    0.24%    1.44%(6)  
       SVS Janus Growth Opportunities Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.94%    0.25%    0.22%    1.41%(6)  
       SVS MFS Strategic Value Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.95%    0.25%    1.91%    1.55%(6)  
       SVS Oak Strategic Equity Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.95%    0.25%    0.16%    1.36%(6)  
       SVS Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolio —
          Class B*
       1.00%    0.25%    0.28%    1.53%(6)  
    Scudder VIT Funds                      
       Scudder Real Estate Securities Portfolio —
          Class B*
       0.90%    0.25%    0.35%    1.50%(9)  
    The Alger American Fund                      
       Alger American Balanced Portfolio —
          Class S Shares*
       0.75%    0.25%    0.17%    1.17%(10)  
       Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio
          — Class S Shares*
       0.85%    0.25%    0.22%    1.32%(10)  

    ______________

         *   The 12b-1 fees deducted from these classes cover certain distribution, shareholder support and administrative services provided by intermediaries (the insurance company, broker dealer or other service provider).

         #   Expense waivers and reimbursements that are voluntary may be terminated at any time.

    Notes

         (1)   Fee Waivers and expense reimbursements are voluntary and may be discontinued at any time.

         (2)   Fee waivers, expense reimbursements, or expense credits reduced expenses for the Emerging Markets Portfolio during 2002, but this may be discontinued at any time. With such reductions, the Management Fees, Other Expenses and Total Annual Operating Expenses would equal 1.25%, 0.15% and 1.40%, respectively. The Other Expenses are based on annualized estimates of expenses for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2002, net of any fee waivers or expense reimbursements.

         (3)   The Dreyfus Corporation has agreed, until December 31, 2003, to waive receipt of its fees and/or assume the expenses of the portfolio so that the expenses of neither class (excluding taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, interest expenses and commitment fees) on borrowings exceed 1.00%. With such waivers or reimbursements, the management fee, 12b-1 fee, other expenses and total portfolio annual expenses would have been, as a percentage of assets: 0.75%, 0.15%, 0.10%, and 1.00% respectively.

         (4)   The Fund's actual Other Expenses and Total Annual Operating Expenses were lower than the figures shown because its custodian fees were reduced under an expense offset arrangement. Certain expenses of the Fund were absorbed voluntarily by INVESCO pursuant to a commitment between the Fund and INVESCO. This commitment may be changed at any time following consultation with the board of directors. After absorption, but excluding any expense offset arrangements, the Fund's Other Expenses and Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 were 0.55% and 1.15%, respectively, of the Fund's average net assets. Effective June 1, 2002 INVESCO is entitled to reimbursement from the Fund for fees and expenses absorbed pursuant to a voluntary expense limitation commitment between INVESCO and the Fund if such reimbursement does not cause the

    11


      Fund to exceed the expense limitation and the reimbursement is made within three years after INVESCO incurred the expense. The voluntary expense limitation may be changed at any time following consultation with the board of directors.

         (5)   Pursuant to their respective agreements with Scudder Variable Series I, the investment manager, the underwriter and the accounting agent have agreed, for the one year period commencing on May 1, 2003, to limit their respective fees and to reimburse other expenses to the extent necessary to limit total operating expenses of the following described portfolios to the amounts set forth after the porfolio name (class B): Scudder Global Discovery Portfolio (1.65); Scudder 21st Century Growth Portfolio (1.75%), Scudder Health Sciences Portfolio (1.35%). The other expenses category for the Class B Shares has been restated to reflect an estimated increase in expenses for that class resulting from new compensation arrangements with certain participating insurance companies for record keeping as approved by the Trustees of the Fund.

         (6)   Pursuant to their respective agreements with Scudder Variable Series II, the investment manager, the underwriter and the accounting agent have agreed, for the one year period commencing on May 1, 2003, to limit their respective fees and to reimburse other expenses to the extent necessary to limit total operating expenses of the following described portfolios to the amounts set forth after the portfolio name (Class B): SVS MFS Strategic Value Portfolio (1.55%), SVS Invesco Dynamic Growth Portfolio (1.70%), SVS Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolio (1.70%), SVS Oak Strategic Equity Portfolio (1.55%), SVS Davis Venture Value Portfolio (1.55%), SVS Dreman High Return Equity Portfolio (1.27%), SVS Focus Value+Growth Portfolio (1.24%), SVS Eagle Focused Large Cap Growth Portfolio (1.55%), SVS Janus Growth Opportunities Portfolio (1.55%), SVS Janus Growth And Income Portfolio (1.55%), Scudder Aggressive Growth Portfolio (1.35%), Scudder Technology Growth Portfolio (1.35%), Scudder Contrarian Value Portfolio (1.20%), SVS Dreman Small Cap Value Portfolio (1.24%), Scudder Fixed Income Portfolio (1.20%), Scudder Blue Chip Portfolio (1.35%), SVS Index 500 Portfolio (0.95%), and Scudder Global Blue Chip Portfolio (1.96%). The other expenses category for the Class B Shares has been restated to reflect an estimated increase in expenses for that Class resulting from new compensation arrangements with certain participating insurance companies for record keeping as approved by the Trustees of the Fund.

         (7)   The other expenses category for the Class B Shares has been restated to reflect an estimated increase in expenses for that class resulting from new compensation arrangements with certain participating insurance companies for record keeping as approved by the Trustees of the Fund.

         (8)   Pursuant to their respective agreements with Scudder Variable Series II, the investment manager, the underwriter and the accounting agent have agreed, for the one year period commencing on May 1, 2003, to limit their respective fees and to reimburse other expenses to the extent necessary to limit total operating expenses of the following described portfolio to the amount set forth after the portfolio name (Class B): Scudder Strategic Income Portfolio (1.30%). The other expenses category for the Class B Shares has been restated to reflect an estimated increase in expenses for that Class resulting from new compensation arrangements with certain participating insurance companies for record keeping as approved by the Trustees of the Fund. B-Share Class became effective on 5/1/03, therefore other expenses are estimated and annualized. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.

         (9)   Pursuant to their respective agreements with Scudder VIT Funds, the investment manager, the underwriter and the accounting agent have agreed, for the one year period commencing on May 1, 2003, to limit their respective fees and to reimburse other expenses to the extent necessary to limit total annual operating expenses to the following amounts (Class B Shares only) 1.50%. The portfolio became effective 5/1/03, therefore other expenses are estimated and annualized. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.

         (10)   The Alger American Fund is a diversified, open-end management investment company that offers a selection of six portfolios, each having distinct investment objectives and policies. Each portfolio offers Class O and Class S Shares. Class S shares were offered May 1, 2002. Each class has identical rights to assets and earnings except that only Class S shares have a plan of distribution and bear the related expenses.

    Examples

    These examples show what your costs would be under certain hypothetical situations. The examples do not represent past or future expenses. Your actual expenses may be more or less than those shown. We base examples on the annual expenses of the Underlying Funds for the year ended December 31, 2002. The examples are based on the Funds’ Total Annual Operating Expenses before reimbursement, and do not reflect any waivers or reimbursements. If you have selected Variable Funding Options that have voluntarily or contractually agreed to limit the Total Annual Operating Expenses, your expenses may be lower.

    You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, Purchase Payment Credits of 4.5%, and Separate Account charges of 3.10%, which is the maximum charge for the maximum number of optional benefits. For those contracts that do not elect the maximum number of optional benefits, the expenses would be lower. The examples also reflect the annual contract administrative charge.

    If Contract is surrendered at
    the end of period shown:
    If Contract is NOT surrendered or annuitized
    at the end of period shown:


    Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









    Credit Suisse Trust                                          
       Global Post-Venture Capital
          Portfolio
       1285    2257    3032    4883    485    1457    2432    4883  
       Emerging Markets Portfolio    1302    2307    3111    5019    502    1507    2511    5019  
    12


    If Contract is surrendered at
    the end of period shown:
    If Contract is NOT surrendered or annuitized
    at the end of period shown:


    Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









    Dreyfus Investment
       Portfolio
                                             
       Dreyfus MidCap Stock
          Portfolio — Service Shares
       1225    2085    2758    4401    425    1285    2158    4401  
    Dreyfus Socially Responsible
        Growth Fund, Inc.
                                             
       Dreyfus Socially Responsible
          Growth Fund, Inc. —
          Service Shares
       1218    2065    2726    4343    418    1265    2126    4343  
    INVESCO Variable Investment
        Funds, Inc.
                                             
       INVESCO VIF — Utilities Fund    1233    2108    2795    4466    433    1308    2195    4466  
    Scudder Variable Series I                                          
       21st Century Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
       1265    2201    2943    4728    465    1401    2343    4728  
       Capital Growth Portfolio —
          Class B
       1206    2031    2671    4244    406    1231    2071    4244  
       Global Discovery
          Portfolio — Class B
       1273    2223    2979    4790    473    1423    2379    4790  
       Growth & Income
          Portfolio — Class B
       1212    2048    2699    4293    412    1248    2099    4293  
       Health Sciences Portfolio —
          Class B
       1246    2145    2854    4570    446    1345    2254    4570  
       International Portfolio —
          Class B
       1257    2178    2907    4666    457    1378    2307    4666  
    Scudder Variable Series II                                          
       Scudder International Select
          Equity Portfolio — Class B
       1240    2128    2826    4522    440    1328    2226    4522  
       Scudder Aggressive Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
       1236    2116    2808    4490    436    1316    2208    4490  
       Scudder Blue Chip
          Portfolio — Class B
       1224    2082    2754    4392    424    1282    2154    4392  
       Scudder Contrarian Value
          Portfolio — Class B
       1234    2111    2799    4474    434    1311    2199    4474  
       Scudder Fixed Income
          Portfolio — Class B
       1220    2071    2736    4360    420    1271    2136    4360  
       Scudder Global Blue Chip
          Portfolio — Class B
       1286    2260    3036    4890    486    1460    2436    4890  
       Scudder Government
          Securities Portfolio —
          Class B
       1214    2054    2708    4310    414    1254    2108    4310  
       Scudder Growth Portfolio —
          Class B
       1219    2068    2731    4351    419    1268    2131    4351  
       Scudder High Income
          Portfolio — Class B
       1221    2074    2740    4368    421    1274    2140    4368  
       Scudder Money Market
          Portfolio — Class B
       1209    2040    2685    4269    409    1240    2085    4269  
       Scudder Small Cap Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
       1226    2088    2763    4409    426    1288    2163    4409  
       Scudder Strategic Income
          Portfolio — Class B
       1228    2094    2772    4425    428    1294    2172    4425  
       Scudder Technology Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
       1235    2114    2804    4482    435    1314    2204    4482  
       Scudder Total Return
          Portfolio — Class B
       1213    2051    2704    4302    413    1251    2104    4302  
       SVS Davis Venture Value
          Portfolio — Class B
       1257    2176    2903    4658    457    1376    2303    4658  
       SVS Dreman Financial Services
          Portfolio — Class B
       1238    2122    2817    4506    438    1322    2217    4506  

    13


    If Contract is surrendered at
    the end of period shown:
    If Contract is NOT surrendered or annuitized
    at the end of period shown:


    Funding Option 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years









    Scudder Variable Series II
       (continued)
                                             
       SVS Dreman High Return
          Equity Portfolio — Class B
       1234    2111    2799    4474    434    1311    2199    4474  
       SVS Dreman Small Cap Value
          Portfolio — Class B
       1236    2116    2808    4490    436    1316    2208    4490  
       SVS Eagle Focused Large Cap
          Growth Portfolio —
          Class B
       1257    2178    2907    4666    457    1378    2307    4666  
       SVS Focus Value &
          Growth Portfolio — Class B
       1236    2116    2808    4490    436    1316    2208    4490  
       SVS Index 500 Portfolio —
          Class B
       1202    2017    2648    4202    402    1217    2048    4202  
       SVS INVESCO Dynamic
          Growth Portfolio — Class B
       1268    2209    2957    4752    468    1409    2357    4752  
       SVS Janus Growth And Income
          Portfolio — Class B
       1258    2181    2912    4673    458    1381    2312    4673  
       SVS Janus Growth
          Opportunities Portfolio —
          Class B
       1256    2173    2898    4650    456    1373    2298    4650  
       SVS MFS Strategic Value
          Portfolio — Class B
       1269    2212    2961    4759    469    1412    2361    4759  
       SVS Oak Strategic Equity
          Portfolio — Class B
       1251    2159    2876    4610    451    1359    2276    4610  
       SVS Turner Mid Cap Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
       1267    2207    2952    4744    467    1407    2352    4744  
    Scudder VIT Funds                                          
       Scudder Real Estate Securities
          Portfolio — Class B
       1264    2198    2939    4720    464    1398    2339    4720  
    The Alger American Fund                                          
       Alger American Balanced
          Portfolio — Class S Shares
       1232    2105    2790    4458    432    1305    2190    4458  
       Alger American Leveraged
          AllCap Portfolio —
          Class S Shares
       1247    2147    2858    4578    447    1347    2258    4578  

    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no condensed financial available as of the date of this prospectus.

    THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

    Scudder Advocate Rewards Annuity is a contract between the Contract Owner (“you”) and the Company. This is the prospectus — it is not the Contract. The prospectus highlights many contract provisions to focus your attention on the Contract’s essential features. Your rights and obligations under the Contract will be determined by the language of the Contract itself. When you receive your Contract, we suggest you read it promptly and carefully. There may be differences in your Contract from the descriptions in this prospectus because of the requirements of the state where we issued your Contract. We will include any such differences in your Contract.

    You make Purchase Payments to us and we credit them to your Contract. We promise to pay you an income, in the form of Annuity Payments, beginning on a future date that you choose, the Maturity Date. The Purchase Payments accumulate tax deferred in the funding options of your choice. We offer multiple Variable Funding Options. We may also offer a Fixed Account option. Where permitted by law, we reserve the right to restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified under the Contract. The Contract Owner assumes the risk of gain or loss according to the performance of the Variable Funding Options. The Contract Value is the amount of

    14


    Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits, plus or minus any investment experience on the amounts you allocate to the Separate Account (“Separate Account Contract Value”) or interest on the amounts you allocate to the Fixed Account (“Fixed Account Contract Value”). The Contract Value also reflects all withdrawals made and charges deducted. There is generally no guarantee that at the Maturity Date the Contract Value will equal or exceed the total Purchase Payments made under the Contract. The date the Contract and its benefits become effective is referred to as the Contract Date. Each 12-month period following the Contract Date is called a Contract Year.

    Certain changes and elections must be made in writing to the Company. Where the term “Written Request” is used, it means that you must send written information to our Home Office in a form and content satisfactory to us.

    Contract Owner Inquiries

    Any questions you have about your Contract should be directed to our Home Office at 1-866-703-0527.

    Purchase Payments

    Your initial Purchase Payment is due and payable before the Contract becomes effective. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000. You may make additional payments of at least $500 at any time. No additional payments are allowed if this Contract is purchased with a beneficiary-directed transfer of death benefit proceeds. Under certain circumstances, we may waive the minimum Purchase Payment requirement. Initial Purchase Payments plus the total of any subsequent Purchase Payments may total more than $1,000,000 only with our prior consent. We may restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the current credited interest rate for the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed rate specified in your Contract.

    We will apply the initial Purchase Payment less any applicable premium tax (net Purchase Payment) within two business days after we receive it in good order at our Home Office. We will credit subsequent Purchase Payments to a Contract on the same business day we receive it, if it is received in good order by our Home Office by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. A business day is any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading (except when trading is restricted due to an emergency as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission).

    Purchase Payment Credits

    For each Purchase Payment you make, we will add a credit to your Contract Value whenever the greater age of the Contract Owner or Annuitant is 80 or less at the time the Purchase Payment is received. This credit will equal 4.5% of the Purchase Payment.

    We will apply the Purchase Payment Credit to the funding options in the same ratio as the applicable Purchase Payment.

    We will deduct the Purchase Payment Credit from any refunds made if you return your Contract during the right to return period (we will include any gains on the credit in the refund).

    You should know that over time, particularly in a positive market, the costs associated with the Purchase Payment Credits may exceed the sum of the Purchase Payment Credits and related earnings. You should consider this possibility before purchasing the Contract.

    Purchase Payment Credits may not be included in your GMWB Remaining Benefit Base. Please refer to the description of the GMWB benefit for more information.

    Accumulation Units

    The value of each funding option is measured in Accumulation Units. Every time you allocate or transfer money to or from a funding option we convert that dollar amount into units. The value of an Accumulation Unit for each funding option is initially set at $1.00 and may vary among funding options and from one valuation period to the next. We determine each funding option’s Accumulation Unit value (“AUV”) on each valuation date by multiplying the value on the immediately preceding valuation date by the corresponding net investment factor (see below) for the valuation period just ended. For example, to calculate Monday’s valuation date price, we would multiply Friday’s Accumulation Unit value by Monday’s net investment factor.

    15


    The net investment factor is simply an index we use to measure the investment performance of a funding option from one valuation period to the next. Each funding option has a net investment factor for each valuation period that may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit (and the value of the funding option) may increase or decrease.

    We determine the net investment factor for any valuation period using the following equation: a - c
     
     
      b  

    a is:

     1.  the net asset value per share of the Underlying Fund held in the funding option as of the valuation date; plus
       
     2.  the per-share amount of any dividend or capital gain distribution on shares of the Underlying Fund held by the funding option if the ex-dividend date occurs in the valuation period just ended; plus or minus
       
     3.  a per-share charge or credit, as we may determine on the valuation date for tax reserves; and

    b is:

     1.  the net asset value per share of the Underlying Fund held in the funding option as of the last prior valuation date; plus or minus
       
     2.  the per-share or per-unit charge or credit for tax reserves as of the end of the last prior valuation date; and

    c is the applicable funding option deduction for the Valuation Period.

    The number of Accumulation Units credited to your Contract will not change as a result of the funding option’s investment experience. The Separate Account will redeem Underlying Fund shares at their net asset value, to the extent necessary to make payments under the Contract.

    Transfers between funding options will result in the addition or reduction of Accumulation Units having a total value equal to the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular funding option. The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the amount transferred by the Accumulation Unit value of the funding option involved as of the next valuation date after we receive your request for transfer at our Home Office. On the Maturity Date your Accumulation Units will be converted to Annuity Units.

    The Variable Funding Options

    You choose the Variable Funding Options to which you allocate your Purchase Payments. These Variable Funding Options are subaccounts of the Separate Account. The subaccounts invest in the Underlying Funds. You are not investing directly in the Underlying Fund. Each Underlying Fund is a portfolio of an open-end management investment company that is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940. These Underlying Funds are not publicly traded and are offered only through variable annuity and variable life insurance products. They are not the same retail mutual funds as those offered outside of a variable annuity or variable life insurance product, although the investment practices and fund names may be similar, and the portfolio managers may be identical. Accordingly, the performance of the retail mutual fund is likely to be different from that of the Underlying Fund, and Contract Owners should not compare the two.

    You will find detailed information about the funds and their inherent risks in the current fund prospectuses for the Underlying Funds. Since each option has varying degrees of risk, please read the prospectuses carefully. There is no assurance that any of the Underlying Funds will meet its investment objectives. Contact your registered representative or call 1-800-842-9406 to request additional copies of the prospectuses.

    If any of the Underlying Funds become unavailable for allocating Purchase Payments, or if we believe that further investment in an Underlying Fund is inappropriate for the purposes of the Contract, we may substitute another funding option. However, we will not make any substitutions without notifying you and obtaining any state and SEC approval, if necessary. From time to time we may make new funding options available.

    16


    Administrative, Marketing and Support Service Fees. The Company and TDLLC have arrangements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or affiliated companies of many of the Underlying Funds under which the Company and TDLLC receive payments in connection with our provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Funds. Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that the Company and TDLLC incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the Contracts.

    The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of each Underlying Fund allocated to the Variable Funding Options under the Contract or other contracts offered by the Company. Aggregate fees relating to the different Funds may vary in amount and may be as much as 0.60% of the average net assets of an Underlying Fund attributable to the relevant contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees) that are deducted from an Underlying Fund’s assets as part of its Total Annual Operating Expenses. The arrangements may vary for each Underlying Fund.

    The current Variable Funding Options are listed below, along with their investment advisers and any subadviser:

    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Credit Suisse Trust          
       Global Post-Venture Capital Portfolio   Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of post-venture-capital companies of any size from at least three countries, including the U.S.   Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
    Subadviser: Abbott Capital Management, LLC; Credit Suisse Asset Management Limited (U.K), (Japan), (Australia)
     
       Emerging Markets Portfolio   Seeks long term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies located in, or conducting a majority of their business, in emerging markets.   Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
    Subadviser: Credit Suisse Asset Management Limited
     
    Dreyfus Investment
       Portfolio
             
       Dreyfus MidCap Stock Portfolio —
          Service Shares
      Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-sized domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the S&P MidCap 400 Index. The Fund normally invests in growth and value stocks of mid-size companies that are chosen through a disciplined investment process.   The Dreyfus Corporation  
    Dreyfus Socially Responsible
       Growth Fund, Inc.
             
       Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth
          Fund, Inc. — Service Shares
      Seeks capital growth with current income as a secondary objective. The Fund normally invests in the common stocks of companies that, in the opinion of the Fund's management, meet traditional investment standards and conduct their business in a manner that contributes to the enhancement of the quality of life in America.   The Dreyfus Corporation  
    INVESCO Variable Investment
       Funds, Inc.
             
       INVESCO VIF — Utilities Fund   Seeks capital growth. Also seeks current income. The Fund normally invests in equity securities and equity-related instruments of companies engaged in the utilities-related industries.   INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.  
    Scudder Variable Series I          
       21st Century Growth Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities issued by emerging growth companies.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Capital Growth Portfolio — Class B   Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of established U.S. companies that are believed to have the potential to display above-average earnings growth, are industry leaders or are potential industry leaders, have strong product position and effective company management.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  

    17


    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Scudder Variable Series I (continued)          
       Global Discovery Portfolio — Class B   Seeks above-average capital appreciation over the long term. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and other equities of small companies throughout the world, generally with a focus on countries within developed economies.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Growth & Income Portfolio — Class B   Seeks long-term growth of capital, current income and growth of income. The Fund normally invests in equities of large U.S. companies, although it may invest in companies of any size and from any country.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Health Sciences Portfolio — Class B   Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in coomon stocks of companies of any size in the health care sector (e.g. pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, medical products and supplies, health care services).   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       International Portfolio — Class B   Seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of established companies listed on foreign exchanges.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Deutsche Asset Management Services Ltd.
     
    Scudder Variable Series II          
       Scudder International Select Equity
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in a focused list of approximately 40 stocks, with 50% of its assets invested in securities that are represented on the MSCI EAFE Index and the other 50% invested in non-Index securities of companies located in the countries that make up the Index, such as Germany, Australia, Singpore and Japan.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Deutsche Asset Management Investments Services Ltd.
     
       Scudder Aggressive Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund uses aggressive investment techniques and normally invests in equities — usually common stocks — of U.S. companies.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Blue Chip Portfolio — Class B   Seeks growth of capital and income. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of large U.S. companies that are similar in size to companies in the S&P 500 Index and are considered by the portfolio managers to be “blue chip” companies. Blue chip companies are typically well-known, solidly positioned within their industry, with strong management, easy access to credit, and established earnings and dividend history,   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Contrarian Value Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks a high rate of total return. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and other equity securities of large U.S. companies that are similar in size to the companies in the Russell 1000 Value Index and that the portfolio managers believe are undervalued.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Fixed Income Portfolio — Class B   Seeks high current income. The Fund normally invests in a diversified portfolio of fixed-income securities in the top four grades of credit quality.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Global Blue Chip Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and other equity securities of companies throughout the world considered by the portfolio managers to be “blue chip.” Blue chip companies are typically well-known, solidly positioned within their industry, with strong management, easy access to credit and establsihed earnings and dividend history.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  

    18


    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Scudder Variable Series II
       (continued)
             
       Scudder Government Securities
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks high current income consistent with preservation of capital. The Fund normally invests in U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements of U.S. government securities.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Growth Portfolio — Class B   Seeks maximum appreciation of capital. The Fund normally invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies that are similar in size to the companies in the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The portfolio managers look for companies that have strong product lines, effective management and leadership positions within core markets.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder High Income Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks to provide a high level of current income. The Fund normally invests in lower-rated high yield/high risk fixed-income securities, often called junk bonds.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Money Market Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks maximum current income to the extent consistent with stability of principal. The Fund normally invests in high-quality short-term securities, as well as repurchase agreements.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Small Cap Growth Portfolio
          — Class B
      Seeks maximum appreciation of investors' capital. The Fund normally invests in small capitalization stocks of companies with a history of revenue growth, effective management and strong balance sheets, among other factors.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Strategic Income Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks high current income. The Fund normally invests in bonds issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and governments.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Technology Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stocks of U.S. companies of any size that are in the technology sector (e.g. semi-conductors, software, telecom equipment and computer/hardware).   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       Scudder Total Return Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks high total return, a combination of income and capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in a mix of stocks and bonds, including common stocks, convertible securities, corporate bonds, U.S. government bonds and mortage- and asset-backed securities.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.  
       SVS Davis Venture Value Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in common stock of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of at least $5 billion that are believed to be quality, overlooked growth companies at value prices.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
     
       SVS Dreman Financial Services
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of financial services companies (e.g. banks, insurance companies, savings and loans, securities brokerage firms and diversified financial companies).   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Dreman Value Management L.L.C.
     
       SVS Dreman High Return Equity
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks to achieve a high rate of total return. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and other equity securities, with a focus on stocks of large U.S. companies believed to be undervalued based on an analysis that includes price-to earnings ratios, book values, cash flows and yields.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Dreman Value Management L.L.C.
     

    19

    Funding
    Option
      Investment
    Objective
      Investment
    Adviser/Subadviser
     

     
     
     
    Scudder Variable Series II
       (continued)
             
       SVS Dreman Small Cap Value
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in undervalued common stocks of small U.S. companies.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Dreman Value Management L.L.C.
     
       SVS Eagle Focused Large Cap
          Growth Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks growth through long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of seasoned financially strong U.S. growth companies.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Eagle Asset Management, Inc.
     
       SVS Focus Value & Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks growth of capital. The Fund normally invests in U.S. common stock, both growth and value stocks.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Jennison Associates LLC; Dreman Value Management, LLC
     
       SVS Index 500 Portfolio — Class B   Seeks returns that, before expenses, correspond to the total return of U.S. common stocks as represented by the S&P 500 Index. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and securities included in the index.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Northern Trust Investments, Inc.
     
       SVS INVESCO Dynamic Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of mid-sized companies, with the core of the Fund invested in securities of established companies that are leaders in attractive growth markets with a history of strong returns.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: INVESCO
     
       SVS Janus Growth And Income
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks long-term capital growth and current income. The Fund normally invests in equity securities using a “bottom-up” approach in choosing investments.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Janus Capital Management LLC
     
       SVS Janus Growth Opportunites
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks long-term growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital. The Fund normally invests in equity securities selected for their growth potential.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Janus Capital Management LLC
     
       SVS MFS Strategic Value Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks to provide capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depository receipts, of companies believed to be undervalued in the market relative to their long term potential.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Massachusetts Financial Services (“MFS”)
     
       SVS Oak Strategic Equity Portfolio —
          Class B
      Seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests in equity securities, primarily the common stocks of established U.S. companies with large market capitalizations.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Oak Associates, Ltd.
     
       SVS Turner Mid Cap Growth
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in medium market capitalizations that are believed to have strong earnings growth potential.   Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
    Subadviser: Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
     
    Scudder VIT Funds          
       Scudder Real Estate Securities
          Portfolio — Class B
      Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of real estate investment trusts (“REITS”) and real estate companies.   Deutsche Asset Management, Inc.  
    The Alger American Fund          
       Alger American Balanced Portfolio —
          Class S Shares
      Seeks current income and long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests in stocks of companies with growth potential and in fixed-income securities, especially those which appear to have some potential for capital appreciation.   Fred Alger Management, Inc.  
       Alger American Leveraged AllCap
          Portfolio — Class S Shares
      Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in equity securities of companies of any size, which demonstrate growth potential, and the Fund can leverage up to one-third of its total assets to buy additional securities.   Fred Alger Management, Inc.  

    20


    FIXED ACCOUNT

    We may offer our Fixed Account as a funding option. Please refer to your Contract and Appendix A for more information.

    CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

    General

    We deduct the charges described below. The charges are for the service and benefits we provide, costs and expenses we incur, and risks we assume under the Contracts. Services and benefits we provide include:

      • the ability for you to make withdrawals and surrenders under the Contracts
      • the death benefit paid on the death of the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or first of the joint owners
      • the available funding options and related programs (including dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing, and systematic withdrawal programs)
      • administration of the annuity options available under the Contracts and
      • the distribution of various reports to Contract Owner

    Costs and expenses we incur include:

      • losses associated with various overhead and other expenses associated with providing the services and benefits provided by the Contracts
      • sales and marketing expenses including commission payments to your sales agent and
      • other costs of doing business

    Risks we assume include:

      • that Annuitants may live longer than estimated when the annuity factors under the Contracts were established
      • that the amount of the death benefit will be greater than the Contract Value and
      • that the costs of providing the services and benefits under the Contracts will exceed the charges deducted

    We may also deduct a charge for taxes.

    Unless otherwise specified, charges are deducted proportionately from all funding options in which you are invested.

    We may reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge, the administrative charges and/or the mortality and expense risk charge under the Contract when certain sales or administration of the Contract result in savings or reduced expenses and/or risks. For certain trusts, we may change the order in which Purchase Payments and earnings are withdrawn in order to determine the withdrawal charge. We will not reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge or the administrative charge where such reduction or elimination would be unfairly discriminatory to any person.

    The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the designated charge. For example, the withdrawal charge we collect may not fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We may also profit on one or more of the charges. We may use any such profits for any corporate purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.

    21


    Withdrawal Charge

    We do not deduct a sales charge from Purchase Payments when they are made to the Contract. However, a withdrawal charge will apply if Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits are withdrawn before they have been in the Contract for nine years. We will assess the charge as a percentage of the Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn as follows:

    Years Since Purchase Payment Made   Withdrawal Charge  

     
     
    Greater than or Equal to   But less than      
    0 years   3 years   8%  
    3 years   4 years   7%  
    4 years   5 years   6%  
    5 years   6 years   5%  
    6 years   7 years   4%  
    7 years   8 years   3%  
    8 years   9 years   2%  
    9 years+       0%  

    For purposes of the withdrawal charge calculation, withdrawals are deemed to be taken first from:

     (a)  any Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits to which no withdrawal charge applies then
       
     (b)  any remaining free withdrawal allowance (as described below) (after being reduced by (a)), then
       
     (c)  any remaining Purchase Payment and any associated Purchase Payment Credits to which a withdrawal charge applies (on a first-in, first-out basis), then
       
     (d)  any Contract earnings

    Unless you instruct us otherwise, we will deduct the withdrawal charge from the amount requested.

    We will not deduct a withdrawal charge if Purchase Payments and associated credits are distributed:

      • due to the death of the Contract Owner or the Annuitant (with no contingent Annuitant surviving) or
      • under the Managed Distribution Program or
      • under the Nursing Home Confinement provision (as described in Appendix B)

    Free Withdrawal Allowance

    Beginning in the second Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 10% of the Contract Value annually. We calculate the available withdrawal amount as of the end of the previous Contract Year. If you have Purchase Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge, the maximum you may withdraw without a withdrawal charge is the greater of (a) the free withdrawal allowance or (b) the total amount of Purchase Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge. Any free withdrawal taken will reduce Purchase Payments no longer subject to a withdrawal charge. The free withdrawal provision applies to all withdrawals except those transferred directly to annuity contracts issued by other financial institutions. The free withdrawal amount is not cumulative from year to year.

    Transfer Charge

    We reserve the right to assess a transfer charge of up to $10.00 on transfers exceeding 12 per year. We will notify you in writing at your last known address at least 31 days before we impose any such transfer charge.

    Administrative Charges

    There are two administrative charges: the $40 annual contract administrative charge and the administrative expense charge. We will deduct the annual contract administrative charge on the fourth Friday of each August. This charge compensates us for expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining the Contract. We will prorate this charge if you surrender your Contract, or if we terminate your Contract. We will not deduct a contract administrative charge from the Fixed Account or:

    22


                (1)   from the distribution of death proceeds;

                (2)   after an annuity payout has begun; or

                (3)   if the Contract Value on the date of assessment equals or is greater than $100,000.

    We deduct the administrative expense charge (sometimes called “sub-account administrative charge”) on each business day from amounts allocated to the Variable Funding Options to compensate the Company for certain related administrative and operating expenses. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 0.15 % of the daily net asset value allocated to each of the Variable Funding Options, and is reflected in our accumulation and Annuity Unit value calculations.

    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

    Each business day, we deduct a mortality and expense risk (“M&E”) charge from amounts we hold in the Variable Funding Options. We reflect the deduction in our calculation of Accumulation and Annuity Unit values. The charges stated are the maximum for this product. We reserve the right to lower this charge at any time. If you choose the Standard Death Benefit, the M&E charge equals 1.40% annually. If you choose the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit, the M&E charge is 1.55% annually. If you choose the Roll-Up Death Benefit, the M&E charge is 1.75% annually. This charge compensates the Company for risks assumed, benefits provided and expenses incurred, including the payment of commissions to your sales agent.

    Variable Liquidity Benefit Charge

    If the Variable Liquidity Benefit is selected, there is a maximum surrender charge of 8% of the amounts withdrawn. This charge is not assessed during the accumulation phase.

    We will assess the charge as a percentage of the total benefit received as follows:

    Years Since Initial Purchase Payment
    Surrender Charge

     
    Greater than or Equal to   But less than    
    0 years   3 years   8%
    3 years   4 years   7%
    4 years   5 years   6%
    5 years   6 years   5%
    6 years   7 years   4%
    7 years   8 years   3%
    8 years   9 years   2%
    9 years+    
    0%

    Please refer to The Annuity Period for a description of this benefit.

    E.S.P. Charge

    If the E.S.P. option is selected, a charge is deducted each business day from amounts held in the Variable Funding Options. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 0.20% of the amounts held in each funding option.

    GMWB Charge

    If the GMWB option is selected, a charge is deducted each business day from amounts held in the Variable Funding Options. The charge equals, on an annual basis, a maximum of 1.00% of the amounts held in each funding option. The current charge is 0.40%.

    Variable Funding Option Expenses

    We summarized the charges and expenses of the Underlying Funds in the fee table. Please review the prospectus for each Underlying Fund for a more complete description of that fund and its expenses.

    23


    Premium Tax

    Certain state and local governments charge premium taxes ranging from 0% to 5%, depending upon jurisdiction. We are responsible for paying these taxes and will determine the method used to recover premium tax expenses incurred. We will deduct any applicable premium taxes from your Contract Value either upon death, surrender, annuitization, or at the time you make Purchase Payments to the Contract, but no earlier than when we have a tax liability under state law.

    Changes in Taxes Based upon Premium or Value

    If there is any change in a law assessing taxes against the Company based upon premiums, contract gains or value of the Contract, we reserve the right to charge you proportionately for this tax.

    TRANSFERS

    Up to 30 days before the Maturity Date, you may transfer all or part of the Contract Value between Variable Funding Options. Please note that the Contract is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the stock market. Therefore, all transfers are subject to the following restrictions:

    1.  Excessive Transfers. We reserve the right to restrict transfers if we determine you are engaging in a pattern of transfers that may disadvantage Contract Owners. In making this determination, we will consider, among other things, the following factors:

      • the total dollar amount being transferred;
      • the number of transfers you made within the previous three months;
      • whether your transfers follow a pattern designed to take advantage of short term market fluctuations; and
      • whether your transfers are part of a group of transfers made by a third party on behalf of the individual Contract Owners in the group.
    2.  Market Timers. We reserve the right to restrict transfers by any market timing firm or any other third party authorized to initiate transfers on behalf of multiple Contract Owners. We may, among other things:
      • reject the transfer instructions of any agent acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one owner, or
      • reject the transfer or exchange instructions of individual owners who have executed pre-authorized transfer forms which are submitted by market timing firms or other third parties on behalf of more than one owner.

    If we choose to enforce our contractual rights to restrict transfers to once every six months, we will so notify you in writing.

    Future Modifications. We will continue to monitor the transfer activity occurring among the Variable Funding Options, and may modify these transfer restrictions at any time if we deem it necessary to protect the interest of all Contract Owners. These modifications may include curtailing or eliminating, without notice, the ability to use the Internet, facsimile or telephone in making transfers.

    If, in our sole discretion, we determine you are engaging in activity as described above or similar activity which will potentially hurt the rights or interests of Contract Owners, we will exercise our contractual right to restrict your number of transfers to one every six months. We reserve the right to charge a $10.00 fee for any transfer request that exceeds twelve per year. None of these restrictions are applicable to transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or a rebalancing program.

    We reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account whenever the current credited interest rate for the Fixed Account is the minimum guaranteed rate specified in your Contract.

    24


    We will make transfers at the value(s) next determined after we receive your request in good order at our Home Office. After the Maturity Date, you may make transfers only if allowed by your contract or with our consent. These restrictions are subject to any state law requirements.

    Dollar Cost Averaging

    Dollar cost averaging or the pre-authorized transfer program (the “DCA Program”) allows you to transfer a set dollar amount to other funding options on a monthly or quarterly basis during the accumulation phase of the Contract. Using this method, you will purchase more Accumulation Units in a funding option if the value per unit is low and will purchase fewer Accumulation Units if the value per unit is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower-than-average cost per unit in the long run if you have the financial ability to continue the program over a long enough period of time. Dollar cost averaging does not assure a profit or protect against a loss.

    You may elect the DCA Program through Written Request or other method acceptable to us. You must have a minimum total Contract Value of $5,000 to enroll in the DCA Program. The minimum amount that may be transferred through this program is $400.

    You may establish pre-authorized transfers of Contract Values from the Fixed Account, subject to certain restrictions. Under the DCA Program, automated transfers from the Fixed Account may not deplete your Fixed Account Value in less than twelve months from your enrollment in the DCA Program.

    In addition to the DCA Program, within the Fixed Account, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners under an administrative Special DCA Program established at our discretion, depending on availability and state law. Under this program, the Contract Owner may pre-authorize level transfers to any of the funding options under either a 6 Month, 12 Month or 24 Month Program. The Programs may have different credited interest rates. We must transfer all Purchase Payments and accrued interest on a level basis to the selected funding options in the applicable time period. Under each Program, the interest will accrue only on the remaining amounts in the Special DCA Program. For example, under the 12 Month Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 12 months on the remaining amounts in the Special DCA Program and we must transfer all Purchase Payments and accrued interest in this Program on a level basis to the selected funding options in 12 months.

    The pre-authorized transfers will begin after the initial Program Purchase Payment and complete enrollment instructions are received by the Company. If we do not receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of the initial Program Purchase Payment, the entire balance in the Program will be transferred into the Money Market Variable Funding Option.

    You may start or stop participation in the DCA Program at any time, but you must give the Company at least 30 days’ notice to change any automated transfer instructions that are currently in place. If you stop the Special DCA Program and elect to remain in the Fixed Account, we will credit your Contract Value for the remainder of 6 or 12 months with the interest rate for non-Program funds.

    You may only have one DCA Program or Special DCA Program in place at one time.

    All provisions and terms of the Contract apply to the DCA and Special DCA Programs, including provisions relating to the transfer of money between funding options. Transfers made under any DCA Program will not be counted for purposes of restrictions we may impose on the number of transfers permitted under the Contract. We reserve the right to suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time and to assess a processing fee for this service. If the Fixed Account is not available as a funding option, you may still participate in the DCA program.

    ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

    Any time before the Maturity Date, you may redeem all or any portion of the Cash Surrender Value, that is, the Contract Value less any withdrawal charge and any premium tax not previously deducted. Unless you submit a Written Request specifying the fixed or Variable Funding Option(s) from which we are to withdraw amounts, we will make the withdrawal on a pro rata basis. We will determine the Cash Surrender Value as of the close of business after we receive your surrender request at our Home Office. The Cash Surrender Value may be more or less than the Purchase Payments you made. You may not make withdrawals during the annuity period.

    25


    For amounts allocated to the Variable Funding Options, we may defer payment of any Cash Surrender Value for a period of up to five business days after the Written Request is received. For amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, we may defer payment of any Cash Surrender Value for a period up to six months. In either case, it is our intent to pay as soon as possible. We cannot process requests for withdrawals that are not in good order. We will contact you if there is a deficiency causing a delay and will advise what is needed to act upon the withdrawal request.

    Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB” or “Principal Guarantee”)

    For an additional charge, you may elect GMWB, a living benefit that guarantees return of your Purchase Payments regardless of market conditions if you do not withdraw more than a certain amount per year. Once you elect this benefit, you cannot cancel it. You must elect the benefit at time of purchase. GMWB will automatically terminate upon annuitization or if you assign your Contract to a different Contract Owner.

    Your initial Purchase Payment is used to determine your initial remaining benefit base, (“RBB”), or the maximum amount of money that is guaranteed to be returned to you subject to the conditions below. Your initial RBB does not include Purchase Payment Credits. The maximum amount you may withdraw on an annual basis without an adverse effect on your guarantee is your annual withdrawal benefit (“AWB”).

    If you make your first withdrawal within three full years after you purchased GMWB, your AWB will equal 5% of your RBB immediately prior to your first withdrawal. If you begin making withdrawals more than three complete years after you purchased GMWB, your AWB will equal 10% of your RBB immediately prior to your first withdrawal. Your AWB may be taken on any payment schedule you request, e.g. monthly. You may take withdrawals in any dollar amount up to your AWB without affecting your guarantee. If you choose to receive only a part of or none of your AWB in any given year, your RBB and AWB will not increase. You can continue to receive your AWB until the RBB is depleted. If you take a partial withdrawal, and your AWB is greater than the free withdrawal allowance, withdrawal charges are waived only on amounts up to your AWB.

    Your RBB and AWB will not change unless you make subsequent Purchase Payments or take withdrawals from your Contract, as described below.

    If you make subsequent payments, we will recalculate your RBB and your AWB. Your new RBB equals your RBB immediately prior to the subsequent payment plus the subsequent payment. We reserve the right not to include subsequent Purchase Payments in the calculation of the RBB. When your RBB is adjusted because you have made a subsequent Purchase Payment, your AWB is recalculated to equal the AWB immediately prior to the subsequent payment, plus either 5% or 10% of the subsequent payment, depending on when you have taken your first withdrawal.

    Aggregate Purchase Payments over $1 million are subject to our consent, including our consent to the maximum RBB applied to your GMWB. We may impose a maximum RBB in the future for Contract Owners who elect GMWB, but the maximum RBB will never be less than the cumulative Purchase Payments to which we have previously consented. We reserve the right to restrict the maximum RBB on subsequent Purchase Payments and/or resets if such subsequent Purchase Payments and/or resets would cause the RBB to be greater than the maximum RBB. Purchase Payments under $1 million are not subject to a limitation on the maximum RBB. State variations may apply.

    Withdrawals: If the total of all withdrawals since the most recent Contract Date anniversary, including the current withdrawal, is equal to or less than your AWB immediately prior to the current withdrawal, we will recalculate your RBB to equal the RBB immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the current withdrawal.

    If the total amount of all withdrawals since the most recent Contract Date anniversary, including the current withdrawal, exceed the AWB, we will recalculate both your RBB and AWB by applying a partial surrender reduction. The partial surrender reduction is equal to 1) the RBB or AWB in effect immediately prior to the current withdrawal, multiplied by 2) the amount of the current withdrawal divided by 3) the Contract Value immediately prior to the current withdrawal minus any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the withdrawal.

    For example, assume your initial Purchase Payment is $100,000, and a withdrawal of $10,000 is taken in contract year two:

    26


      Assumes 15% gain on investment Assumes 15% loss on investment
      Contract
    Value
    RBB AWB (5%) Contract
    Value
    RBB AWB (5%)
    Values As Of            
    Contract date $104,500 $100,000 $5,000 $104,500 $100,000 $5,000
    Immediately
       prior to
       withdrawal,
       contract year two
    $120,750 $100,000 $5,000 $89,250 $100,000 $5,000
    Immediately after
       withdrawal,
       contract year two
    $110,750 $91,718

    [100,000 – (100,000 ×10,000/120,750)]
    $4,586

    [5,000 – (5,000 ×10,000/120,750)]
    $79,250 $88,796

    [100,000 – (100,000 ×10,000/89,250)]
    $4,440

    [5,000 – (5,000 ×10,000/89,250)]

    Change in Value
    due to
    Withdrawal
    (Partial Surrender
    Reduction)
    $10,000 $8,282 $414 $10,000 $11,204 $560

    Any time on or after the 5th Contract Date anniversary, you may choose to reset your RBB to equal your current Contract Value minus any Purchase Payment Credits received 12 months prior to the reset date. Depending on your Contract Value and the current fee for GMWB, it may not be beneficial to reset your RBB. The current charge in effect at the time of the reset will apply. Your second and all subsequent resets must occur at least 5 years from the most recent reset. If your first withdrawal from the contract is prior to your third Contract Date anniversary, your AWB will equal 5% of your RBB after any reset. Similarly, if you began taking withdrawals after your third contract year, your AWB will equal 10% of your RBB after any reset. In addition, the length of time over which you can expect to receive your RBB will be reset. Once you become eligible to reset your RBB, we reserve the right to allow resets only on a contract anniversary.

    If your Contract Value reaches zero, and you have purchased this benefit, the following will occur:

      • The AWB will continue to be paid to you until the RBB is depleted, not more frequently than monthly. Upon your death, your beneficiary will receive these payments. No other death benefit or E.S.P. benefit, if any, will be paid.
      • The total annual payment amount will equal the AWB and will never exceed your RBB, and
      • We will no longer accept subsequent Purchase Payments into the Contract.

    If a spouse or beneficiary continues this Contract upon your death, and you had elected GMWB, all terms and conditions of this benefit would apply to the new owner.

    Please refer to the Death Benefit Section for information on how this benefit may impact your death benefit.

    Systematic Withdrawals

    Before the Maturity Date, you may choose to withdraw a specified dollar amount (at least $100) on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. We will deduct any applicable premium taxes and withdrawal charge. To elect systematic withdrawals, you must have a Contract Value of at least $15,000 and you must make the election on the form we provide. We will surrender Accumulation Units pro rata from all funding options in which you have an interest, unless you instruct us otherwise. You may begin or discontinue systematic withdrawals at any time by notifying us in writing, but you must give at least 30 days’ notice to change any systematic withdrawal instructions that are currently in place.

    We reserve the right to discontinue offering systematic withdrawals upon 30 days’ written notice to Contract Owners (where allowed by state law).

    Each systematic withdrawal is subject to federal income taxes on the taxable portion. In addition, a 10% federal penalty tax may be assessed on systematic withdrawals if the Contract Owner is under age 59 1/2. You should consult with your tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of systematic withdrawals.

    27


    Managed Distribution Program. Under the systematic withdrawal option, you may choose to participate in the Managed Distribution Program. At no cost to you, you may instruct us to calculate and make minimum distributions that may be required by the IRS upon reaching age 70 1/2. (See Federal Tax Considerations.) These payments will not be subject to the withdrawal charge and will be in lieu of the free withdrawal allowance. No Dollar Cost Averaging will be permitted if you are participating in the Managed Distribution Program.

    OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

    Types of Ownership

    Contract Owner

    The Contract belongs to the Contract Owner named in the Contract (on the Contract Specifications page), or to any other person to whom you subsequently assign the Contract. You may only make an assignment of ownership or a collateral assignment for nonqualified Contracts. You have sole power during the Annuitant’s lifetime to exercise any rights and to receive all benefits given in the Contract provided you have not named an irrevocable beneficiary and provided you have not assigned the Contract.

    You receive all payments while the Annuitant is alive unless you direct them to an alternate recipient. An alternate recipient does not become the Contract Owner.

    If this Contract is purchased by a beneficiary of another contract who directly transferred the death proceeds due under that contract, he/she will be granted the same rights the owner has under the Contract except that he/she cannot transfer ownership or make additional Purchase Payments.

    Joint Owner. For nonqualified Contracts only, you may name joint owners (e.g., spouses) in a Written Request before the Contract is in effect. Joint owners may independently exercise transfers allowed under the Contract. All other rights of ownership must be exercised by both owners. Joint owners own equal shares of any benefits accruing or payments made to them.

    Beneficiary

    You name the beneficiary in a Written Request. The beneficiary has the right to receive any death benefit proceeds remaining under the Contract upon the death of the Annuitant or the Contract Owner. If more than one beneficiary survives the Annuitant or Contract Owner, they will share equally in benefits unless you recorded different shares with the Company by Written Request before the death of the Annuitant or Contract Owner. In the case of a non-spousal beneficiary or a spousal beneficiary who has not chosen to assume the Contract, we will not transfer or otherwise remove the death benefit proceeds from either the Variable Funding Options or the Fixed Account, as most recently elected by the Contract Owner, until the Death Report Date.

    Unless you have named an irrevocable beneficiary you have the right to change any beneficiary by Written Request during the lifetime of the Annuitant and while the Contract continues.

    Annuitant

    The Annuitant is designated in the Contract (on the Contract Specifications page), and is the individual on whose life the Maturity Date and the amount of the monthly Annuity Payments depend. You may not change the Annuitant after your Contract is in effect.

    Contingent Annuitant. You may name one individual as a Contingent Annuitant. A contingent Annuitant may not be changed, deleted or added to the Contract after the Contract Date. If the Annuitant who is not the owner dies prior to the Maturity Date, and the Contingent Annuitant is still living;

    • the death benefit will not be payable upon the Annuitant’s death
    • the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant
    • all other rights and benefits will continue in effect
    28


    When a Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant, the Maturity Date remains the same as previously in effect.

    If the Annuitant is also the owner, a death benefit is paid to the beneficiary regardless of whether or not there is a Contingent Annuitant.

    DEATH BENEFIT

    Before the Maturity Date, generally, a death benefit is payable when either the Annuitant or a Contract Owner dies. At purchase, you elect the Standard Death Benefit, the Step-Up Benefit (also referred to as the “Annual Step-Up”) or the Roll-Up Benefit. We calculate the death benefit at the close of the business day on which our Home Office receives (1) Due Proof of Death and (2) written payment instructions or election of spousal contract continuance or beneficiary contract continuance (“Death Report Date”).

    Three different types of death benefits are available under the Contract prior to the Maturity Date:

      • Standard Death Benefit
      • Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
      • Roll-Up Death Benefit

    The Annual Step-Up and Roll-Up Death Benefits may not be available in all jurisdictions.

    Note: If the owner dies before the Annuitant, the death benefit is recalculated, replacing all references to “Annuitant” with “owner.”

    Death Proceeds before the Maturity Date

    Standard Death Benefit: We will pay the beneficiary an amount equal to the greater of (1) or (2) below, each reduced by any applicable premium tax not previously deducted:

     (1)  your Contract Value on the Death Report Date,
       
     (2)  your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below

    Annual Step-Up Death Benefit

    (not available when either the Annuitant or owner is age 80 or older on the Contract Date) We will pay the beneficiary an amount equal to the greater of (1), (2) or (3) below, each reduced by any applicable premium tax not previously deducted:

     (1)  your Contract Value on the Death Report Date,
       
     (2)  your adjusted Purchase Payment described below or
       
     (3)  the Step-Up Value, if any, as described below

    Roll-Up Death Benefit

    (not available when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the Contract Date)

    If the Annuitant dies before age 80, the death  
  • the Contract Value on the Death Report Date  
    benefit will be the greatest of:  
  • your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below  
       
  • the Step-Up Value, if any, described below or  
       
  • the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value, described below; or  

    29


    If the Annuitant dies on or after age 80, the  
  • the Contract Value on the Death Report Date  
    death benefit will be the greatest of:  
  • your adjusted Purchase Payment, described below;  
       
  • the Step-Up Value, if any, as described below or  
       
  • the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value, described below, on the Annuitant’s 80th birthday, plus any additional Purchase Payments and minus any partial surrender reductions (as described below) that occur after the Annuitant’s 80th birthday  

    Adjusted Purchase Payment. The initial adjusted Purchase Payment is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. Whenever an additional Purchase Payment is made, the adjusted Purchase Payment is increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a partial surrender is taken, the adjusted Purchase Payment is reduced by a partial surrender reduction, described below. Purchase Payment Credits are not considered Purchase Payments for the purposes of this calculation.

    Step-Up Value. The Step-Up Value will initially equal the Contract Value on the first Contract Date anniversary less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months. On each subsequent Contract Date anniversary that occurs before the Annuitant’s 80th birthday and before the Annuitant’s death, if the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months is greater than the Step-Up Value, the Step-Up Value will be increased equal the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months. If the Step-Up Value is greater than the Contract Value less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within the last 12 months, the Step-Up Value will remain unchanged. Whenever a Purchase Payment is made, the Step-Up Value will be increased by the amount of that Purchase Payment. Whenever a withdrawal is taken, the Step-Up Value will be reduced by a partial surrender reduction as described below. The only changes made to the Step-Up Value on or after the Annuitant’s 80th birthday will be those related to additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals as described below.

    Roll-Up Death Benefit Value. On the Contract Date, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value is equal to the Purchase Payment. Purchase Payment Credits are not considered Purchase Payments. On each Contract Date anniversary, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value will be recalculated to equal (a) plus (b) minus (c), increased by 5%, where:

                (a)   is the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value as of the previous Contract Date anniversary

                (b)   is any Purchase Payment made during the previous Contract Year

                (c)   is any partial surrender reduction (as described below) during the previous Contract Year.

    On dates other than the Contract Date anniversary, the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value will equal a) plus b) minus c) where:

                (a)   is the Roll-Up Death Benefit Value as of the previous Contract Date anniversary

                (b)   is any Purchase Payment made since the previous Contract Date anniversary

                (c)   is any partial surrender reduction (as described below) since the previous Contract Date anniversary

    The maximum Roll-Up Death Benefit equals 200% of the difference between all Purchase Payments and all partial surrender reductions (as described below).

    Partial Surrender Reductions.

    Adjusted Purchase Payment: The partial surrender reduction equals (1) the adjusted purchase payment in effect immediately before the reduction for withdrawal, multiplied by (2) the amount of the withdrawal, divided by (3) the Contract Value before the surrender less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the surrender.

    For example, assume your current Contract Value is $55,000. If your current adjusted Purchase Payment is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the adjusted Purchase Payment as follows:

    30


                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-9,090, or $40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current adjusted purchase payment is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the adjusted Purchase Payment as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new adjusted purchase payment would be 50,000-16,666, or $33,334.

    Step-Up and Roll-Up Value: The partial surrender reduction equals (1) the death benefit value (step-up or roll-up value) in effect immediately before the reduction for withdrawal, multiplied by (2) the amount of the withdrawal, divided by (3) the Contract Value before the surrender less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of the surrender.

    For example, assume your current Contract Value is $55,000. If your current Step-Up Value is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the Step-Up Value as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-9,090, or $40,910.

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current Step-Up Value is $50,000, and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the Step-Up Value as follows:

                50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new Step-Up Value would be 50,000-16,666, or $33,334.

    If you have elected GMWB, and your death benefit is equal to a return of your total Purchase Payments reduced by the partial surrender reduction, the partial surrender reduction will not be applied to your death benefit. Instead, if you have made withdrawals under your contract, your death benefit will be reduced by the amount of those withdrawals, in addition to any premium tax not previously deducted.

    Enhanced Stepped-Up Provision (“E.S.P.”). (This provision is not available to a customer when either the Annuitant or owner is age 76 or older on the rider effective date.) The rider effective date is the date the rider is attached to and made a part of the Contract. If you have selected the E.S.P., the total death benefit as of the Death Report Date will equal the death benefit described above plus the greater of zero or the following amount:

    If the Annuitant is younger than age 70 on the rider effective date, 40% of the lesser of: (1) 200% of the modified Purchase Payments excluding Purchase Payments that are both received after the first rider effective date anniversary and within 12 months of the Death Report Date, or (2) your Contract Value minus the modified Purchase Payments, calculated as of the Death Report Date; or

    If the Annuitant is between the ages of 70 and 75 on the rider effective date, 25% of the lesser of: (1) 200% of the modified Purchase Payments excluding Purchase Payments that are received both after the first rider effective date anniversary and within 12 months of the Death Report Date, or (2) your Contract Value minus the modified Purchase Payments, calculated as of the Death Report Date.

    The initial modified Purchase Payment is equal to the Contract Value as of the rider effective date. Whenever a Purchase Payment is made after the rider effective date, the modified Purchase Payment(s) are increased by the amount of the Purchase Payment. Whenever a partial surrender is taken after the rider effective date, the modified Purchase Payment(s) are reduced by a partial surrender reduction as described below.

    The partial surrender reduction is equal to: (1) the modified Purchase Payment(s) in effect immediately prior to the reduction for the partial surrender, multiplied by (2) the amount of the partial surrender divided by (3) the Contract Value immediately prior to the partial surrender.

    31


    For example, assume your current modified Purchase Payment is $50,000 and that your current Contract Value is $55,000. You decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000. We would reduce the modified Purchase Payment as follows:

       50,000 x (10,000/55,000) = 9,090

    You new modified Purchase Payment would be $50,000 — $9,090 = 40,910

    The following example shows what would happen in a declining market. Assume your current Contract Value is $30,000. If your current modified Purchase Payment is $50,000 and you decide to make a withdrawal of $10,000, we would reduce the modified Purchase Payment as follows:

       50,000 x (10,000/30,000) = 16,666

    Your new modified Purchase Payment would be 50,000 — 16,666 = $33,334

    Payment of Proceeds

    We describe the process of paying death benefit proceeds before the Maturity Date in the charts below. The charts do not encompass every situation and are merely intended as a general guide. More detailed information is provided in your Contract. Generally, the person(s) receiving the benefit may request that the proceeds be paid in a lump sum, or be applied to one of the settlement options available under the Contract.

    Nonqualified Contracts

    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Owner (who is not the
       Annuitant) (with no
       joint owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless, the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.   Yes
                 
    Owner (who is the
       Annuitant) (with no
       joint owner)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless, the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.   Yes
                 
    Non-Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is not the
       Annuitant)
      The surviving joint owner.       Yes
                 
    Non-Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is the
       Annuitant)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the surviving joint owner.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.
      Yes
                 
    Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is not the
       Annuitant)
      The surviving joint owner.   Unless the spouse elects to continue the Contract.   Yes
                 
    Spousal Joint Owner
       (who is the
       Annuitant)
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the surviving joint owner.   Unless the spousal beneficiary elects to continue the Contract.

    A spouse who is not the beneficiary may decline to receive the proceeds and instruct the company to pay the beneficiary who may elect to continue the Contract.
      Yes
                 
    Annuitant (who is not the
       Contract Owner)
       
      The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive the distribution.

    Or unless, there is a Contingent Annuitant. Then, the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and the Contract continues in effect (generally using the original Maturity Date). The proceeds will then be paid upon the death of the Contingent Annuitant or owner.
      Yes
                 

    32


    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Annuitant
       (who is the Contract
       Owner
    )
      See death of “owner who is the Annuitant” above.       Yes
                 
    Annuitant
       (where owner is a nonnatural
       entity/trust)
      The beneficiary (ies) (or if none, to the owner.       Yes (Death of Annuitant is treated as death of the owner in these circumstances.)
                 
    Contingent
       Annuitant
    (assuming
       Annuitant is still
       alive)
      No death proceeds are payable; contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Beneficiary   No death proceeds are payable; contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Contingent
       Beneficiary
      No death proceeds are payable; contract continues.       N/A
                 

    Qualified Contracts

    Before the Maturity Date,
    upon the Death of the
      The Company Will
    Pay the Proceeds to:
      unless. . .   Mandatory Payout
    Rules Apply*

     
     
     
    Owner / Annuitant   The beneficiary (ies), or if none, to the Contract Owner’s estate.   Unless the beneficiary elects to continue the Contract rather than receive a distribution.   Yes
                 
    Beneficiary   No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
                 
    Contingent Beneficiary   No death proceeds are payable; Contract continues.       N/A
                 

    ______________

         *   Certain payout rules of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) are triggered upon the death of any Owner. Non-spousal beneficiaries (as well as spousal beneficiaries who choose not to assume the Contract) must begin taking distributions based on the beneficiary’s life expectancy within one year of death or take a complete distribution of Contract proceeds within 5 years of death. For Qualified Contracts, if mandatory distributions have begun at the death of the Annuitant, the 5 year payout option is not available.

    Spousal Contract Continuance (subject to availability — does not apply if a non-spouse is a joint owner)

    Within one year of your death, if your spouse is named as an owner and/or beneficiary, and you die before the Maturity Date, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as owner rather than have the death benefit paid to the beneficiary. If you were the Annuitant and your spouse elects to continue the Contract, your spouse will be named the Annuitant as of the Death Report Date.

    If your spouse elects to continue the Contract as Contract Owner, the death benefit will be calculated as of the Death Report Date. If the Contract Value is less than the calculated death benefit, the Contract Value will be increased to equal the death benefit. This amount is referred to as the adjusted Contract Value. Any difference between the Contract Value and the adjusted Contract Value will be allocated to the funding options in the same proportion as the allocations of the Contract prior to the Death Report Date.

    Any premium paid before the Death Report Date is no longer subject to a withdrawal charge if your spouse elects to continue the Contract. Purchase payments and any associated credits made to the Contract after the Death Report Date will be subject to the withdrawal charge. All other Contract fees and charges applicable to the original Contract will also apply to the continued Contract. All other benefits and features of your Contract will be based on your spouse’s age on the Death Report Date as if your spouse had purchased the Contract with

    33


    the adjusted Contract Value on the Death Report Date. This spousal contract continuance is available only once for each Contract.

    Beneficiary Contract Continuance (not permitted for non-natural beneficiaries)

    If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the Death Report Date, (more than $1,000,000 is subject to Home Office approval), your beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements, rather than receive the death benefit in a lump sum. If the beneficiary chooses to continue the contract, the beneficiary can extend the payout phase of the Contract enabling the beneficiary to “stretch” the death benefit distributions out over his life expectancy as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

    If your beneficiary elects to continue the Contract, the death benefit will be calculated as of the Death Report Date. The initial Contract Value of the continued contract (the “adjusted Contract Value”) will equal the greater of the Contract Value or the death benefit calculated on the Death Report Date and will be allocated to the funding options in the same proportion as prior to the Death Report Date.

    The beneficiary who continues the Contract will be granted the same rights as the owner under the original Contract, except the beneficiary cannot:

      • transfer ownership
      • take a loan
      • make additional Purchase Payments

    The beneficiary may also name his/her own beneficiary (“succeeding beneficiary”) and has the right to take withdrawals at any time after the Death Report Date without a withdrawal charge. The E.S.P. option is not available to a beneficiary continuing the Contract under this provision. All other fees and charges applicable to the original Contract will also apply to the continued Contract; the E.S.P. charge no longer applies. All benefits and features of the continued contract will be based on the beneficiary’s age on the Death Report Date as if the beneficiary had purchased the Contract with the adjusted Contract Value on the Death Report Date.

    Planned Death Benefit

    You may request that rather than receive a lump-sum death benefit, the beneficiary(ies) receive all or a portion of the death benefit proceeds either either:

      • as a variable or fixed annuity for life or a period that does not exceed the beneficiary’s life expectancy, or
      • under the terms of the Beneficiary Continuance provision described above. If the Beneficiary Continuance provision is selected as a planned death benefit, no surrenders will be allowed other than payments meant to satisfy minimum distribution amounts or systematic withdrawal amounts, if greater.

    You must make the planned death benefit request as well as any revocation of this request in writing. Upon your death, your beneficiary(s) cannot revoke or modify this request. If the death benefit at the time we receive Due Proof of Death is less than $2,000, we will only pay a lump sum to the beneficiary. If periodic payments due under the planned death benefit election are less than $100, we reserve the right to make Annuity Payments at less frequent intervals, resulting in a payment of at least $100 per year. If no beneficiary is alive when death benefits become payable, we will pay the death benefit as provided in your Contract.

    Death Proceeds after the Maturity Date

    If any Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies on or after the Maturity Date, the Company will pay the beneficiary a death benefit consisting of any benefit remaining under the annuity or income option then in effect.

    34


    THE ANNUITY PERIOD

    Maturity Date

    Under the Contract, you can receive regular income payments (“Annuity Payments”). You can choose the month and the year in which those payments begin (Maturity Date). You can also choose among income payouts (annuity options) or elect a lump sum distribution. While the Annuitant is alive, you can change your selection any time up to the Maturity Date. Annuity payments will begin on the Maturity Date stated in the Contract unless (1) you fully surrendered the Contract; (2) we paid the proceeds to the beneficiary before that date; or (3) you elected another date. Annuity payments are a series of periodic payments (a) for life; (b) for life with a minimum number of payments; (c) for the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another person, and thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor, or (d) for a fixed period. We may require proof that the Annuitant is alive before we make Annuity Payments. Not all options may be available in all states.

    You may choose to annuitize at any time after the first Contract Date anniversary. Unless you elect otherwise, the Maturity Date will be the Annuitant’s 90th birthday or ten years after the effective date of the Contract, if later.

    At least 30 days before the original Maturity Date, you may elect to extend the Maturity Date to any time prior to the Annuitant’s 90th birthday or to a later date with our consent. You may use certain annuity options taken at the Maturity Date to meet the minimum required distribution requirements of federal tax law, or you may use a program of withdrawals instead. These mandatory distribution requirements take effect generally upon the death of the Contract Owner, or with certain qualified Contracts upon either the later of the Contract Owner’s attainment of age 70 1/2 or year of retirement; or the death of the Contract Owner. You should seek independent tax advice regarding the election of minimum required distributions.

    Allocation of Annuity

    You may elect to receive your Annuity Payments in the form of a variable annuity, a fixed annuity, or a combination of both. If, at the time Annuity Payments begin, you have not made an election, we will apply your Cash Surrender Value to provide an annuity funded by the same funding options as you have selected during the accumulation period. At least 30 days before the Maturity Date, you may transfer the Contract Value among the funding options in order to change the basis on which we will determine Annuity Payments. (See “Transfers.”)

    Variable Annuity

    You may choose an annuity payout that fluctuates depending on the investment experience of the Variable Funding Options. We determine the number of Annuity Units credited to the Contract by dividing the first monthly annuity payment attributable to each Variable Funding Option by the corresponding Accumulation Unit value as of 14 days before the date Annuity Payments begin. We use an Annuity Unit to measure the dollar value of an annuity payment. The number of Annuity Units (but not their value) remains fixed during the annuity period.

    Determination of First Annuity Payment. Your Contract contains the tables we use to determine your first monthly annuity payment. If you elect a variable annuity, the amount we apply to it will be the Cash Surrender Value as of 14 days before the date Annuity Payments begin, less any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted.

    The amount of your first monthly payment depends on the annuity option you elected and the Annuitant’s adjusted age. Your Contract contains the formula for determining the adjusted age. We determine the total first monthly annuity payment by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the Contract tables by the number of thousands of dollars of Contract Value you apply to that annuity option. The contract tables factor in an assumed daily net investment factor. We call this your net investment rate. For example, a net investment rate of 3% corresponds to an annual interest rate of 3%. This means that if the annualized investment performance, after expenses, of your Variable Funding Options is less than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable Annuity Payments will decrease. However, if the annualized investment performance, after expenses, of your Variable Funding Options is greater than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable Annuity Payments will increase.

    35


    Determination of Second and Subsequent Annuity Payments. The dollar amount of all subsequent Annuity Payments changes from month to month based on the investment experience, as described above, of the applicable funding options. The total amount of each annuity payment will equal the sum of the basic payments in each funding option. We determine the actual amounts of these payments by multiplying the number of Annuity Units we credited to each funding option by the corresponding Annuity Unit value as of the date 14 days before the date the payment is due.

    Fixed Annuity

    You may choose a fixed annuity that provides payments that do not vary during the annuity period. We will calculate the dollar amount of the first fixed annuity payment as described under “Variable Annuity,” except that the amount we apply to begin the annuity will be your Cash Surrender Value as of the date Annuity Payments begin. Payout rates will not be lower than that shown in the Contract. If it would produce a larger payment, the first fixed annuity payment will be determined using the Life Annuity Tables in effect on the Maturity Date.

    PAYMENT OPTIONS

    Election of Options

    While the Annuitant is alive, you can change your annuity option selection any time up to the Maturity Date. Once Annuity Payments have begun, no further elections are allowed.

    During the Annuitant’s lifetime, if you do not elect otherwise before the Maturity Date, we will pay you (or another designated payee) the first of a series of monthly Annuity Payments based on the life of the Annuitant, in accordance with Annuity Option 2 (Life Annuity with 120 monthly payments assured). For certain qualified contracts, Annuity Option 4 (Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — Annuity Reduced on Death of Primary Payee) will be the automatic option as described in the Contract.

    The minimum amount that can be placed under an annuity option will be $2,000 unless we agree to a lesser amount. If any monthly periodic payment due is less than $100, the Company reserves the right to make payments at less frequent intervals, or to pay the Contract Value in a lump-sum.

    On the Maturity Date, we will pay the amount due under the Contract in accordance with the payment option that you select. You may choose to receive a single lump-sum payment. You must elect an option in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company. Any election made during the lifetime of the Annuitant must be made by the Contract Owner.

    Annuity Options

    Subject to the conditions described in “Election of Options” above, we may pay all or any part of the Cash Surrender Value under one or more of the following annuity options. Payments under the annuity options are generally made on a monthly basis. We may offer additional options.

    Option 1 — Life Annuity — No Refund. The Company will make Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant ending with the last payment before death. This option offers the maximum periodic payment, since there is no assurance of a minimum number of payments or provision for a death benefit for beneficiaries.

    Option 2 — Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Assured. The Company will make monthly Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant, with the agreement that if, at the death of that person, payments have been made for less than 120, 180 or 240 months, as elected, we will continue making payments to the beneficiary during the remainder of the period.

    Option 3 — Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — No Refund. The Company will make regular Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a second person. When either person dies, we will continue making payments to the survivor. No further payments will be made following the death of the survivor.

    Option 4 — Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity — Annuity Reduced on Death of Primary Payee. The Company will make Annuity Payments during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and a second person. You will designate one as primary payee, and the other will be designated as secondary payee. On the death of the secondary payee,

    36


    the Company will continue to make monthly Annuity Payments to the primary payee in the same amount that would have been payable during the joint lifetime of the two persons. On the death of the primary payee, the Company will continue to make Annuity Payments to the secondary payee in an amount equal to 50% of the payments, which would have been made during the lifetime of the primary payee. No further payments will be made once both payees have died.

    Option 5 — Payments for a Fixed Period Without Life Contingency. We will make periodic payments for the period selected.

    Variable Liquidity Benefit

    This benefit is only offered with the Payments for a Fixed Period Without Life Contingency variable annuity option.

    At any time after annuitization and before death, the Contract Owner may surrender and receive a payment equal to (A) minus (B), where (A) equals the present value of remaining certain payments, and (B) equals a surrender charge not to exceed the maximum surrender charge rate shown on the specifications page of the contract multiplied by (A). The interest rate used to calculate the present value is a rate 1% higher than the Assumed (Daily) Net Investment Factor used to calculate the Annuity Payments. The remaining period certain payments are assumed to be level payments equal to the most recent period certain payment prior to the request for this liquidity benefit.

    MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT PROVISIONS

    Right to Return

    You may return the Contract for a full refund of the Contract Value plus any contract charges and premium taxes you paid (but not any fees and charges the Underlying Fund assessed) minus any Purchase Payment Credits within ten days after you receive it (the “right to return period”). You bear the investment risk of investing in the Variable Funding Options during the right to return period; therefore, the Contract Value we return may be greater or less than your Purchase Payment.

    If you purchase the Contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity, and return it within the first seven days after delivery, or longer if your state law permits, we will refund your Purchase Payment minus any Purchase Payment Credits in full; during the remainder of the right to return period, we will refund the Contract Value (including charges) minus any Purchase Payment Credits.

    During the right to return period, you will not bear any contract fees associated with the Purchase Payment Credits. If you exercise your right to return, you will be in the same position as if you had exercised the right to return in a variable annuity contract with no Purchase Payment credit. You would, however, receive any gains, and we would bear any losses attributable to the Purchase Payment Credits.

    We will determine the Contract Value following the close of the business day on which we receive your Contract and a Written Request for a refund. Where state law requires a different period, or the return of Purchase Payments or other variations of this provision, we will comply. Refer to your Contract for any state-specific information.

    Termination

    You do not need to make any Purchase Payments after the first to keep the Contract in effect. However, we reserve the right to terminate the Contract on any business day if your Contract Value as of that date is less than $2,000 and you have not made Purchase Payments for at least two years, unless otherwise specified by state law. Termination will not occur until 31 days after we have mailed notice of termination to your last known address and to any assignee of record. If we terminate the Contract, we will pay you the Cash Surrender Value (less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months of termination) less any applicable taxes.

    37


    Required Reports

    As often as required by law, but at least once in each Contract Year before the due date of the first annuity payment, we will furnish a report showing the number of Accumulation Units credited to the Contract and the corresponding Accumulation Unit value(s) as of the report date for each funding option to which the Contract Owner has allocated amounts during the applicable period. The Company will keep all records required under federal and state laws.

    Suspension of Payments

    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone the date of any payment or determination of values on any business day (1) when the New York Stock Exchange (“the Exchange”) is closed; (2) when trading on the Exchange is restricted; (3) when an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that the sale of securities held in the Separate Account may not reasonably occur, or so that the Company may not reasonably determine the value the Separate Account’s net assets; or (4) during any other period when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders. At any time, payments from the Fixed Account may be delayed up to 6 months.

    THE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

    The Travelers Insurance Company and The Travelers Life and Annuity Company each sponsor Separate Accounts: Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve, respectively. Both Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve were established on November 14, 2002 and are registered with the SEC as unit investment trusts (Separate Account) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We will invest Separate Account assets attributable to the Contracts exclusively in the shares of the Variable Funding Options.

    We hold the assets of Separate Account Eleven and Separate Account Twelve for the exclusive and separate benefit of the owners of each Separate Account, according to the laws of Connecticut. Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the Separate Account are, in accordance with the Contracts, credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard to other income, gains and losses of the Company. The assets held by the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that we may conduct. Obligations under the Contract are obligations of the Company.

    All investment income and other distributions of the funding options are payable to the Separate Account. We reinvest all such income and/or distributions in shares of the respective funding option at net asset value. Shares of the funding options are currently sold only to life insurance company Separate Accounts to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

    Certain variable annuity Separate Accounts and variable life insurance Separate Accounts may invest in the funding options simultaneously (called “mixed” and “shared” funding). It is conceivable that in the future it may be disadvantageous to do so. Although the Company and the Variable Funding Options do not currently foresee any such disadvantages either to variable annuity Contract Owners or variable life policy owners, each Underlying Fund’s Board of Directors intends to monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between them and to determine what action, if any, should be taken. If a Board of Directors was to conclude that separate funds should be established for variable life and variable annuity Separate Accounts, the variable annuity Contract Owners would not bear any of the related expenses, but variable annuity Contract Owners and variable life insurance policy owners would no longer have the economies of scale resulting from a lar ger combined fund.

    Performance Information

    From time to time, we may advertise several types of historical performance for the Contract’s Variable Funding Options. We may advertise the “standardized average annual total returns” of the Variable Funding Option, calculated in a manner prescribed by the SEC, and the “nonstandardized total return,” as described below. Specific examples of the performance information appear in the SAI.

    Standardized Method. We compute quotations of average annual total returns according to a formula in which a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 is applied to the Variable Funding Option, and then related to ending redeemable values over one-, five-, and ten-year periods, or for a period covering the time during which the

    38


    funding option has been in existence, if less. Purchase Payment Credits are not included in these calculations. These quotations reflect the deduction of all recurring charges during each period (on a pro rata basis in the case of fractional periods). We convert the deduction for the annual contract administrative charge to a percentage of assets based on the actual fee collected, divided by the average net assets for Contracts sold. Each quotation assumes a total redemption at the end of each period with the applicable withdrawal charge deducted at that time.

    Nonstandardized Method. We calculate nonstandardized “total returns” in a similar manner based on the performance of the funding options over a period of time, usually for the calendar year-to-date, and for the past one-, three-, five- and ten-year periods. Nonstandardized total returns will not reflect the deduction of the annual contract administrative charge, which, if reflected, would decrease the level of performance shown. Purchase Payment Credits are not included in these calculations. These returns also do not reflect the withdrawal charge because we designed the Contract for long-term investment.

    For Underlying Funds that were in existence before they became available as a funding option, the nonstandardized average annual total return quotations reflects the investment performance that such funding options would have achieved (reduced by the applicable charges) had the Underlying Fund been held under the Contract for the period quoted. The total return quotations are based upon historical earnings and are not necessarily representative of future performance.

    General. Within the guidelines prescribed by the SEC and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”), performance information may be quoted numerically or may be presented in a table, graph or other illustration. Advertisements may include data comparing performance to well-known indices of market performance (including, but not limited to, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index, the S&P 400 Index, the Lehman Brothers Long T-Bond Index, the Russell 1000, 2000 and 3000 Indices, the Value Line Index and the Morgan Stanley Capital International’s EAFE Index). Advertisements may also include published editorial comments and performance rankings compiled by independent organizations (including, but not limited to, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. and Morningstar, Inc.) and publications that monitor the performance of the Separate Account and the Variable Funding Options.

    FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    The following general discussion of the federal income tax consequences under this Contract is not intended to cover all situations, and is not meant to provide tax or legal advice. Because of the complexity of the law and the fact that the tax results will vary depending on many factors, you should consult your tax and/or legal adviser regarding your personal situation. For your information, a more detailed tax discussion is contained in the SAI.

    General Taxation of Annuities

    Congress has recognized the value of saving for retirement by providing certain tax benefits, in the form of tax deferral, for money put into an annuity. The Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) governs how this money is ultimately taxed, depending upon the type of Contract, qualified or non-qualified, and the manner in which the money is distributed, as briefly described below. In analyzing the benefits of tax deferral it is important to note that the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 amended Code Section 1 to reduce the marginal tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends to 5% and 15%. The reduced rates apply during 2003 through 2008, and thereafter will increase to prior levels. Earnings under annuity contracts continue to be taxed as ordinary income (top rate of 35%).

    Tax-Free Exchanges: Code Section 1035 provides that, if certain conditions are met, no gain or loss is recognized when an annuity Contract is received in exchange for a life, endowment, or annuity Contract. Since different annuity Contracts have different expenses, fees and benefits, a tax-free exchange could result in your investment becoming subject to higher or lower fees and/or expenses.

    39


    Types of Contracts: Qualified and Nonqualified

    Qualified Annuity Contracts

    If you purchase an annuity Contract with proceeds of an eligible rollover distribution from any qualified employee pension plan or individual retirement annuity (IRA), your Contract is referred to as a Qualified Contract. Some examples of Qualified Contracts are: IRAs, tax-sheltered annuities established by public school systems or certain tax-exempt organizations under Code Section 403(b), corporate sponsored pension and profit-sharing plans (including 401(k) plans), Keogh Plans (for self-employed individuals), and certain other qualified deferred compensation plans. Another type of qualified contract is a Roth IRA, under which after-tax contributions accumulate until maturity, when amounts (including earnings) may be withdrawn tax-free. The rights and benefits under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the terms of the retirement plan, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. Plan participants making contributions to qualified annuity contracts will be subject t o minimum distribution rules as provided by the Code and described below.

    Taxation of Qualified Annuity Contracts

    Under a qualified annuity, since amounts paid into the Contract have generally not yet been taxed, the full amount of such distributions, including the amount attributable to Purchase Payments, whether paid in the form of lump-sum withdrawals or Annuity Payments, are generally taxed at the ordinary income tax rate unless the distribution is transferred to an eligible rollover account or Contract. The Contract is available as a vehicle for IRA rollovers and for other Qualified Contracts. There are special rules which govern the taxation of Qualified Contracts, including withdrawal restrictions, requirements for mandatory distributions, and contribution limits. We have provided a more complete discussion in the SAI.

    Mandatory Distributions for Qualified Plans

    Federal tax law requires that minimum annual distributions begin by April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which an IRA owner attains age 70 1/2. Participants in qualified plans and 403(b) annuities may defer minimum distributions until the later of April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which they attain age 70 1/2 or the year of retirement. If you own more than one individual retirement annuity and/or account, you may satisfy the minimum distribution rules on an aggregate basis (i.e. determine the total amount of required distributions from all IRAs and take the required amount from any one or more IRAs). A similar aggregate approach is available to meet your 403(b) minimum distribution requirements if you have multiple 403(b) annuities.

    Minimum Distributions for Beneficiaries: When a death benefit becomes due upon the death of the owner and/or annuitant, a lump sum may be taken, minimum distributions may be taken over the life expectancy of the beneficiary not less than annually within one year from the date of death, or the funds remaining in the Contract must be completely withdrawn within five years from the date of death.

    Note to participants in qualified plans including 401, 403(b), 457 as well as IRA owners: While annual plan contribution limits may be increased from time to time by Congress and the IRS for federal income tax purposes, these limits must be adopted by each state for the higher limits to be effective at a state income tax level. In other words, the permissible contribution limit for income tax purposes may be different at the federal level from your state’s income tax laws. Therefore, in certain states, a portion of the contributions may not be excludible or deductible from state income taxes. Please consult your employer or tax adviser regarding this issue.

    Nonqualified Annuity Contracts

    If you purchase the Contract on an individual basis with after-tax dollars and not under one of the programs described above, your Contract is referred to as nonqualified.

    As the owner of a nonqualified annuity, you do not receive any tax benefit (deduction or deferral of income) on Purchase Payments, but you will not be taxed on increases in the value of your Contract until a distribution occurs — either as a withdrawal (distribution made prior to the Maturity Date), or as Annuity Payments. When a withdrawal is made, you are taxed on the amount of the withdrawal that is considered earnings under applicable tax laws. Similarly, when you receive an Annuity Payment, part of each payment is considered a return of your

    40


    Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion of the Annuity Payment (i.e., any earnings) will be considered ordinary income for tax purposes.

    If a nonqualified annuity is owned by other than an individual, however, (e.g., by a corporation), increases in the value of the Contract attributable to Purchase Payments made after February 28, 1986 are includable in income annually and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Furthermore, for Contracts issued after April 22, 1987, if you transfer the Contract to another person or entity without adequate consideration, all deferred increases in value will be includable in your income at the time of the transfer.

    If you make a partial withdrawal, this money will generally be taxed as first coming from earnings, (income in the contract), and then from your Purchase Payments. These withdrawn earnings are includable in your taxable income. (See Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions below.) There is income in the Contract to the extent the contract value exceeds your investment in the Contract. The investment in the Contract equals the total Purchase Payments you paid less any amount received previously which was excludible from gross income. Any direct or indirect borrowing against the value of the Contract or pledging of the Contract as security for a loan will be treated as a cash distribution under the tax law, and will have tax consequences in the year taken.

    Federal tax law requires that nonqualified annuity Contracts meet minimum mandatory distribution requirements upon the death of the contract owner, including the first of joint owners. If these requirements are not met, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes and earnings under the Contract will be taxable currently, not when distributed. The distribution required depends, among other things, upon whether an annuity option is elected or whether the succeeding contract owner is the surviving spouse. We will administer Contracts in accordance with these rules and we will notify you when you should begin receiving payments. There is a more complete discussion of these rules in the SAI.

    Diversification Requirements for Variable Annuities

    The Code requires that any nonqualified variable annuity Contracts based on a Separate Account must meet specific diversification standards. Nonqualified variable annuity contracts shall not be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes if investments made in the account are not adequately diversified. Final tax regulations define how Separate Accounts must be diversified. The Company monitors the diversification of investments constantly and believes that its accounts are adequately diversified. The consequence of any failure to diversify is essentially the loss to the Contract owner of tax-deferred treatment, requiring the current inclusion of a proportionate share of the income and gains from the Separate Account assets in the income of each Contract Owner. The Company intends to administer all Contracts subject to this provision of law in a manner that will maintain adequate diversification.

    Ownership of the Investments

    In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account for Federal income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the number of funds available and the flexibility of the contract owner to allocate premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options, have not been addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give the contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the Contract.

    Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

    Amounts may be distributed from a nonqualified Contract because of the death of an owner or annuitant. Generally, such amounts are includable in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender of the contract; or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments.

    41


    Other Tax Considerations

    Treatment of Charges for Optional Death Benefits

    The Contract may provide one or more optional enhanced death benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater of purchase price or the contract value. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the charges for the optional enhanced death benefit(s) are deemed to be taxable distributions to you. Although we do not believe that a charge under such optional enhanced death benefit should be treated as a taxable withdrawal, you should consult with your tax adviser before selecting any rider or endorsement to the Contract.

    Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions

    For both qualified and nonqualified Contracts, taxable distributions taken before the contract owner has reached the age of 59 1/2 will be subject to a 10% additional tax penalty unless the distribution is taken in a series of periodic distributions, for life or life expectancy, or unless the distribution follows the death or disability of the contract owner. Other exceptions may be available in certain qualified plans. The 10% additional tax is in addition to any penalties that may apply under your Contract and the normal income taxes due on the distribution.

    Puerto Rico Tax Considerations

    The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “1994 Code”) taxes distributions from nonqualified annuity contracts differently than in the U.S. Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 1994 Code first as a return of investment. Therefore, no taxable income is recognized for Puerto Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also calculated differently under the 1994 Code. Since Puerto Rico residents are also subject to U.S. income tax on all income other than income sourced to Puerto Rico, the timing of recognition of income from an annuity contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 1994 Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences. You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of purchasing an annuity contract and/or any proposed distribution, particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize.

    Non-Resident Aliens

    Distributions to non-resident aliens (“NRAs”) are subject to special and complex tax and withholding rules under the Code, some of which are based upon the particular facts and circumstances of the contract owner, the beneficiary and the transaction itself. In addition, Annuity Payments to NRAs in many countries are exempt from U.S. tax (or subject to lower rates) based upon a tax treaty. NRAs should seek guidance from a tax adviser regarding their personal situation.

    OTHER INFORMATION

    The Insurance Companies

    Please refer to your Contract to determine which Company issued your Contract.

    The Travelers Insurance Company is a stock insurance company chartered in 1863 in Connecticut and continuously engaged in the insurance business since that time. It is licensed to conduct life insurance business in all states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. and British Virgin Islands and the Bahamas. The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. The Company’s Home Office is located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415.

    The Travelers Life and Annuity Company is a stock insurance company chartered in 1973 in Connecticut and continuously engaged in the insurance business since that time. It is licensed to conduct life insurance business in all states of the United States (except New York), the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. The Company is

    42


    an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. The Company’s Home Office is located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415.

    Financial Statements

    The financial statements for the Company are located in the Statement of Additional Information. Because the contracts described in this prospectus are newly registered, there is no Separate Account financial information yet available.

    Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts

    Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. Travelers Distribution LLC (“TDLLC”) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus pursuant to the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TDLLC also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and its affiliated companies.

    TDLLC’s principal executive offices are located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. TDLLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). TDLLC is affiliated with the Company and each Separate Account. TDLLC, as the principal underwriter and distributor, does not retain any fees under the Contracts.

    The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. TDLLC enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers who are registered with the SEC and are members of the NASD, and with entities that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed agents of the Company under applicable state insurance law and must be licensed to sell variable insurance products. We intend to offer the Contract in all jurisdictions where we are licensed to do business and where the Contract is approved.

    Compensation. Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with TDLLC are paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the agreement between the firm and the registered representative. Compensation paid on the Contracts, as well as other incentives or payments, are not assessed as an additional direct charge to Contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and from profits on payments received by the Company and TDLLC for providing administrative, marketing and other support and services to the Funds.

    The amount and timing of compensation may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to exceed 10% of Purchase Payments (if up-front compensation is paid to registered representatives) and 2% annually of average account value (if asset based compensation is paid to registered representatives). We may also periodically establish commission specials; however, commissions paid under these specials will not exceed the amounts described immediately above. To the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations, TDLLC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation.

    Broker-dealer firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel, marketing or other services they provide to the Company or our affiliates. In addition, the Company or TDLLC may enter into special compensation arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms based on aggregate or anticipated sales of the contracts offered by the Company, or other criteria. These special compensation arrangements will not be offered to all broker-dealer firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between broker-dealer firms. The Company and TDLLC have entered into such arrangements with AIG Advisor Group (including Advantage Capital Corporation, FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates, Inc., Sentra Securities Corporation, Spelman & Co., Inc. and SunAmerica Securities, Inc.), ING Advisors Network (including Financial Network Corporation, Locust Street Securities, Multi-Financial Securities, IFG Network Securities, V ESTAX Securities, Washington Square Securities and PrimeVest Financial Services), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, NFP Securities, Inc., Piper Jaffray, Primerica Financial Services, Inc., Prudential

    43


    Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets. Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by TDLLC or the Company out of their own assets and will not result in any additional direct charge to you.

    The Contracts feature Portfolios of the Scudder Variable Series I and II as Variable Funding Options. Scudder Variable Series I and II are advised by Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and are distributed by its affiliate, Scudder Distributors, Inc. (“SDI”) The Company and TDLLC have entered into a distribution arrangement with SDI under which a fee is payable by the Company and TDLLC to SDI based on the amount of new sales each year for providing wholesale distribution support in relation to the Contracts. Scudder Variable Series I and II and SDI have also entered into agreement(s) with the Company and TDLLC under which a fee is payable by SDI (based on average net assets of the Funds attributable to the Contracts) in connection with the Company’s provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Fund.

    Conformity with State and Federal Laws

    The laws of the state in which we deliver a Contract govern that Contract. Where a state has not approved a Contract feature or funding option, it will not be available in that state. Any paid-up annuity, Cash Surrender Value or death benefits that are available under the Contract are not less than the minimum benefits required by the statutes of the state in which we delivered the Contract. We reserve the right to make any changes, including retroactive changes, in the Contract to the extent that the change is required to meet the requirements of any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Company, the Contract or the Contract Owner is subject.

    Voting Rights

    The Company is the legal owner of the shares of the Underlying Funds. However, we believe that when an Underlying Fund solicits proxies in conjunction with a vote of shareholders we are required to obtain from you and from other owners instructions on how to vote those shares. We will vote all shares, including those we may own on our own behalf, and those where we have not received instructions from Contract Owners, in the same proportion as shares for which we received voting instructions. Should we determine that we are no longer required to comply with the above, we will vote the shares in our own right. In certain limited circumstances, and when permitted by law, we may disregard voting instructions. If we do disregard voting instructions, a summary of that action and the reasons for such action would be included in the next annual report to Contract Owners.

    Legal Proceedings and Opinions

    Legal matters in connection with the federal laws and regulations affecting the issue and sale of the contract described in this prospectus, as well as the organization of the Companies, their authority to issue variable annuity contracts under Connecticut law and the validity of the forms of the variable annuity contracts under Connecticut law, have been passed on by the Deputy General Counsel of the Companies.

    There are no pending legal proceedings affecting either Separate Account or the principal underwriter. There are no pending legal proceedings against either Company likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of either Company to meet its obligations under the applicable Contract.

    44


    APPENDIX A

    THE FIXED ACCOUNT

    The Fixed Account is part of the Company’s general account assets. These general account assets include all assets of the Company other than those held in the Separate Accounts sponsored by the Company or its affiliates.

    The staff of the SEC does not generally review the disclosure in the prospectus relating to the Fixed Account. Disclosure regarding the Fixed Account and the general account may, however, be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in the prospectus.

    Under the Fixed Account, the Company assumes the risk of investment gain or loss, guarantees a specified interest rate, and guarantees a specified periodic annuity payment. The investment gain or loss of the Separate Account or any of the funding options does not affect the Fixed Account Contract Value, or the dollar amount of fixed Annuity Payments made under any payout option.

    We guarantee that, at any time, the Fixed Account Contract Value will not be less than the amount of the Purchase Payments allocated to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited as described below, less any applicable premium taxes or prior withdrawals.

    Purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account and any transfers made to the Fixed Account become part of the Company’s general account, which supports insurance and annuity obligations. Where permitted by state law, we reserve the right to restrict Purchase Payments into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract. The general account and any interest therein is not registered under, or subject to the provisions of, the Securities Act of 1933 or Investment Company Act of 1940. We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account at our discretion. Investment income from such Fixed Account assets will be allocated to us and to the Contracts participating in the Fixed Account.

    Investment income from the Fixed Account allocated to us includes compensation for mortality and expense risks borne by us in connection with Fixed Account Contracts. The amount of such investment income allocated to the Contracts will vary from year to year in our sole discretion at such rate or rates as we prospectively declare from time to time.

    We guarantee the initial rate for any allocations into the Fixed Account for one year from the date of such allocation. We guarantee subsequent renewal rates for the calendar quarter. We also guarantee that for the life of the Contract we will credit interest at a rate not less than the minimum interest rate allowed by state law. We reserve the right to change the rate subject to applicable state law. We will determine any interest we credit to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account in excess of the minimum guaranteed rate in our sole discretion. You assume the risk that interest credited to the Fixed Account may not exceed the minimum guaranteed rate for any given year. We have no specific formula for determining the interest rate. Some factors we may consider are regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends and competitive factors

    Transfers

    You may make transfers from the Fixed Account to any other available Variable Funding Option(s) twice a year during the 30 days following the semiannual anniversary of the Contract Date. We limit transfers to an amount of up to 15% of the Fixed Account Contract Value on the semiannual Contract Date anniversary. (This restriction does not apply to transfers under the Dollar Cost Averaging Program.) Amounts previously transferred from the Fixed Account to Variable Funding Options may not be transferred back to the Fixed Account for a period of at least six months from the date of transfer. We reserve the right to waive either of these restrictions. Where permitted by state law, we reserve the right to restrict transfers into the Fixed Account whenever the credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is equal to the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract

    Automated transfers from the Fixed Account to any of the Variable Funding Options may begin at any time. Automated transfers from the Fixed Account may not deplete your Fixed Account value in a period of less than twelve months from your enrollment in the Dollar Cost Averaging Program.

    A-1


    APPENDIX B

    WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FOR NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT
    (Available only if the owner is age 70 or younger on the date the Contract is issued.)

    If, after the first Contract Year and before the Maturity Date, and you begin confinement in an eligible nursing home, you may surrender or make withdrawal, subject to the maximum withdrawal amount described below, without incurring a withdrawal charge. In order for the Company to waive the withdrawal charge, the withdrawal must be made during continued confinement in an eligible nursing home after the qualifying period has been satisfied, or within sixty (60) days after such confinement ends. The qualifying period is confinement in an eligible nursing home for ninety (90) consecutive days. We will require proof of confinement in a form satisfactory to us, which may include certification by a licensed physician that such confinement is medically necessary.

    An eligible nursing home is defined as an institution or special nursing unit of a hospital which:

      (a)   is Medicare approved as a provider of skilled nursing care services; and
           
      (b)   is not, other than in name only, an acute care hospital, a home for the aged, a retirement home, a rest home, a community living center, or a place mainly for the treatment of alcoholism.

    OR

    Meets all of the following standards:

      (a)   is licensed as a nursing care facility by the state in which it is licensed;
           
     (b)  is either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of another facility such as a ward, wing, unit or swing-bed of a hospital or other facility;
       
     (c)  provides nursing care to individuals who are not able to care for themselves and who require nursing care;
       
     (d)  provides, as a primary function, nursing care and room and board; and charges for these services;
       
     (e)  provides care under the supervision of a licensed physician, registered nurse (RN) or licensed practical nurse (LPN);
       
     (f)  may provide care by a licensed physical, respiratory, occupational or speech therapist; and
       
     (g)  is not, other than in name only, an acute care hospital, a home for the aged, a retirement home, a rest home, a community living center, or a place mainly for the treatment of alcoholism.

    We will not waive withdrawal charges if confinement is due to one or more of the following causes:

     (a)  mental, nervous, emotional or personality disorder without demonstrable organic disease, including, but not limited to, neurosis, psychoneurosis, psychopathy or psychosis
       
     (b)  the voluntary taking or injection of drugs, unless prescribed or administered by a licensed physician
       
     (c)  the voluntary taking of any drugs prescribed by a licensed physician and intentionally not taken as prescribed
       
     (d)  sensitivity to drugs voluntarily taken, unless prescribed by a physician
       
     (e)  drug addiction, unless addiction results from the voluntary taking of drugs prescribed by a licensed physician, or the involuntary taking of drugs.

    Filing a claim: You must provide the Company with written notice of a claim during continued confinement after the 90-day qualifying period, or within sixty days after such confinement ends.

    The maximum withdrawal amount for which we will waive the withdrawal charge is the Contract Value on the next valuation date following written proof of claim, less any Purchase Payments made within a one-year period

    B-1


    before confinement in an eligible nursing home begins, less any Purchase Payment Credits applied within 12 months prior to the withdrawal, less any Purchase Payments made on or after the Annuitant’s 71st birthday.

    We will pay any withdrawal requested under the scope of this waiver as soon as we receive proper written proof of your claim, and we will pay the withdrawal in a lump sum. You should consult with your personal tax adviser regarding the tax impact of any withdrawals taken from your Contract.

    B-2


    APPENDIX C

    CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Statement of Additional Information contains more specific information and financial statements relating to The Travelers Insurance Company or The Travelers Life and Annuity Company. A list of the contents of the Statement of Additional Information is set forth below:

          The Insurance Company
          Principal Underwriter
          Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement
          Valuation of Assets
          Performance Information
          Federal Tax Considerations
          Independent Accountants
          Financial Statements


    Copies of the Statement of Additional Information dated May 15, 2003 are available without charge. To request a copy, please clip this coupon on the line above, enter your name and address in the spaces provided below, and mail to: The Travelers Insurance Company, Annuity Investor Services, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3415. The Travelers Insurance Company Statement of Additional Information is printed on Form L-19975S, and The Travelers Life and Annuity Statement of Additional Information is printed on Form L-19976S-TLAC.

    Name: _______________________________________      
    Address: _______________________________________      
      _______________________________________      
             

    C-1


    THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.


    L-19972   May, 2003
    (Rev 1/04)


    
                                             Supplement dated January 6, 2004 to the
                                                  Pioneer Annuistar(SM) Plus Annuity
                                                        Prospectus dated May 1, 2003
    
    
    The following information supplements, and to the extent inconsistent therewith,
    replaces the information in the Pioneer AnnuistarSM Plus Annuity prospectus.
    Please retain this supplement and keep it with the prospectus for future
    reference.
    
    The second paragraph under the Fee Table section is deleted in its entirety. The
    table is deleted and replaced with the following:
    
    TRANSACTION EXPENSES
    
    WITHDRAWAL CHARGE.......................     8%(1)
    (as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment
    Credits withdrawn)
    
    TRANSFER CHARGE.........................    $10(2)
    (assessed on transfers exceeding 12 per year)
    
    CONTRACT ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE:             $40(3)
    
    ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES:
    (as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Separate Account)
    
    We will assess a minimum mortality and expense risk charge ("M&E") of 1.40% and
    a maximum administrative expense charge of 0.15% on all contracts. In addition,
    there is a 0.20% charge for E.S.P., and a maximum charge of 1.00% for GMWB, both
    optional features. Below is a summary of all charges that may apply, depending
    on the death benefit and optional features you select:
    

    
    
                                               STANDARD DEATH      STEP-UP DEATH        ROLL-UP DEATH
                                                  BENEFIT             BENEFIT              BENEFIT
                                            -------------------  ------------------  ---------------------
    

    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge..... 1.40% 1.55% 1.75% Administrative Expense Charge......... 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH NO OPTIONAL FEATURES SELECTED.... 1.55% 1.70% 1.90% Optional E.S.P. Charge................ 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH E.S.P. ONLY SELECTED............. 1.75% 1.90% 2.10% Maximum Optional GWMB Charge.......... 1.00%(4) 1.00%(4) 1.00%(4) TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH GMWB ONLY SELECTED............... 2.55% 2.70% 2.90% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH E.S.P. AND GMWB SELECTED......... 2.75% 2.90% 3.10% ---------- (1) The withdrawal charge declines to zero after Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for 9 years. The charge is as follows: Years Since Purchase Payment Made Withdrawal Charge ------------------------------------------ ------------------- Greater than or Equal to But less than 0 years 3 years 8% 3 years 4 years 7% 4 years 5 years 6% 5 years 6 years 5% 6 years 7 years 4% 7 years 8 years 3% 8 years 9 years 2% 9 years+ 0% (2) We do not currently assess the transfer charge. (3) We do not assess this charge if Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the fourth Friday of each August. (4) The current charge for GMWB is 0.40%.


    THE VARIABLE FUNDING OPTIONS The following 2 paragraphs are added before the short descriptions of the underlying funds: ADMINISTRATIVE, MARKETING AND SUPPORT SERVICE FEES. The Company and TDLLC have arrangements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or affiliated companies of many of the Underlying Funds under which the Company and TDLLC receive payments in connection with our provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Funds. Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that the Company and TDLLC incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the Contracts. The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of each Underlying Fund allocated to the Variable Funding Options under the Contract or other contracts offered by the Company. Aggregate fees relating to the different Funds may vary in amount and may be as much as 0.60% of the average net assets of an Underlying Fund attributable to the relevant contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees) that are deducted from an Underlying Fund's assets as part of its Total Annual Operating Expenses. The arrangements may vary for each Underlying Fund. THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH UNDER THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT ("GMWB" OR "PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE") SECTION IN THE PROSPECTUS AND ANY PREVIOUS SUPPLEMENTS IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: If you make subsequent payments, we will recalculate your RBB and your AWB. Your new RBB equals your RBB immediately prior to the subsequent payment plus the subsequent payment. We reserve the right not to include subsequent Purchase Payments in the calculation of the RBB. When your RBB is adjusted because you have made a subsequent Purchase Payment, your AWB is recalculated to equal the AWB immediately prior to the subsequent payment, plus either 5% or 10% of the subsequent payment, depending on when you have taken your first withdrawal. BENEFICIARY CONTRACT CONTINUANCE The first paragraph under the Beneficiary Contract Continuance section is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary's portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the Death Report Date, (more than $1,000,000 is subject to Home Office approval), your beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements, rather than receive the death benefit in a lump sum. If the beneficiary chooses to continue the contract, the beneficiary can extend the payout phase of the Contract enabling the beneficiary to "stretch" the death benefit distributions out over his life expectancy as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. DISTRIBUTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS The 2 paragraphs under "Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts" are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:
    DISTRIBUTION AND PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT. Travelers Distribution LLC ("TDLLC") serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus pursuant to the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TDLLC also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and its affiliated companies. TDLLC's principal executive offices are located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. TDLLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"). TDLLC is affiliated with the Company and each Separate Account. TDLLC, as the principal underwriter and distributor, does not retain any fees under the Contracts. The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. TDLLC enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers who are registered with the SEC and are members of the NASD, and with entities that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed agents of the Company under applicable state insurance law and must be licensed to sell variable insurance products. We intend to offer the Contract in all jurisdictions where we are licensed to do business and where the Contract is approved. COMPENSATION. Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with TDLLC are paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the agreement between the firm and the registered representative. Compensation paid on the Contracts, as well as other incentives or payments, are not assessed as an additional direct charge to Contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and from profits on payments received by the Company and TDLLC for providing administrative, marketing and other support and services to the Funds. The amount and timing of compensation may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to exceed 10% of Purchase Payments (if up-front compensation is paid to registered representatives) and 2% annually of average account value (if asset based compensation is paid to registered representatives). We may also periodically establish commission specials; however, commissions paid under these specials will not exceed the amounts described immediately above. To the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations, TDLLC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation. Broker-dealer firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel, marketing or other services they provide to the Company or our affiliates. In addition, the Company or TDLLC may enter into special compensation arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms based on aggregate or anticipated sales of the Contracts offered by the Company, or other criteria. These special compensation arrangements will not be offered to all broker-dealer firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between broker-dealer firms. The Company and TDLLC have entered into such arrangements with AIG Advisor Group (including Advantage Capital Corporation, FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates, Inc., Sentra Securities Corporation, Spelman & Co., Inc. and SunAmerica Securities, Inc.), ING Advisors Network (including Financial Network Corporation, Locust Street Securities, Multi-Financial Securities, IFG Network Securities, VESTAX Securities, Washington Square Securities and PrimeVest Financial Services), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, NFP Securities, Inc., Piper Jaffray, Primerica Financial Services, Inc., Prudential Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets. Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by TDLLC or the Company out of their own assets and will not result in any additional direct charge to you.
    The Contracts feature Portfolios of the Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust as Variable Funding Options. Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust is advised by Pioneer Investment Management Inc. and is distributed by its affiliate, Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc. ("PFD"). The Company and TDLLC have entered into a distribution arrangement with PFD under which a fee is payable by the Company and TDLLC to PFD based on the amount of new sales each year for providing wholesale distribution support in relation to the Contracts. Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust and PFD have also entered into agreement(s) with the Company and TDLLC under which a fee is payable by PFD (based on average net assets of the Funds attributable to the Contracts) in connection with the Company's provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Fund. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS The current section on Federal Tax Considerations is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The following general discussion of the federal income tax consequences under this Contract is not intended to cover all situations, and is not meant to provide tax or legal advice. Because of the complexity of the law and the fact that the tax results will vary depending on many factors, you should consult your tax and/or legal adviser regarding your personal situation. For your information, a more detailed tax discussion is contained in the SAI. GENERAL TAXATION OF ANNUITIES Congress has recognized the value of saving for retirement by providing certain tax benefits, in the form of tax deferral, for money put into an annuity. The Internal Revenue Code ("Code") governs how this money is ultimately taxed, depending upon the type of Contract, qualified or non-qualified, and the manner in which the money is distributed, as briefly described below. In analyzing the benefits of tax deferral it is important to note that the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 amended Code Section 1 to reduce the marginal tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends to 5% and 15%. The reduced rates apply during 2003 through 2008, and thereafter will increase to prior levels. Earnings under annuity contracts continue to be taxed as ordinary income (top rate of 35%). TAX-FREE EXCHANGES: Code Section 1035 provides that, if certain conditions are met, no gain or loss is recognized when an annuity Contract is received in exchange for a life, endowment, or annuity Contract. Since different annuity Contracts have different expenses, fees and benefits, a tax-free exchange could result in your investment becoming subject to higher or lower fees and/or expenses. TYPES OF CONTRACTS: Qualified and Nonqualified QUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS If you purchase an annuity Contract with proceeds of an eligible rollover distribution from any qualified employee pension plan or individual retirement annuity (IRA), your Contract is referred to as a Qualified Contract. Some examples of Qualified Contracts are: IRAs, tax-sheltered annuities established by public school systems or certain tax-exempt organizations under Code Section 403(b), corporate sponsored pension and profit-sharing plans (including 401(k) plans), Keogh Plans (for self-employed individuals), and certain other qualified deferred compensation plans. Another type of qualified contract is a Roth IRA, under which after-tax contributions accumulate until maturity, when amounts (including earnings) may be withdrawn tax-free. The rights and benefits under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the terms of the retirement plan, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. Plan participants making contributions to qualified annuity contracts will be subject to minimum distribution rules as provided by the Code and described below.
    TAXATION OF QUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS Under a qualified annuity, since amounts paid into the Contract have generally not yet been taxed, the full amount of such distributions, including the amount attributable to Purchase Payments, whether paid in the form of lump-sum withdrawals or Annuity Payments, are generally taxed at the ordinary income tax rate unless the distribution is transferred to an eligible rollover account or Contract. The Contract is available as a vehicle for IRA rollovers and for other Qualified Contracts. There are special rules which govern the taxation of Qualified Contracts, including withdrawal restrictions, requirements for mandatory distributions, and contribution limits. We have provided a more complete discussion in the SAI. MANDATORY DISTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED PLANS Federal tax law requires that minimum annual distributions begin by April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which an IRA owner attains age 70 1/2. Participants in qualified plans and 403(b) annuities may defer minimum distributions until the later of April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which they attain age 70 1/2 or the year of retirement. If you own more than one individual retirement annuity and/or account, you may satisfy the minimum distribution rules on an aggregate basis (i.e. determine the total amount of required distributions from all IRAs and take the required amount from any one or more IRAs). A similar aggregate approach is available to meet your 403(b) minimum distribution requirements if you have multiple 403(b) annuities. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS FOR BENEFICIARIES: When a death benefit becomes due upon the death of the owner and/or annuitant, a lump sum may be taken, minimum distributions may be taken over the life expectancy of the beneficiary not less than annually within one year from the date of death, or the funds remaining in the Contract must be completely withdrawn within five years from the date of death. NOTE TO PARTICIPANTS IN QUALIFIED PLANS INCLUDING 401, 403(B), 457 AS WELL AS IRA OWNERS: While annual plan contribution limits may be increased from time to time by Congress and the IRS for federal income tax purposes, these limits must be adopted by each state for the higher limits to be effective at a state income tax level. In other words, the permissible contribution limit for income tax purposes may be different at the federal level from your state's income tax laws. Therefore, in certain states, a portion of the contributions may not be excludible or deductible from state income taxes. Please consult your employer or tax adviser regarding this issue. NONQUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS If you purchase the Contract on an individual basis with after-tax dollars and not under one of the programs described above, your Contract is referred to as nonqualified. As the owner of a nonqualified annuity, you do not receive any tax benefit (deduction or deferral of income) on Purchase Payments, but you will not be taxed on increases in the value of your Contract until a distribution occurs -- either as a withdrawal (distribution made prior to the Maturity Date), or as Annuity Payments. When a withdrawal is made, you are taxed on the amount of the withdrawal that is considered earnings under applicable tax laws. Similarly, when you receive an Annuity Payment, part of each payment is considered a return of your Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion of the Annuity Payment (i.e., any earnings) will be considered ordinary income for tax purposes. If a nonqualified annuity is owned by other than an individual, however, (e.g., by a corporation), increases in the value of the Contract attributable to Purchase Payments made after February 28, 1986 are includable in income annually and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Furthermore, for Contracts issued after April 22, 1987, if you transfer the Contract to another person or entity without adequate consideration, all deferred increases in value will be includable in your income at the time of the transfer.
    If you make a partial withdrawal, this money will generally be taxed as first coming from earnings, (income in the contract), and then from your Purchase Payments. These withdrawn earnings are includable in your taxable income. (See Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions below.) There is income in the Contract to the extent the contract value exceeds your investment in the Contract. The investment in the Contract equals the total Purchase Payments you paid less any amount received previously which was excludible from gross income. Any direct or indirect borrowing against the value of the Contract or pledging of the Contract as security for a loan will be treated as a cash distribution under the tax law, and will have tax consequences in the year taken. Federal tax law requires that nonqualified annuity Contracts meet minimum mandatory distribution requirements upon the death of the contract owner, including the first of joint owners. If these requirements are not met, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes and earnings under the Contract will be taxable currently, not when distributed. The distribution required depends, among other things, upon whether an annuity option is elected or whether the succeeding contract owner is the surviving spouse. We will administer Contracts in accordance with these rules and we will notify you when you should begin receiving payments. There is a more complete discussion of these rules in the SAI. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIABLE ANNUITIES The Code requires that any nonqualified variable annuity Contracts based on a Separate Account must meet specific diversification standards. Nonqualified variable annuity contracts shall not be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes if investments made in the account are not adequately diversified. Final tax regulations define how Separate Accounts must be diversified. The Company monitors the diversification of investments constantly and believes that its accounts are adequately diversified. The consequence of any failure to diversify is essentially the loss to the Contract owner of tax-deferred treatment, requiring the current inclusion of a proportionate share of the income and gains from the Separate Account assets in the income of each Contract Owner. The Company intends to administer all Contracts subject to this provision of law in a manner that will maintain adequate diversification. OWNERSHIP OF THE INVESTMENTS In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account for Federal income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the number of funds available and the flexibility of the contract owner to allocate premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options, have not been addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give the contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the Contract. TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS Amounts may be distributed from a nonqualified Contract because of the death of an owner or annuitant. Generally, such amounts are includable in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender of the contract; or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments.
    OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS TREATMENT OF CHARGES FOR OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS The Contract may provide one or more optional enhanced death benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater of purchase price or the contract value. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the charges for the optional enhanced death benefit(s) are deemed to be taxable distributions to you. Although we do not believe that a charge under such optional enhanced death benefit should be treated as a taxable withdrawal, you should consult with your tax adviser before selecting any rider or endorsement to the Contract. PENALTY TAX FOR PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS For both qualified and nonqualified Contracts, taxable distributions taken before the contract owner has reached the age of 59 1/2 will be subject to a 10% additional tax penalty unless the distribution is taken in a series of periodic distributions, for life or life expectancy, or unless the distribution follows the death or disability of the contract owner. Other exceptions may be available in certain qualified plans. The 10% additional tax is in addition to any penalties that may apply under your Contract and the normal income taxes due on the distribution. PUERTO RICO TAX CONSIDERATIONS The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the "1994 Code") taxes distributions from nonqualified annuity contracts differently than in the U.S. Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 1994 Code first as a return of investment. Therefore, no taxable income is recognized for Puerto Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also calculated differently under the 1994 Code. Since Puerto Rico residents are also subject to U.S. income tax on all income other than income sourced to Puerto Rico, the timing of recognition of income from an annuity contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 1994 Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences. You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of purchasing an annuity contract and/or any proposed distribution, particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize. NON-RESIDENT ALIENS Distributions to non-resident aliens ("NRAs") are subject to special and complex tax and withholding rules under the Code, some of which are based upon the particular facts and circumstances of the contract owner, the beneficiary and the transaction itself. In addition, Annuity Payments to NRAs in many countries are exempt from U.S. tax (or subject to lower rates) based upon a tax treaty. NRAs should seek guidance from a tax adviser regarding their personal situation. December 2003 L-23139
    SUPPLEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31, 2003 TO THE TRAVELERS LIFE & ANNUITY PORTFOLIO ARCHITECT PLUS ANNUITY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2003 The following information supplements, and to the extent inconsistent therewith, replaces the information in the Travelers Life & Annuity Portfolio Architect Plus Annuity prospectus. Please retain this supplement and keep it with the prospectus for future reference. The second paragraph under the Fee Table section is deleted in its entirety. The table is deleted and replaced with the following: TRANSACTION EXPENSES WITHDRAWAL CHARGE...................... 8%(1) (as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn) TRANSFER CHARGE........................ $10(2) (assessed on transfers that exceed 12 per year) CONTRACT ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE $40(3) ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES: (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT) We will assess a minimum mortality and expense risk charge ("M&E") of 1.40% and a maximum administrative expense charge of 0.15% on all contracts. In addition, there is a 0.20% charge for E.S.P., and a maximum charge of 1.00% for GMWB, both optional features. Below is a summary of all charges that may apply, depending on the death benefit and optional features you select: STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT STEP-UP DEATH ROLL-UP DEATH BENEFIT BENEFITS BENEFIT ----------------------- --------------------- ---------------------

    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge...... 1.40% 1.55% 1.75% Administrative Expense Charge.......... 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH NO OPTIONAL FEATURES SELECTED..... 1.55% 1.70% 1.90% Optional E.S.P. Charge................. 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH E.S.P. ONLY SELECTED.............. 1.75% 1.90% 2.10% Maximum Optional GMWB Charge........... 1.00%(4) 1.00%(4) 1.00%(4) TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH GMWB ONLY SELECTED................ 2.55% 2.70% 2.90% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH E.S.P. AND GMWB SELECTED.......... 2.75% 2.90% 3.10% ---------- (1) The withdrawal charge declines to zero after Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for 9 years. The charge is as follows: YEARS SINCE PURCHASE PAYMENT MADE -------------------------------------------- GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO BUT LESS THAN WITHDRAWAL CHARGE 0 years 3 years 8% 3 years 4 years 7% 1


    4 years 5 years 6% 5 years 6 years 5% 6 years 7 years 4% 7 years 8 years 3% 8 years 9 years 2% 9 years+ 0% (2) We do not currently assess the transfer charge. (3) We do not assess this charge if Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the fourth Friday of each August. (4) The current charge for GMWB is 0.40%. THE VARIABLE FUNDING OPTIONS The following 2 paragraphs are added before the short descriptions of the underlying funds: ADMINISTRATIVE, MARKETING AND SUPPORT SERVICE FEES. The Company and TDLLC have arrangements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or affiliated companies of many of the Underlying Funds under which the Company and TDLLC receive payments in connection with our provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Funds. Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that the Company and TDLLC incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the Contracts. The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of each Underlying Fund allocated to the Variable Funding Options under the Contract or other contracts offered by the Company. Aggregate fees relating to the different Funds may vary in amount and may be as much as 0.60% of the average net assets of an Underlying Fund attributable to the relevant contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees) that are deducted from an Underlying Fund's assets as part of its Total Annual Operating Expenses. The arrangements may vary for each Underlying Fund. BENEFICIARY CONTRACT CONTINUANCE The first paragraph under the Beneficiary Contract Continuance section is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary's portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the Death Report Date, (more than $1,000,000 is subject to Home Office approval), your beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements, rather than receive the death benefit in a lump sum. If the beneficiary chooses to continue the contract, the beneficiary can extend the payout phase of the Contract enabling the beneficiary to "stretch" the death benefit distributions out over his life expectancy as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. DISTRIBUTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS The 2 paragraphs under "Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts" are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following: DISTRIBUTION AND PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT. Travelers Distribution LLC ("TDLLC") serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus pursuant to the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TDLLC also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and its affiliated companies. 2
    TDLLC's principal executive offices are located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. TDLLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"). TDLLC is affiliated with the Company and each Separate Account. TDLLC, as the principal underwriter and distributor, does not retain any fees under the Contracts. The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. TDLLC enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers who are registered with the SEC and are members of the NASD, and with entities that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed agents of the Company under applicable state insurance law and must be licensed to sell variable insurance products. We intend to offer the Contract in all jurisdictions where we are licensed to do business and where the Contract is approved. COMPENSATION. Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with TDLLC are paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the agreement between the firm and the registered representative. Compensation paid on the Contracts, as well as other incentives or payments, are not assessed as an additional direct charge to Contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and from profits on payments received by the Company and TDLLC for providing administrative, marketing and other support and services to the Funds. The amount and timing of compensation may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to exceed 10% of Purchase Payments (if up-front compensation is paid to registered representatives) and 2% annually of average account value (if asset based compensation is paid to registered representatives). We may also periodically establish commission specials; however, commissions paid under these specials will not exceed the amounts described immediately above. To the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations, TDLLC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation. Broker-dealer firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel, marketing or other services they provide to the Company or our affiliates. In addition, the Company or TDLLC may enter into special compensation arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms based on aggregate or anticipated sales of the Contracts or other criteria. These special compensation arrangements will not be offered to all broker-dealer firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between broker-dealer firms. The Company and TDLLC have entered into such arrangements with AIG Advisor Group (including Advantage Capital Corporation, FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates, Inc., Sentra Securities Corporation, Spelman & Co., Inc. and SunAmerica Securities, Inc.), ING Advisors Network (including Financial Network Corporation, Locust Street Securities, Multi-Financial Securities, IFG Network Securities, VESTAX Securities, Washington Square Securities and PrimeVest Financial Services), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, NFP Securities, Inc., Piper Jaffray, Primerica Financial Services, Inc., Prudential Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets. Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by TDLLC or the Company out of their own assets and will not result in any additional direct charge to you. The Company and TDLLC have entered into selling agreements with certain broker-dealer firms that have an affiliate that acts as investment adviser to one or more Underlying Funds or serves as a subadviser to a Portfolio of The Travelers Series Trust or Travelers Series Fund Inc., which are offered under the Contracts. These firms include Fidelity Management & Research Company, Morgan Stanley Investment Advisers Inc., Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., Salomon Brothers Asset Management and Smith Barney Fund Management. 3 TOWER SQUARE SECURITIES. TDLLC has entered into a selling agreement with Tower Square Securities, Inc. ("Tower Square"), which is affiliated with the Company. Registered representatives of Tower Square, who are properly licensed and appointed, may offer the Contract to customers. Such representatives are eligible for various cash benefits, such as bonuses, commission advances and non-cash compensation programs offered by the Company. Sales of the Contracts may help qualify a Tower Square representative for such benefits. Sales representatives may receive other payments from the Company for services that do not directly involve the sale of the Contracts, including payments made for the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar services. In addition, sales representatives who meet certain Company productivity, persistency and length of the services standards may be eligible for additional compensation. CITISTREET LLC. The Company has entered into an agreement with CitiStreet LLC ("CitiStreet"), an affiliate of the Company, whereby the Company pays CitiStreet fees in connection with CitiStreet's provision of certain administrative, recordkeeping, marketing and support services in support of annuity contracts purchased from the Company in connection with Section 401(a), 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and 408(b) plans. The Company will also provide compensation to CitiStreet LLC in connection with the sale of the Contracts to such plans. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS The current section on Federal Tax Considerations is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The following general discussion of the federal income tax consequences under this Contract is not intended to cover all situations, and is not meant to provide tax or legal advice. Because of the complexity of the law and the fact that the tax results will vary depending on many factors, you should consult your tax and/or legal adviser regarding your personal situation. For your information, a more detailed tax discussion is contained in the SAI. GENERAL TAXATION OF ANNUITIES Congress has recognized the value of saving for retirement by providing certain tax benefits, in the form of tax deferral, for money put into an annuity. The Internal Revenue Code ("Code") governs how this money is ultimately taxed, depending upon the type of Contract, qualified or non-qualified, and the manner in which the money is distributed, as briefly described below. In analyzing the benefits of tax deferral it is important to note that the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 amended Code Section 1 to reduce the marginal tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends to 5% and 15%. The reduced rates apply during 2003 through 2008, and thereafter will increase to prior levels. Earnings under annuity contracts continue to be taxed as ordinary income (top rate of 35%). TAX-FREE EXCHANGES: Code Section 1035 provides that, if certain conditions are met, no gain or loss is recognized when an annuity Contract is received in exchange for a life, endowment, or annuity Contract. Since different annuity Contracts have different expenses, fees and benefits, a tax-free exchange could result in your investment becoming subject to higher or lower fees and/or expenses. TYPES OF CONTRACTS: QUALIFIED AND NONQUALIFIED QUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS If you purchase an annuity Contract with proceeds of an eligible rollover distribution from any qualified employee pension plan or individual retirement annuity (IRA), your Contract is referred to as a Qualified Contract. Some examples of Qualified Contracts are: IRAs, tax-sheltered annuities established by public school systems or certain tax-exempt organizations under Code 4
    Section 403(b), corporate sponsored pension and profit-sharing plans (including 401(k) plans), Keogh Plans (for self-employed individuals), and certain other qualified deferred compensation plans. Another type of qualified contract is a Roth IRA, under which after-tax contributions accumulate until maturity, when amounts (including earnings) may be withdrawn tax-free. The rights and benefits under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the terms of the retirement plan, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. Plan participants making contributions to qualified annuity contracts will be subject to minimum distribution rules as provided by the Code and described below. TAXATION OF QUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS Under a qualified annuity, since amounts paid into the Contract have generally not yet been taxed, the full amount of such distributions, including the amount attributable to Purchase Payments, whether paid in the form of lump-sum withdrawals or Annuity Payments, are generally taxed at the ordinary income tax rate unless the distribution is transferred to an eligible rollover account or Contract. The Contract is available as a vehicle for IRA rollovers and for other Qualified Contracts. There are special rules which govern the taxation of Qualified Contracts, including withdrawal restrictions, requirements for mandatory distributions, and contribution limits. We have provided a more complete discussion in the SAI. MANDATORY DISTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED PLANS Federal tax law requires that minimum annual distributions begin by April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which an IRA owner attains age 70 1/2. Participants in qualified plans and 403(b) annuities may defer minimum distributions until the later of April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which they attain age 70 1/2 or the year of retirement. If you own more than one individual retirement annuity and/or account, you may satisfy the minimum distribution rules on an aggregate basis (i.e. determine the total amount of required distributions from all IRAs and take the required amount from any one or more IRAs). A similar aggregate approach is available to meet your 403(b) minimum distribution requirements if you have multiple 403(b) annuities. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS FOR BENEFICIARIES: When a death benefit becomes due upon the death of the owner and/or annuitant, a lump sum may be taken, minimum distributions may be taken over the life expectancy of the beneficiary not less than annually within one year from the date of death, or the funds remaining in the Contract must be completely withdrawn within five years from the date of death. NOTE TO PARTICIPANTS IN QUALIFIED PLANS INCLUDING 401, 403(B), 457 AS WELL AS IRA OWNERS: While annual plan contribution limits may be increased from time to time by Congress and the IRS for federal income tax purposes, these limits must be adopted by each state for the higher limits to be effective at a state income tax level. In other words, the permissible contribution limit for income tax purposes may be different at the federal level from your state's income tax laws. Therefore, in certain states, a portion of the contributions may not be excludible or deductible from state income taxes. Please consult your employer or tax adviser regarding this issue. NONQUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS If you purchase the Contract on an individual basis with after-tax dollars and not under one of the programs described above, your Contract is referred to as nonqualified. As the owner of a nonqualified annuity, you do not receive any tax benefit (deduction or deferral of income) on Purchase Payments, but you will not be taxed on increases in the value of your Contract until a distribution occurs -- either as a withdrawal (distribution made prior to the Maturity Date), or as Annuity Payments. When a withdrawal is made, you are taxed on the amount of the withdrawal that is considered earnings under applicable tax laws. Similarly, when you receive an Annuity Payment, part of each payment is considered a return of your Purchase 5
    Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion of the Annuity Payment (i.e., any earnings) will be considered ordinary income for tax purposes. If a nonqualified annuity is owned by other than an individual, however, (e.g., by a corporation), increases in the value of the Contract attributable to Purchase Payments made after February 28, 1986 are includable in income annually and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Furthermore, for Contracts issued after April 22, 1987, if you transfer the Contract to another person or entity without adequate consideration, all deferred increases in value will be includable in your income at the time of the transfer. If you make a partial withdrawal, this money will generally be taxed as first coming from earnings, (income in the contract), and then from your Purchase Payments. These withdrawn earnings are includable in your taxable income. (See Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions below.) There is income in the Contract to the extent the contract value exceeds your investment in the Contract. The investment in the Contract equals the total Purchase Payments you paid less any amount received previously which was excludible from gross income. Any direct or indirect borrowing against the value of the Contract or pledging of the Contract as security for a loan will be treated as a cash distribution under the tax law, and will have tax consequences in the year taken. Federal tax law requires that nonqualified annuity Contracts meet minimum mandatory distribution requirements upon the death of the contract owner, including the first of joint owners. If these requirements are not met, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes and earnings under the Contract will be taxable currently, not when distributed. The distribution required depends, among other things, upon whether an annuity option is elected or whether the succeeding contract owner is the surviving spouse. We will administer Contracts in accordance with these rules and we will notify you when you should begin receiving payments. There is a more complete discussion of these rules in the SAI. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIABLE ANNUITIES The Code requires that any nonqualified variable annuity Contracts based on a Separate Account must meet specific diversification standards. Nonqualified variable annuity contracts shall not be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes if investments made in the account are not adequately diversified. Final tax regulations define how Separate Accounts must be diversified. The Company monitors the diversification of investments constantly and believes that its accounts are adequately diversified. The consequence of any failure to diversify is essentially the loss to the Contract owner of tax-deferred treatment, requiring the current inclusion of a proportionate share of the income and gains from the Separate Account assets in the income of each Contract Owner. The Company intends to administer all Contracts subject to this provision of law in a manner that will maintain adequate diversification. OWNERSHIP OF THE INVESTMENTS In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account for Federal income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the number of funds available and the flexibility of the contract owner to allocate premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options, have not been addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give the contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the Contract. 6
    TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS Amounts may be distributed from a nonqualified Contract because of the death of an owner or annuitant. Generally, such amounts are includable in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender of the contract; or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments. OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS TREATMENT OF CHARGES FOR OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS The Contract may provide one or more optional enhanced death benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater of purchase price or the contract value. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the charges for the optional enhanced death benefit(s) are deemed to be taxable distributions to you. Although we do not believe that a charge under such optional enhanced death benefit should be treated as a taxable withdrawal, you should consult with your tax adviser before selecting any rider or endorsement to the Contract. PENALTY TAX FOR PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS For both qualified and nonqualified Contracts, taxable distributions taken before the contract owner has reached the age of 59 1/2 will be subject to a 10% additional tax penalty unless the distribution is taken in a series of periodic distributions, for life or life expectancy, or unless the distribution follows the death or disability of the contract owner. Other exceptions may be available in certain qualified plans. The 10% additional tax is in addition to any penalties that may apply under your Contract and the normal income taxes due on the distribution. PUERTO RICO TAX CONSIDERATIONS The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the "1994 Code") taxes distributions from nonqualified annuity contracts differently than in the U.S. Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 1994 Code first as a return of investment. Therefore, no taxable income is recognized for Puerto Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also calculated differently under the 1994 Code. Since Puerto Rico residents are also subject to U.S. income tax on all income other than income sourced to Puerto Rico, the timing of recognition of income from an annuity contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 1994 Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences. You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of purchasing an annuity contract and/or any proposed distribution, particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize. NON-RESIDENT ALIENS Distributions to non-resident aliens ("NRAs") are subject to special and complex tax and withholding rules under the Code, some of which are based upon the particular facts and circumstances of the contract owner, the beneficiary and the transaction itself. In addition, Annuity Payments to NRAs in many countries are exempt from U.S. tax (or subject to lower rates) based upon a tax treaty. NRAs should seek guidance from a tax adviser regarding their personal situation. December 2003 L-23136 7
    SUPPLEMENT DATED JANUARY 6, 2004 TO THE SCUDDER ADVOCATE REWARDS ANNUITY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 15, 2003 The following information supplements, and to the extent inconsistent therewith, replaces the information in Scudder Advocate Rewards Annuity prospectus. Please retain this supplement and keep it with the prospectus for future reference. The second paragraph under the Fee Table section is deleted in its entirety. The table is deleted and replaced with the following: TRANSACTION EXPENSES WITHDRAWAL CHARGE.......................8%(1) (as a percentage of the Purchase Payments and any associated Purchase Payment Credits withdrawn) TRANSFER CHARGE........................$10(2) (We currently do not assess this charge.) CONTRACT ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE $40(3) ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES: (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT) We will assess a minimum mortality and expense risk charge ("M&E") of 1.40% and a maximum administrative expense charge of 0.15% on all contracts. In addition, there is a 0.20% charge for E.S.P., and a maximum charge of 1.00% for GMWB, both optional features. Below is a summary of all charges that may apply, depending on the death benefit and optional features you select: STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT STEP-UP DEATH ROLL-UP DEATH BENEFIT BENEFITS BENEFIT ----------------------- --------------------- ---------------------

    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge...... 1.40% 1.55% 1.75% Administrative Expense Charge.......... 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH NO OPTIONAL FEATURES SELECTED..... 1.55% 1.70% 1.90% Optional E.S.P. Charge................. 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH E.S.P. ONLY SELECTED.............. 1.75% 1.90% 2.10% Maximum Optional GMWB Charge........... 1.00%(4) 1.00%(4) 1.00%(4) TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH GMWB ONLY SELECTED................ 2.55% 2.70% 2.90% TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL CHARGES WITH E.S.P. AND GMWB SELECTED.......... 2.75% 2.90% 3.10% ---------- (1) The withdrawal charge declines to zero after the Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for 9 years. The charge is as follows: YEARS SINCE PURCHASE PAYMENT MADE -------------------------------------------- GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO BUT LESS THAN WITHDRAWAL CHARGE 0 years 3 years 8%


    3 years 4 years 7% 4 years 5 years 6% 5 years 6 years 5% 6 years 7 years 4% 7 years 8 years 3% 8 years 9 years 2% 9 years+ 0% (2) We currently do not assess the transfer charge. (3) We do not assess this charge is Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the fourth Friday of each August. (4) The current charge for GMWB is 0.40%. THE VARIABLE FUNDING OPTIONS The following 2 paragraphs are added before the short descriptions of the underlying funds: ADMINISTRATIVE, MARKETING AND SUPPORT SERVICE FEES. The Company and TDLLC have arrangements with the investment adviser, subadviser, distributor, and/or affiliated companies of many of the Underlying Funds under which the Company and TDLLC receive payments in connection with our provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Funds. Proceeds of these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that the Company and TDLLC incur in promoting, issuing, distributing and administering the Contracts. The payments are generally based on a percentage of the average assets of each Underlying Fund allocated to the Variable Funding Options under the Contract or other contracts offered by the Company. Aggregate fees relating to the different Funds may vary in amount and may be as much as 0.60% of the average net assets of an Underlying Fund attributable to the relevant contracts. A portion of these payments may come from revenue derived from the Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees) that are deducted from an Underlying Fund's assets as part of its Total Annual Operating Expenses. The arrangements may vary for each Underlying Fund. BENEFICIARY CONTRACT CONTINUANCE The first paragraph under the Beneficiary Contract Continuance section is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: If you die before the Maturity Date, and if the value of any beneficiary's portion of the death benefit is between $20,000 and $1,000,000 as of the Death Report Date, (more than $1,000,000 is subject to Home Office approval), your beneficiary(s) may elect to continue his/her portion of the Contract subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements, rather than receive the death benefit in a lump sum. If the beneficiary chooses to continue the contract, the beneficiary can extend the payout phase of the Contract enabling the beneficiary to "stretch" the death benefit distributions out over his life expectancy as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. DISTRIBUTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS The 2 paragraphs under "Distribution of Variable Annuity Contracts" are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following: DISTRIBUTION AND PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT. Travelers Distribution LLC ("TDLLC") serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus pursuant to the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TDLLC also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of other variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and its affiliated companies. TDLLC's principal executive offices are located at One Cityplace, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. TDLLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"). TDLLC is affiliated with the Company and each Separate Account. TDLLC, as the principal underwriter and distributor, does not retain any fees under the Contracts. The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. TDLLC enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers who are registered with the SEC and are members of the NASD, and with entities that may offer the Contracts but are exempt from registration. Applications for the Contract are solicited by registered representatives who are associated persons of such broker-dealer firms. Such representatives act as appointed agents of the Company under applicable state insurance law and must be licensed to sell variable insurance products. We intend to offer the Contract in all jurisdictions where we are licensed to do business and where the Contract is approved. COMPENSATION. Broker-dealers who have selling agreements with TDLLC are paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation payable to the broker-dealer firm, depending on the agreement between the firm and the registered representative. Compensation paid on the Contracts, as well as other incentives or payments, are not assessed as an additional direct charge to Contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and from profits on payments received by the Company and TDLLC for providing administrative, marketing and other support and services to the Funds. The amount and timing of compensation may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to exceed 10% of Purchase Payments (if up-front compensation is paid to registered representatives) and 2% annually of average account value (if asset based compensation is paid to registered representatives). We may also periodically establish commission specials; however, commissions paid under these specials will not exceed the amounts described immediately above. To the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations, TDLLC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation. Broker-dealer firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel, marketing or other services they provide to the Company or our affiliates. In addition, the Company or TDLLC may enter into special compensation arrangements with certain broker-dealer firms based on aggregate or anticipated sales of the contracts offered by the Company, or other criteria. These special compensation arrangements will not be offered to all broker-dealer firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between broker-dealer firms. The Company and TDLLC have entered into such arrangements with AIG Advisor Group (including Advantage Capital Corporation, FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates, Inc., Sentra Securities Corporation, Spelman & Co., Inc. and SunAmerica Securities, Inc.), ING Advisors Network (including Financial Network Corporation, Locust Street Securities, Multi-Financial Securities, IFG Network Securities, VESTAX Securities, Washington Square Securities and PrimeVest Financial Services), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, NFP Securities, Inc., Piper Jaffray, Primerica Financial Services, Inc., Prudential Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets. Any such compensation payable to a broker-dealer firm will be made by TDLLC or the Company out of their own assets and will not result in any additional direct charge to you. The Contracts feature Portfolios of the Scudder Variable Series I and II as Variable Funding Options. Scudder Variable Series I and II are advised by Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and are distributed by its affiliate, Scudder Distributors, Inc. ("SDI") The Company and TDLLC have entered into a distribution arrangement with SDI under which a fee is payable by the Company and TDLLC to SDI based on the amount of new sales each year for providing wholesale distribution support in relation to the Contracts. Scudder Variable Series I and II and SDI have also entered into agreement(s) with the Company and TDLLC under which a fee is
    payable by SDI (based on average net assets of the Funds attributable to the Contracts) in connection with the Company's provision of administrative, marketing or other support services to the Fund. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS The current section on Federal Tax Considerations is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The following general discussion of the federal income tax consequences under this Contract is not intended to cover all situations, and is not meant to provide tax or legal advice. Because of the complexity of the law and the fact that the tax results will vary depending on many factors, you should consult your tax and/or legal adviser regarding your personal situation. For your information, a more detailed tax discussion is contained in the SAI. GENERAL TAXATION OF ANNUITIES Congress has recognized the value of saving for retirement by providing certain tax benefits, in the form of tax deferral, for money put into an annuity. The Internal Revenue Code ("Code") governs how this money is ultimately taxed, depending upon the type of Contract, qualified or non-qualified, and the manner in which the money is distributed, as briefly described below. In analyzing the benefits of tax deferral it is important to note that the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 amended Code Section 1 to reduce the marginal tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends to 5% and 15%. The reduced rates apply during 2003 through 2008, and thereafter will increase to prior levels. Earnings under annuity contracts continue to be taxed as ordinary income (top rate of 35%). TAX-FREE EXCHANGES: Code Section 1035 provides that, if certain conditions are met, no gain or loss is recognized when an annuity Contract is received in exchange for a life, endowment, or annuity Contract. Since different annuity Contracts have different expenses, fees and benefits, a tax-free exchange could result in your investment becoming subject to higher or lower fees and/or expenses. TYPES OF CONTRACTS: QUALIFIED AND NONQUALIFIED QUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS If you purchase an annuity Contract with proceeds of an eligible rollover distribution from any qualified employee pension plan or individual retirement annuity (IRA), your Contract is referred to as a Qualified Contract. Some examples of Qualified Contracts are: IRAs, tax-sheltered annuities established by public school systems or certain tax-exempt organizations under Code Section 403(b), corporate sponsored pension and profit-sharing plans (including 401(k) plans), Keogh Plans (for self-employed individuals), and certain other qualified deferred compensation plans. Another type of qualified contract is a Roth IRA, under which after-tax contributions accumulate until maturity, when amounts (including earnings) may be withdrawn tax-free. The rights and benefits under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the terms of the retirement plan, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. Plan participants making contributions to qualified annuity contracts will be subject to minimum distribution rules as provided by the Code and described below. TAXATION OF QUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS Under a qualified annuity, since amounts paid into the Contract have generally not yet been taxed, the full amount of such distributions, including the amount attributable to Purchase Payments, whether paid in the form of lump-sum withdrawals or Annuity Payments, are generally taxed at the ordinary income tax rate unless the distribution is transferred to an eligible
    rollover account or Contract. The Contract is available as a vehicle for IRA rollovers and for other Qualified Contracts. There are special rules which govern the taxation of Qualified Contracts, including withdrawal restrictions, requirements for mandatory distributions, and contribution limits. We have provided a more complete discussion in the SAI. MANDATORY DISTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED PLANS Federal tax law requires that minimum annual distributions begin by April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which an IRA owner attains age 70 1/2. Participants in qualified plans and 403(b) annuities may defer minimum distributions until the later of April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which they attain age 70 1/2 or the year of retirement. If you own more than one individual retirement annuity and/or account, you may satisfy the minimum distribution rules on an aggregate basis (i.e. determine the total amount of required distributions from all IRAs and take the required amount from any one or more IRAs). A similar aggregate approach is available to meet your 403(b) minimum distribution requirements if you have multiple 403(b) annuities. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS FOR BENEFICIARIES: When a death benefit becomes due upon the death of the owner and/or annuitant, a lump sum may be taken, minimum distributions may be taken over the life expectancy of the beneficiary not less than annually within one year from the date of death, or the funds remaining in the Contract must be completely withdrawn within five years from the date of death. NOTE TO PARTICIPANTS IN QUALIFIED PLANS INCLUDING 401, 403(B), 457 AS WELL AS IRA OWNERS: While annual plan contribution limits may be increased from time to time by Congress and the IRS for federal income tax purposes, these limits must be adopted by each state for the higher limits to be effective at a state income tax level. In other words, the permissible contribution limit for income tax purposes may be different at the federal level from your state's income tax laws. Therefore, in certain states, a portion of the contributions may not be excludible or deductible from state income taxes. Please consult your employer or tax adviser regarding this issue. NONQUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS If you purchase the Contract on an individual basis with after-tax dollars and not under one of the programs described above, your Contract is referred to as nonqualified. As the owner of a nonqualified annuity, you do not receive any tax benefit (deduction or deferral of income) on Purchase Payments, but you will not be taxed on increases in the value of your Contract until a distribution occurs -- either as a withdrawal (distribution made prior to the Maturity Date), or as Annuity Payments. When a withdrawal is made, you are taxed on the amount of the withdrawal that is considered earnings under applicable tax laws. Similarly, when you receive an Annuity Payment, part of each payment is considered a return of your Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion of the Annuity Payment (i.e., any earnings) will be considered ordinary income for tax purposes. If a nonqualified annuity is owned by other than an individual, however, (e.g., by a corporation), increases in the value of the Contract attributable to Purchase Payments made after February 28, 1986 are includable in income annually and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Furthermore, for Contracts issued after April 22, 1987, if you transfer the Contract to another person or entity without adequate consideration, all deferred increases in value will be includable in your income at the time of the transfer. If you make a partial withdrawal, this money will generally be taxed as first coming from earnings, (income in the contract), and then from your Purchase Payments. These withdrawn earnings are includable in your taxable income. (See Penalty Tax for Premature Distributions below.) There is income in the Contract to the extent the contract value exceeds your investment in the Contract. The investment in the Contract equals the total Purchase Payments you paid less
    any amount received previously which was excludible from gross income. Any direct or indirect borrowing against the value of the Contract or pledging of the Contract as security for a loan will be treated as a cash distribution under the tax law, and will have tax consequences in the year taken. Federal tax law requires that nonqualified annuity Contracts meet minimum mandatory distribution requirements upon the death of the contract owner, including the first of joint owners. If these requirements are not met, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes and earnings under the Contract will be taxable currently, not when distributed. The distribution required depends, among other things, upon whether an annuity option is elected or whether the succeeding contract owner is the surviving spouse. We will administer Contracts in accordance with these rules and we will notify you when you should begin receiving payments. There is a more complete discussion of these rules in the SAI. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIABLE ANNUITIES The Code requires that any nonqualified variable annuity Contracts based on a Separate Account must meet specific diversification standards. Nonqualified variable annuity contracts shall not be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes if investments made in the account are not adequately diversified. Final tax regulations define how Separate Accounts must be diversified. The Company monitors the diversification of investments constantly and believes that its accounts are adequately diversified. The consequence of any failure to diversify is essentially the loss to the Contract owner of tax-deferred treatment, requiring the current inclusion of a proportionate share of the income and gains from the Separate Account assets in the income of each Contract Owner. The Company intends to administer all Contracts subject to this provision of law in a manner that will maintain adequate diversification. OWNERSHIP OF THE INVESTMENTS In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account for Federal income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the number of funds available and the flexibility of the contract owner to allocate premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options, have not been addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give the contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the Contract. TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS Amounts may be distributed from a nonqualified Contract because of the death of an owner or annuitant. Generally, such amounts are includable in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender of the contract; or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments. OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS TREATMENT OF CHARGES FOR OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS The Contract may provide one or more optional enhanced death benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater of purchase price or the contract value. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the charges for the optional enhanced death benefit(s) are deemed to be taxable distributions to you. Although we do not believe that a charge under such optional enhanced death benefit should be treated as a taxable withdrawal, you should consult with your tax adviser before selecting any rider or endorsement to the Contract. PENALTY TAX FOR PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS For both qualified and nonqualified Contracts, taxable distributions taken before the contract owner has reached the age of 59 1/2 will be subject to a 10% additional tax penalty unless the distribution is taken in a series of periodic distributions, for life or life expectancy, or unless the distribution follows the death or disability of the contract owner. Other exceptions may be available in certain qualified plans. The 10% additional tax is in addition to any penalties that may apply under your Contract and the normal income taxes due on the distribution. PUERTO RICO TAX CONSIDERATIONS The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the "1994 Code") taxes distributions from nonqualified annuity contracts differently than in the U.S. Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 1994 Code first as a return of investment. Therefore, no taxable income is recognized for Puerto Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also calculated differently under the 1994 Code. Since Puerto Rico residents are also subject to U.S. income tax on all income other than income sourced to Puerto Rico, the timing of recognition of income from an annuity contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 1994 Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences. You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of purchasing an annuity contract and/or any proposed distribution, particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize. NON-RESIDENT ALIENS Distributions to non-resident aliens ("NRAs") are subject to special and complex tax and withholding rules under the Code, some of which are based upon the particular facts and circumstances of the contract owner, the beneficiary and the transaction itself. In addition, Annuity Payments to NRAs in many countries are exempt from U.S. tax (or subject to lower rates) based upon a tax treaty. NRAs should seek guidance from a tax adviser regarding their personal situation. THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH UNDER THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT ("GMWB" OR "PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE") SECTION IN THE PROSPECTUS AND ANY PREVIOUS SUPPLEMENTS IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: If you make subsequent payments, we will recalculate your RBB and your AWB. Your new RBB equals your RBB immediately prior to the subsequent payment plus the subsequent payment. We reserve the right not to include subsequent Purchase Payments in the calculation of the RBB. When your RBB is adjusted because you have made a subsequent Purchase Payment, your AWB is recalculated to equal the AWB immediately prior to the subsequent payment, plus either 5% or 10% of the subsequent payment, depending on when you have taken your first withdrawal. December 2003 L-23140